mh-e-doc-8.5/0002755000175000000620000000000012114520053012132 5ustar wohlerstaffmh-e-doc-8.5/Makefile0000644000175000000620000000465112114520053013576 0ustar wohlerstaff# $Id: Makefile,v 1.29 2008-09-22 02:37:10 wohler Exp $ # # Makefile for MH-E documentation. # # Note: most changes to this file should also be mirrored in the Makefiles in # $(TOP)/src and $(TOP)/contrib. # TOP = .. EMACS_SRC = $(TOP)/src/emacs/trunk DOC_DIR = doc/misc MH_E_DOC = $(DOC_DIR)/mh-e.texi MH_E_ETC_EMACS = \ $(DOC_DIR)/ChangeLog \ $(DOC_DIR)/gpl.texi \ $(DOC_DIR)/doclicense.texi MH_E_ETC = ChangeLog Makefile README MH_E_DIST = $(MH_E_DOC) $(MH_E_ETC_EMACS) $(MH_E_ETC) MAKEINFOINFOFLAGS = -I $(DOC_DIR) --output info/mh-e MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = --html --output html TEXI2PDFFLAGS = --quiet --clean # # User Targets # all: $(MH_E_DOC) clean info html pdf $(MH_E_DOC): ln -s $(EMACS_SRC)/doc clean: $(RM) -r info html mh-e.html mh-e.pdf info: info/mh-e info/mh-e: $(MH_E_DOC) [ -d info ] || mkdir info $(RM) info/* makeinfo $(MAKEINFOINFOFLAGS) $< html: html/index.html mh-e.html html/index.html: $(MH_E_DOC) [ -d html ] || mkdir html $(RM) html/* makeinfo $(MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS) $< mh-e.html: $(MH_E_DOC) makeinfo --html --output $@ --no-split $< pdf: mh-e.pdf mh-e.pdf: $(MH_E_DOC) texi2pdf $(TEXI2PDFFLAGS) $< texi2pdf $(TEXI2PDFFLAGS) $< # # Maintainer Targets # # Tag the MH-E files that are checked out. tag: @if [ "$$TAG" = "" ]; then \ echo "No tag found. Set TAG environment variable."; \ exit 1; \ fi bzr tag $$TAG bzr tag --directory $(EMACS_SRC) $$TAG # Create a distribution. dist: $(MH_E_DOC) @if [ "$$TAG" = "" ]; then \ echo "No tag found. Set TAG environment variable."; \ exit 1; \ fi; \ if ! bzr tags | grep -q $$TAG; then \ echo "Tag $$TAG not found"; \ exit 1; \ fi; \ tagVersion=`bzr tags | grep $$TAG | awk '{print $$2}'`; \ workspaceVersion=`bzr version-info --custom --template="{revno}"`; \ if [ $$tagVersion -ne $$workspaceVersion ]; then \ echo "Tag $$TAG version $$tagVersion does not match workspace version $$workspaceVersion"; \ exit 1; \ fi; \ LOG=/tmp/mh-e-doc.log; \ bzr st > $$LOG; \ if [ `cat $$LOG | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ echo "There may not be any uncommitted changes when creating a distribution"; \ cat $$LOG; \ exit 1; \ fi; \ echo "Building $$TAG..."; \ rm -rf $$TAG; \ mkdir $$TAG; \ cp --parents $(MH_E_DIST) $$TAG; \ tar -czhf $$TAG.tgz $$TAG # Update http://mh-e.sourceforge.net/manual/. update-web-site: all rsync -vaz --delete mh-e.html mh-e.pdf html $$USER,mh-e@web.sourceforge.net:doc mh-e-doc-8.5/ChangeLog0000644000175000000620000012136412114520053013711 0ustar wohlerstaff2013-03-02 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.5. * README: Update for release 8.5. 2012-11-25 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.4. * README: Update for release 8.4. 2011-09-20 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.3. * README: Update for release 8.3. 2011-07-02 Bill Wohler * README: Replace references to CVS with Bazaar. * Makefile (CVSROOT, CVSLOGIN, CVSMETHOD): Remove. (MH_E_DOC, MH_E_ETC_EMACS) Define and use EMACS_SRC and DOC_DIR for ../src/emacs/trunk/doc/misc. (MAKEINFOINFOFLAGS): Define input and output options. (emacs): Remove. ($(MH_E_DOC)): Simply link to $(EMACS_SRC)/doc. (info/mh-e): Run from current directory. Use updated MAKEINFOINFOFLAGS for input and output directories. (tag, dist): Update for bzr. (backup): Remove. Obsolete. 2009-06-13 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.2. * README: Update for release 8.2. 2008-09-21 Bill Wohler * Makefile (update-web-site): Add target for updating web site with new procedures (rsync). Release MH-E manual version 8.1. * README: Update for release 8.1. * Makefile (MH_E_ETC_EMACS): Add gpl.texi and doclicense.texi. 2006-11-12 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.0.3. * README: Update for release 8.0.3. 2006-06-20 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.0.1. * README: Update for release 8.0.1. 2006-05-06 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.0. * README: Update for release 8.0. 2006-05-06 Bill Wohler * fixhtml, mh-book-index.html, mh-book-indexes.html: MH book has been restructured, so these files are no longer necessary! * Makefile (html/index.html): Don't call fixhtml. 2006-04-24 Bill Wohler * Makefile (backup): Add @ to suppress echo. It had been deleted in a previous revision while debugging. 2006-04-21 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 7.94. * README: Update for release 7.94. 2006-04-21 Bill Wohler * Makefile (MH_E_ETC_EMACS): New variable. Contains man/ChangeLog which was in MH_E_ETC. (MH_E_DIST): Add $(MH_E_ETC_EMACS). (tag): New target for tagging files. (backup): Use existing variables rather than duplicating them. (all): Use $(MH_E_DOC). (emacs): Add. Depend on $(MH_E_DOC). (MH_E_DOC): Use variables instead of hard-coded file names. 2006-03-14 Bill Wohler * Makefile (html): Depend on mh-e.html. (mh-e.html): Add. Builds a single HTML page. 2006-03-09 Bill Wohler * Makefile (MH_BACKUP_DIR, MH_FILES, backup): New variables and target used to back up CVS files at Savannah. 2006-03-06 Bill Wohler * README: Note that the CVS MH-E Manual is built into CVS Emacs. (INSTALL): Add detail to setting INFOPATH variable. Mention texi2pdf instead of texi32dvi, and mention pdfetex. (CVS MH-E MANUAL INSTALL): New section. * Makefile (MH_E_ETC): Remove fixhtml. No need to put this in distribution. (html/index.html): Don't run fixhtml if it doesn't exist. (dist): Use cp --parents to preserve man directory so that ChangeLogs don't clobber each other and make works. * mh-e.texi: Move to Savannah. Check out with "make man/mh-e.texi". * Makefile (EMACS_HOME): Unused. Delete. (CVSROOT, CVSLOGIN, CVSMETHOD): New variables. (MH-E-DOC): Rename to MH_E_DOC. Change mh-e.texi to man/mh-e.texi. (MH-E-DOCS): Rename to MH_E_ETC. Add man/ChangeLog and ChangeLog. (MH_E_DIST): New variable. Combines $(MH_E_DOC) and $(MH_E_ETC). (all): Add target man/mh-e.texi. ($(MH_E_DOC)): New target used to check out manual from Savannah. (info/mh-e): Change dependency to $(MH_E_DOC). Set directory to man before running since mh-e.texi now has a "setfilename ../info/mh-e" directive. (html/index.html, mh-e.pdf): Change dependency to $(MH_E_DOC). (dist): Use $(MH_E_DIST) instead of $(MH-E-DOC) $(MH-E-DOCS). 2006-03-05 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 7.93. * mh-e.texi (VERSION, EDITION, UPDATED, UPDATE-MONTH): Update for release 7.93. 2006-03-04 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (settitle): Change to The MH-E Manual. (EDITION): Add, since VERSION is used for software too. (Copying): Add dual license, GFDL (with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. (titlepage): Change title to The MH-E Manual and drop The Emacs Interface to the MH Mail System subtitle. (Top): Rename to The MH-E Manual. (Preface): Add "mail system" to the first utterance of MH. (Copying): Split into two appendices: GFDL, which is new, and GPL. (GPL): Update FSF address. (Getting Started): Added old error message you get when running an old version of MH-E when MH isn't installed. * Makefile (TEXI2DVIFLAGS): Rename to TEXI2PDFFLAGS. (mh-e.pdf): Use texi2pdf instead of texi2dvi. Remove leading - from texi2pdf lines since they are no longer necessary now that errors have been fixed. Another bonus for fixing the errors is that the --clean option works and the $(RM) lines could be removed as well. * mh-e.texi (Reading Mail Tour, Using This Manual): Fix typo. (Ranges): Fix range for looking at a single message. (Folder Selection): Clarify environment for mh-default-folder-for-message-function. (Identities): Try make it more clear that fields will be automatically inserted when the message is sent. Note that once you use C-c M-d, the fields will not be automatically inserted when the message is sent. (title): The title was too long, so split it up into a subtitle. (Sending Mail Tour, Reading Mail Tour, Processing Mail Tour) (Adding Attachments, Searching): Remove @group outside of @example as this was causing texi2pdf errors. Apparently now you have to put the @group inside an example, but that doesn't do any any good to keep the caption together with the example. (Aliases): Use different example to avoid overfull warning. (Junk): Use smallexamples to avoid overfull warning. (Scan Line Formats): Split long string to avoid overfull warning. (Using This Manual, Editing Message, Editing Drafts): Break up line to avoid overfull warning. (Editing Drafts): Break up @samp into multiple @samps to avoid overfull warning. (Folders, Reading Mail, Procmail): Use @samp instead of `' to avoid underfull warning. 2006-02-26 Bill Wohler * Makefile (MAKEINFODOCBOOKFLAGS, XML_DECL, PRINT_SS, default): Delete. (TEXI2DVIFLAGS): Add. (all): Add pdf target. (clean): Use $(RM). Replace pdf with mh-e.pdf. (pdf): Change target to mh-e.pdf. (pdf/mh-e.xml, pdf/mh-e.tex): Delete. (pdf/mh-e.pdf): Rename to mh-e.pdf. Use texi2dvi instead of makeinfo/openjade/pdfjadetex. * README (PDF): PDF now appears in current directory, not pdf sub-directory. Uses texi2dvi instead of makeinfo. 2006-02-24 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 7.92. * mh-e.texi (EDITION): Delete. (VERSION, UPDATED, UPDATE-MONTH): Update for release 7.92. (copying): Remove reference to edition now that version of manual corresponds to version of software. (titlepage): Ditto. (Top, contents): Add HTML comments so table of contents isn't duplicated. * fixhtml: Convert to /bin/sh. No longer rename index.html to Table-of-contents.html. Added mh-book prefix to index.html indexes.html which are used by the MH book. No longer need to edit files since we're using the real index.html and can also use stylesheets to set background color to white. * README: Use PDF instead of DVI. Online version now at SourceForge. Update for release 7.92. * Makefile (MH-E-DOCS): Remove index.html indexes.html. Only needed by web site. (default): New default target. Displays usage. (info): New target. Depends on info/mh-e. (mh-e.info): Rename to info/mh-e. Create info directory. (html): New target. Depends on html/index.html. (mh-e.html): Rename to html/index.html. Create and/or clear html directory. (pdf): New target. Depends on pdf/mh-e.pdf. (mh-e.xml): Rename to pdf/mh-e.xml. Create pdf directory. (mh-e.tex): Rename to pdf/mh-e.tex. Use openjade instead of jade. (mh-e.pdf): Rename to pdf/mh-e.pdf. (mh-e.ps, install, install-emacs, install-online, import-emacs) (info, dvi): Delete. * index.html: Rename to mh-book-index.html. * indexes.html: Rename to mh-book-indexes.html. * mh-e.texi: Clean-up editing. In addition to many minor edits and fixes, the following changes were also made: (Conventions, More About MH-E, Ranges) (Folder Selection, Folder Selection, Incorporating Mail) (Reading Mail, Viewing, HTML, Folders, Sending Mail) (Editing Drafts, Aliases, Identities, Speedbar, Tool Bar) (Sequences, Junk, Scan Line Formats, Procmail): Use @c --- separator between @item consistently. If a blank line appears before index entries before @item, then too many blank lines appear in the output. Using @c --- instead of blank lines between items keeps the output looking good. (Processing Mail Tour): Fix prompt. (Leaving MH-E): Document packf for exporting MH mail to avoid "lock-in" (suggested by Mark). (Options): Use combo box instead of combobox. (Reading PGP): Use key server instead of keyserver. (Folders): Describe how to rename folders using dired (suggested by Mark). (Composing): Note that hooks can be set with customize interface. (Adding Attachments): Delete obsolete text about mh-mime-content-types. (Adding Attachments): Move description of mh-mh-to-mime-undo to paragraph with mh-mh-to-mime. (Aliases): Use GECOS instead of gecos. Switch case of aliases in case-dependent example (suggested by Peter). Add example about using prefixes for locals, jobs, or activities (suggested by Mark). (Identities): Move introduction to top of chapter. (Searching): Put terms on separate lines in body so that it is appropriate for both the search engines and pick. The previous regexp only worked for pick. (MH FAQ and Support): Fix URL to MH FAQ. (Getting MH-E): Document contrib release here and delete Contributed Software chapter. (XXX): Delete chapter. All cross-references now point to an node. (Backmatter): Verify terms in LocalWords list. Move style guide to Developers' Guide. 2006-02-21 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Incorporating Mail): Suggest emacsclient which supports --eval in Emacs 22 instead of gnudoit. (Reading Mail): Delete option mh-show-use-goto-addr-flag. Use option `goto-address-highlight-p' directly instead. (Folders): Be explicit about types of requests in mh-after-commands-processed-hook and mh-before-commands-processed-hook. (ispell-skip-region-alist): Use add-to-list so variable doesn't grow indefinitely. (Preface): Add Version 8 to history. Fix URLs to GNU Emacs and MH-E manuals. (Conventions, Getting Started): Move node out of and in front of Tour Through MH-E. (Getting Started): Add documentation about mh-variant and mh-path. Sync docstrings with manual. Warn about setting mh-progs and friends. (Using This Manual): Update footnotes to Emacs Lisp manual. (Options): New subsection of Using This Manual from text originally in Using This Manual. (Ranges, Folder Selection): Now subsections of Using This Manual. (Preface): Move history to History. (From Bill Wohler): New section. Contains history from Preface, plus new Version 8 details. 2006-01-15 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Limits): Change keybinding of mh-narrow-to-from from / f to / m; mh-narrow-to-range from / r to / g. 2006-01-14 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Folders): Remove F i (mh-index-search). Change manu from Folder > Search a Folder to just Folder > Search and command from mh-search-folder to mh-search. Change default value of mh-kill-folder-suppress-prompt-hook from mh-index-p to mh-search-p. (Menu Bar): Rename Pick menu to Search. (Tool Bar): Change default value of mh-tool-bar-search-function from mh-search-folder to mh-search. (Searching): Rewrite chapter to align with new code (closes SF #829207). 2006-01-11 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Conventions): Add tcsh to the list of shells that use the ~ notation since this is more popular on Linux than vanilla csh. 2006-01-10 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Conventions): Move description of ~ here from Getting Started. (Getting Started): Update text regarding MH installation and configuration now that MH-E no longer calls install-mh. Delete text about mh-progs et al since the uesr is no longer supposed to modify these (and causes trouble if he does). (Incorporating Mail): Cross-reference to creator of mh-progs. (Using This Manual): Now that all options are changed via the customize interface, remove the description and examples of using setq. (Inserting Messages, Adding Attachments): mh-compose-forward and mh-insert-letter now default to the cur message if you choose another folder (closes SF #1205890). 2006-01-09 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Composing): Add mail-mode-hook (closes SF #1385571). (Editing Drafts, Editing Message, Searching): Add commands for moving to and creating Reply-To, Mail-Reply-To, and Mail-Followup-To fields (closes SF#1400139). 2006-01-02 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Conventions, Folder Selection, Reading Mail) (HTML, Files and Pipes, Folders, Sending Mail, Redistributing) (Editing Drafts, Editing Message, Inserting Letter, Signature) (Picture, Adding Attachments, Sending PGP, Checking Recipients) (Sending Message, Killing Draft, Aliases, Identities, Speedbar) (Searching, Threading, Limits, Sequences, Junk, Miscellaneous) (Scan Line Formats, Procmail): Document help keys. Document missing commands. Add missing menu item index entries. Remove function names in short variable descriptions; keyboard command is enough. Use option/command/function/variable in front of symbol to aid *Help* buffer hyperlinking. Sync docstrings with manual for all commands. 2006-01-01 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Conventions): Add reference to Easy Customization in Emacs Manual. Add face documentation. (Reading Mail, Viewing, Reading PGP, Folders, Editing Drafts) (Editing Message, Speedbar, Searching, Scan Line Formats): Add documentation about faces. (Miscellaneous, Junk): Swap order of these chapters. 2005-12-23 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (HTML): Add descriptions of the mm-text-html-renderer choices. 2005-12-22 Bill Wohler * TODO: May as well add it to the repository in case I get hit by a truck. * mh-e.texi (Conventions): Add info about hooks. Use "Hook run by `function'..." instead of "Invoked...". (Getting Started): Talk about mh-find-path setting variables from MH profile components and how you can modify that behavior with mh-find-path-hook. (Incorporating Mail, Reading Mail, Viewing, Folders) (Editing Drafts, Inserting Letter, Signature) (Adding Attachments, Sending Message, Aliases, Searching): Sync docstrings with manual. (Folders): Add mh-after-commands-processed-hook, mh-before-commands-processed-hook, mh-kill-folder-suppress-prompt-hook. Fixed example since "/" is taken by limits. (Sending Mail): Add mh-forward-hook. (Sequences): Add mh-unseen-updated-hook. 2005-12-18 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Top, Sending Mail Tour, Aliases): Rename Toolbar to Tool Bar. (Tool Bar): Rename from Toolbar. Completed chapter. 2005-12-17 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Top) Rename Menubar to Menu Bar. (Sending Mail Tour): Ditto. (Ranges, Folder Selection, Incorporating Mail, Reading Mail) (Folders, Sending Mail, Editing Drafts, Aliases, Identities) (Speedbar, Toolbar, Searching, Limits, Sequences, Junk) (Scan Line Formats): Removed customization and menu comments now that the same information appears in the text. (Incorporating Mail, Reading Mail, Folders, Sending Mail) (Editing Drafts, Identities, Searching, Sequences): Mention appropriate menus. Add index entries for menu items. (Speedbar): Rename mh-speed-flists-interval to mh-speed-update-interval (should have been done a couple of check-ins ago). (Menu Bar): Rename from Menubar. Completed chapter. (Toolbar): Mention mh-toolbar customization group. (Threading): Fix cross reference. 2005-12-15 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Reading Mail, Navigating): Add description of command k (mh-delete-subject-or-thread). (mh-delete-subject-or-thread). Sync docstrings with manual. (Threading): Completed chapter. Sync docstrings with manual. 2005-12-14 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Top): Undid last change. Doesn't compile with makeinfo -html. (Speedbar): Completed chapter. Sync docstrings with manual. 2005-12-13 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Top): Put in @ifinfo instead of @ifnottex. 2005-12-09 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Conventions): SPC no longer available to complete filenames and folders. Add cross reference to Emacs manual. (Folder Selection): Fix URL to Emacs manual. (Procmail): Set message-mail-user-agent to `mail-user-agent' and set mail-user-agent to Emacs interface to MH. 2005-12-04 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Reading Mail, Folders, Sending Mail) (Limits, Sequences, Junk, XXX): Went over all uses of the word "RANGE" in the docstrings and made usage consistent. Generally speaking, "messages in range" and "range of messages" is redundant and just "range" can be used in most circumstances. (Folders): Rename mh-index-new-messages-folders to mh-new-messages-folders. Rename mh-index-ticked-messages-folders to mh-ticked-messages-folders. (Reading Mail): Change default of mh-fetch-x-image-url from 'ask to Never Fetch (closes SF #831278). (Folders): Added keys for mh-sort-folder. Sync docstring from mh-sortm-args with manual. (Editing Drafts, Signature): Rename mh-letter-insert-signature-hook to mh-insert-signature-hook. 2005-12-01 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Reading Mail, Viewing, Viewing Attachments) (Digests, Reading PGP, Printing) (Files and Pipes, Navigating) (Miscellaneous Commands and Options): Rewrite for current codebase. Sync docstrings with manual. (Conventions): Use @key{} for RET, SPC, TAB, DEL, and BS everywhere. Use @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}. (Getting Started): Starting to use "package" instead of library. (Leaving MH-E, Adding Attachments, Aliases, Ranges, Junk): Fix typo. (Using This Manual): Use mh-mhl-format-file instead of mhl-formfile. (Reading Mail): Prefer "command @kbd{}" over "@kbd{} command" due to docstring hyperlinking algorithm. (MH-Folder Options): Rename to Miscellaneous Commands and Options and move to end of chapter. (Folders): Delete mh-default-folder-for-message-function. Add mh-recenter-summary-flag. Move mh-folder-mode-hook here from MH-Folder Options. Add mh-folder-updated-hook. Add mh-folder-updated-hook. (Sending Mail): Suggest that customizing mail-user-agent is a good idea. (Threading): New chapter. Needs to be written. (Sequences): Add mh-unseen-updated-hook. (Miscellaneous): Note in introduction that this chapter talks about special buffers too. (Junk): Use bogofilter instead of Bogofilter or BogoFilter. (Scan Line Formats): Use "fontification" instead of "fontifying". (Procmail): Use GnuCash, not gnucash. (XXX): Added some ispell helping keywords and code at the end of the file to make it feasible to run ispell-buffer. Add bogofilter case requirement. 2005-11-03 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi: (Sequences): Document mh-narrow-to-tick. Sync docstrings with manual. 2005-11-01 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Sending Mail): Rewrite for current codebase. Sync docstrings with manual. (Aliases, Identities, Searching) (Scan Line Formats): Add draft and regular expression index entries. 2005-10-30 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Scan Line Formats): Updated with feedback from Mark. Added comments in the title matter. (@settitle, @top): Use the full title. (@title): Remove GNU from GNU Emacs since our audience is more than just GNU Emacs users. 2005-10-28 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Viewing, Scan Line Formats): Sync docstrings with manual. Ensure all links are in @uref so that in info they look like "link text (`url')" which are more easily converted to "link text (see URL `url')". 2005-10-27 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Identities): Checkdoc fix. (Scan Line Formats): Rewrite for current codebase. New example. 2005-10-23 Bill Wohler * Makefile (MAKEINFODOCBOOKFLAGS, MAX_TEX_RECURSION, XML_DECL) (PRINT_SS): New variables used by new targets. (mh-e.dvi): Delete. (mh-e.xml, mh-e.tex, mh-e.pdf): New targets that create PDF. * mh-e.texi (Editing Drafts): Rewrite chapter and sync up manual with docstrings. (Incorporating Mail): Small grammatical fix. (Ranges): Rewrite and sync up manual with docstrings. 2005-03-17 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Junk): Added mh-junk-background. 2005-03-16 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Folders): Added mh-catchup, mh-index-search. (Searching): Added information on indexed searches and synced up manual with docstrings. 2005-02-07 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Incorporating Mail): Updated manual to reflect changes in mh-customize.el and synced up manual with docstrings. 2005-02-06 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi: Use @smallexample and @smalllisp consistently throughout chapter. Blank lines between @items were generating extra

elements in HTML which caused unsightly gaps in the tables. Replaced blank lines with @c ---- separators. (Aliases): Updated manual to reflect changes in menu items. (Identities): Rewrote chapter and synced up manual with docstrings. 2003-11-03 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (@ref): Convert to @pxref and @xref as much as possible. Added special @urefs to Emacs, Emacs Lisp, and PGG manuals so that readers of the HTML version would have a valid cross-reference (section, chapter): Ensured that the right word was used, depending on whether we're talking about a section or chapter. 2003-11-01 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (cross-references): Fixed cross-references that were no longer pointing to the correct node due to the reshuffling. (editing): Removed terms like "below" and "above" that can easily get out of date. (Reading Mail, Getting Started): Moved mh-lib, mh-lib-progs, mh-progs to Getting Started. 2003-10-29 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi: Added lead-in paragraphs at the beginning of each chapter and before each table of commands and options. Mention customization groups (Indexing): Heavy duty indexing pass. Added missing index entries, removed superfluous index entries (that were covered in a @vtable or @ftable), sorted @*index groups, ensured index entries were consistent. Still need to go through indices and search through text for each item and add index entries for existing entries if useful. (Organizing): Renamed node to Folders. It looks a lot better in the index for the "F" key commands. (Variable Index): Renamed to Option Index. (Key Index): New node for holding keystrokes and moved keystrokes from the command index to the key index. Renamed @findex entries to @kindex as appropriate and renamed @ftable to @table as necessary. (Composing, MH-Folder Options): New sections that contain text from main section of chapter. Before, the menu for the chapter's sections appeared far, far below rather than up near the top under the commands and variables. 2003-10-28 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi: Removed "above" and "below" text. After reorganization, these relative markers were often incorrect. Replaced with cross-references. 2003-10-27 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Viewing): Removed Always Fetch option from mh-fetch-x-image-url (closes SF #831278). (@ftable): Sorted entries. The sort is as follows: punctuation, uppercase single letters, lowercase single letters, control characters, meta characters, multiple letters in alphabetical order. In some cases, the sort wasn't strictly ASCII. For example, SPC (mh-page-msg) reads better before BS (mh-previous-page) and . (mh-show) is better before , (mh-header-display). (@vtable): Sorted entries and pulled hooks into their own @vtables. 2003-10-23 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi: The Great Reorganization. Aligned commands and variables with customization groups. 2003-10-17 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Organizing): Indicate that visiting a folder with unseen messages will just show those unseen messages. Also indicate that visiting a folder with the speedbar works in a similar fashion to mh-visit-folder (closes SF #623373). 2003-10-16 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Top): Removed elisp comment characters (;;) from copyright. (Viewing): Mention that signatures and vCards are rendered in italics. (Reading GPG): Filled paragraph. (Draft Editing): Added new variables from Signature section. Eventually, I'll reorganize so that variables are described in the chapter they are listed. (Signature): Updated with modern-day signature code which means that mh-signature-file-name can be a function, signature separators are added, the signature can be a vCard (closes SF #802720), and mh-letter-insert-signature-hook is now called at the end instead of the beginning of mh-insert-signature. Signatures can now also be inserted with identities. 2003-10-16 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Reading Mail): Use "@samp{+inbox} buffer" instead of "+inbox". (Identities, and others): Use "header field" in index, not "header". (Junk): New section dealing with junk mail. 2003-09-24 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (@table): Converted to @vtable and @ftable as appropriate. Also removed blank lines between @*table and @item and @end *table. The former is to eliminate an unsightly gap; the latter is for consistency. Thought I heard a hobgoblin... (@enumerate): Ditto. * fixhtml (fix_texinfo_html): Substitute index.html for Table-of-Contents.html since we renamed index.html for Table-of-Contents.html. * mh-e.texi (Top): Added warning about using makeinfo 4.6 or greater which is needed to handle the @copying commands. ([vf]table): Removed blank line below these commands as this inserts unsightly whitespace in the document. (Reading Mail): Use ftable instead of table, add findex in quick reference to catch functions, remove now redundant findex and vindex commands in chapter. Removed mh-visible-headers. Renamed mh-invisible-headers to mh-invisible-header-fields. Updated mh-clean-message-header-flag. Added mh-invisible-header-fields-default (closes SF #752045). (Viewing): Updated documentation for mh-visible-headers (removed), mh-invisible-headers (renamed to mh-invisible-header-fields), mh-clean-message-header-flag, and added mh-invisible-header-fields-default (closes SF #752045). * Makefile (TEXI2HTMLFLAGS): Obsolete. Should have removed yesterday. 2003-09-23 Bill Wohler * Makefile (MAKEINFOINFOFLAGS): Renamed from MAKEINFOINFOFLAGS. (MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS): New variable to hold HTML flags for makeinfo. (all): Removed mh-e.ps target and added clean target. (clean): New target which removes directories created by this Makefile. (mh-e.info): Use MAKEINFOINFOFLAGS. (mh-e.html): Call makeinfo instead of texi2html. This is better for several reasons: makeinfo more actively maintained than texi2html, files are named with the node names instead of magical numbers so assumptions about the filenames can be made (this cleaned up fixhtml and Makefile dramatically), footnotes are on the same page instead of on a single page, the table of contents is prettier, the @vtable and @ftable commands are handled correctly (they were doubled in the indices in texi2html). The only disadvantages I've seen is that the navigation buttons aren't repeated on the bottom of each page and the indices aren't divided by letter. These are minor. Don't depend on html subdirectory, makeinfo creates it. (html): Deleted. Obsolete. * fixhtml: Now that makeinfo is used, no longer need to search each file to see where links should be made. Also, since the filenames now match the node names, many of the links no longer need to be made. (index.html): Rename to Table-of-Contents.html since the MH book assumes a different index.html. (fix_texinfo_html): Downcase body tags. * indexes.html: Use makeinfo filenames for indices instead of link names previously created with fixhtml. s/mh-e_toc.html/Table-of-Contents.html/ to be more consistent with makeinfo naming conventions. * index.html: s/mh-e_toc.html/Table-of-Contents.html/ to be more consistent with makeinfo naming conventions. * mh-e.texi (MH-BOOK-HOME): Changed from http://www.ics.uci.edu/~mh/book to http://www.ics.uci.edu/~mh/book/mh. (Addresses): Replaced @ with at in text. Replaced @host with @stop.spam-abuse.org in examples to minimize spam harvesting. (Profile components): Now contain a trailing colon (:) like header fields. (Sending Mail): Added M-TAB (mh-letter-complete) keybinding, mh-letter-complete-function option. (Aliases): New node that covers how MH-E handles aliases (closes SF #745634). (Draft Editing): Use vtable instead of table. (Organizing): Removed example about creating folder names based upon sender of message now that this is built-in. 2003-08-24 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Viewing): Removed example of shoving mh-update-sequences into mh-show-hook because MH-E now does this by default. (Sending Mail): Moved variable table under command table. Described new method of editing draft (direct editing) and old method via customization (closes SF #745622). 2003-08-19 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Limits): New section which documents the ways of limiting the output of the MH-Folder buffer (closes SF #732823). (header fields): Undid change in version 1.43 where colons in header field names were removed. I had done this originally to reflect RFC 822 and RFC 2822 is still like that. Documentation should remain consistent with the standards. (cc): s/cc/Cc/ in field names and except where cc is literal, as in components files, or function names (Identities): Added some formatting commands and fixed the text about inserting the auto-fields at the beginning now that we no longer do that. 2003-08-18 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Moving Mail, Organizing): Document "F n", "F '", "F q", "mh-index-new-messages-folders, mh-index-ticked-messages-folders (closes SF #718833). (Sequences): Document "'" (closes SF #718833). 2003-08-16 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi: (Reading Mail Tour, Reading Mail): mh-rmail now shows unseen messages as well as new messages from inc, so simply say that mh-rmail doesn't show read messages (closes SF #667542). * mh-e.texi: According to the grant-back clause of the assignment of copyright contract to the FSF, I have relicensed the manual under the GPL. This should allow all MH-E developers, who have also assigned copyright to the FSF, to cut and paste changes between the code and manual freely. This should also remove any issues with the Debian DFSG. While the details still need to be worked out, developers should agree that any changes they make to the manual will be relicensed under the GFDL when they are incorporated into the Emacs version. Until notified otherwise, developers implicitly agree to these terms if they make any changes. * mh-e.texi (Folder Selection) New section that describes how folder names are generated (closes SF #657096, SF #664821). 2003-08-15 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Various Header Fields): Removed colon from header field name. Doesn't seem right in the flow of the text. (Identities): New section to describe multiple personalities or identies code (closes SF #627035, #747890). 2003-08-08 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi: Merged in changes from version 1.14 in CVS Emacs. 2003-08-04 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Ranges): New section that describes what a range is and how to use it. Updated all other sections that used to refer to the use of a prefix argument to specify a sequence to refer to a range instead (closes SF #626361, SF #728638). (footnotes): For some reason, all of the footnotes were off in their own world. I moved them within the sentence's punctuation. (Organizing): Added info about speedbar (closes SF #503727). (references): Moved indexing commands before @item throughout so that item heading would appear on the page when clicking on an index entry. (variables): Boolean variables now end with -flag (closes SF #627015). 2003-08-01 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Using This Manual): Renamed from Introduction. (Reading Mail): Mentioned that keybindings work in the MH-Show buffer too (closes SF #493749). 2003-07-31 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Viewing): Added verbiage for viewing X-Face header field and friends (closes SF #480770). (Picture): New section that tells how to add X-Face header field and friends (closes SF #480770). (Sending GPG): Moved under Draft Editing. (Inserting Letter): Added word about filling paragraphs with `mh-ins-buf-prefix' (closes SF #489927). (Recipients, Sending Message, Organizing, Sequences): Mentioned various buffer names that the varous commands use. Added cross-references to the Miscellaneous chapter (closes SF #493170). (Miscellaneous): Added cross-references from the buffer names to the sections whose commands use those buffers (closes SF #493170). (Introduction, Miscellaneous): Added info about quick help (with "?" and "C-c ?" keys) and *MH-E Help* buffer (closes SF #493740). 2003-07-29 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Reading GPG, Sending GPG): New sections (closes SF #405625). (Reading Mailing Lists Effectively): Fixed examples. (Using MH-E): Renamed to Introduction and made subsections of this chapter bonafide chapters. (Reading HTML): New section that discusses MH-E's ability to display HTML (closes SF #453352). 2003-07-26 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Reading Mailing Lists Effectively): New section. Talks about using procmail to incorporate mail from mailing lists and using MH-E and Gnus to read it (closes SF #405611). (Miscellaneous): Added information about the various MH-E buffers. 2003-07-17 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Scan Line Formats): Updated with font lock changes (closes SF #405606). Faces not yet documented. 2003-06-24 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Top): Make it clear that this version is not to be touched. Even with a 10-foot pole. (Miscellaneous Commands): Renamed to Miscellaneous Commands, Variables, and Buffers. New MH-E buffers documented. 2003-04-24 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi: Some reformatting with a single space after periods, or just plain filling. (Top): Upcase MH-E in title. Set VERSION to 7.3, UPDATED and UPDATED-MONTH to 24 April 2003. Set MH-E-HOME to http://mh-e.sourceforge.net/. Updated Copyright. (MH FAQ): Renamed to MH FAQ and Support. Added link to MH FAQ. Added link to MH-E SourceForge support. (Getting MH-E): Don't reiterate install info; reference README instead. Also, mh-version now autoloads, so don't have to run any other command first. 2002-10-31 Bill Wohler * Makefile, README, fixhtml, index.html, indexes.html, mh-e.texi: Replaced mh-e with MH-E. 2002-10-11 Bill Wohler * Makefile (EMACS_HOME): Set default to $(TOP)/../emacs so it would be useful. Also use ?= instead of ifndef which is apparently more portable. 2002-04-08 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Sending Mail): Updated footnote about draft folders per a user's suggestion. 2001-12-29 Bill Wohler *mh-e.texi: First phase of mh-e version 6.0 coverage. Removed a space between a texinfo command and the opening brace. Replaced @code with @command, @samp, etc. as appropriate (closes SF #405618). Documented mh-lib-progs (closes SF #405615). Backed out quick reference guide. Moved mherg.html into Texinfo. However, upon further reflection, I think the existing format already serves as a quick reference guide, and I don't think that the extra tables will be worth the extra maintenance effort. I'm therefore saving this version, but will be removing the tables in the next check-in. I won't undo the entire check-in as there were a couple of other small, cosmetic changes I want to keep (closes SF #405610). Moved Scan Line Formats up a level as its location in Organizing was not obvious enough (closes SF #405608). Added example for mh-quit-hook (closes SF #405565). Put the references to the MH book back in (closes SF #405549). Rewrote MIME section to make more clear (closes SF #405547 and #446471) and to include new functionality in 6.0. Call Emacs Lisp functions functions, not commands. Indeed, they were already called functions throughout, except in a short discussion of terminology. Updated screen shots for Emacs 21. Also fixed up line lines within these screen shots so that they wouldn't extend past the limits of the cartouche in the DVI file. Improved continuity between commands and configuration. Simply filled all the paragraphs to make later changes less apparent in the diffs. I believe the only difference is that sentence-end-double-space is now nil. Initial pass at merging Chapters 2 and 3. Chapters are merged, but editing reminas to be done to improve the flow (closes SF #405605). * indexes.html: Downcased HTML tags. Removed tag. Removed mention of Quick Reference Guide, which has been removed. Removed

and mailto tags. Spam prevention. * index.html: Downcased HTML tags. Removed tag. Removed mention of Quick Reference Guide, which has been removed, and Preface, which is redundant (with Table of Contents). Put Table of Contents and Index links on their own line to avoid folding. Removed
and mailto tags. Spam prevention. * fixhtml: No longer use mherg.html. * mherg.html: Removed. Too much hassle to maintain and beginning of each chapter in Using mh-e is a quick reference already. * Makefile: Added a README to the tarball and made the user of the Makefile targets more obvious to make the installation more clear (closes SF #481769). No longer use mherg.html. (%.info): Removed .. from settitle (in order to run M-x makeinfo-buffer, so no longer have to cd into info before running makeinfo. (%.html): Don't need to recursively delete files. Also, fixhtml copies index.html, indexes.html and mherg.html into html, so don't need to do it in the Makefile. * README: New file to let users know what they should do with this tarball. 2001-12-16 Bill Wohler * Makefile (dist, install-online, %.html): Replaced $(RM) with rm -rf (closes SF #488661). (import-emacs): New, yet unimplemented, target. 2001-11-11 Bill Wohler * fixhtml: Slight changes in titles for texi2html 1.65. 2001-02-19 Bill Wohler * Makefile (EMACS): Renamed to EMACS_HOME. Also, don't define if EMACS_HOME already exists to give developer a chance to set environment variable. (all): Build mh-e.html, mh-e.info, and mh-e.ps by default. 2001-02-18 Bill Wohler * Release mh-e-doc-1.3 for Emacs 21.1. * mh-e.texi (Viewing): Added mh-header-display index entry. (Organizing,Customizing Reading): Added mh-kill-folder index entry. * fixhtml (dohtml): Now part of main program now that program only fixes HTML files. Added -w and strict usage. (usage,dodvi,doinfo): Deleted. (fix_ref_links): Fixed a few uninitialized variables. Found a couple of variables and commands that weren't indexed. * Makefile (EMACS): Point to $(TOP)/../remote/emacs. (MH-E-DOCS): Added all relevant files. (ONLINE_DIR): Contains target directory for online files. (TEXI2HTMLFLAGS, MAKEINFOFLAGS): Added. (dist): Tags will have doc in them, so don't need to add. Release will now have all relevant files, rather than just mh-e.texi. (install-emacs): First ask user if he has updated and incorporated target emacs directory. (install-online): Implemented. (%.info,%.html,%.dvi,%.ps): Added. * mh-e.texi: This version will most likely appear in Emacs 21.1. (Preface): The current version of mh-e has come standard since 19.29. Since Version 5 of mh-e has been out so long, lots of text regarding earlier versions was pruned. (Conventions): Use BACKSPACE instead of DELETE in Emacs 21. (Reading MIME): Use nmh commands. (Bug Reports): Current maintainer now Bill Wohler. Bug reports now at SourceForge. (Mailing List): Mailing lists now at SourceForge. (MH FAQ): FAQ now at faqs.org. (Getting mh-e): Version in Emacs should be fairly up to date. New releases at SourceForge. (History): mh-e now maintained by Bill Wohler at SourceForge. (Changes to mh-e): Gone. (Copying): Clean up close-quote punctuation (rms-1.7). mh-e-doc-8.5/README0000644000175000000620000000667512114520053013026 0ustar wohlerstaff* INTRODUCTION This is the documentation for MH-E, a GNU Emacs interface to the MH mail system. Emacs comes prepackaged with MH-E; the files in this package may be more recent however. To ascertain the version of MH-E in your version of Emacs and to determine whether it is necessary to install these files, run the command "C-h i m mh-e RET" within Emacs. This should bring you to the top of the MH-E documentation which shows the version of the documentation which is the same as the version of the software for which it was written. Use the command "M-x mh-version" within Emacs to see which version of the software you are running. If this package contains a more recent version of the MH-E documentation which is compatible with the version of the software that you're running, read on. The Bazaar MH-E manual is built into Bazaar Emacs, so if you use Bazaar Emacs, then you have no need of this release. You are already have the latest version of the manual. This version of the MH-E documentation will appear in GNU Emacs 24.4. * INSTALL ** Extract the tarball. If you don't have GNU tar, use gzip to uncompress the tarball and drop the `z' option. tar xzf mh-e-doc-8.5.tgz ** Build the desired documentation. The Texinfo source can produce documentation in Emacs' info format, HTML format for viewing via a browser, and PDF formats for printing. First, go into the mh-e-doc-8.5 directory and then follow the appropriate directions below. *** info Run `make info'. This creates a sub-directory called `info', builds the info version of the documentation, and deposits it in that directory. You need the program `makeinfo' to do this. To view the Info node `mh-e', Find out where your existing info files are located. Assuming your existing info files are in `/usr/share/info', set the INFOPATH environment variable to: /path/to/mh-e-doc-8.5/info:/usr/share/info Then run "C-h i g (mh-e) RET" (in Emacs). *** HTML Run `make html'. This creates a sub-directory called `html', builds the HTML version of the documentation, and deposits it in that directory. You need the programs `makeinfo' to do this. Use a browser and point it at "/path/to/mh-e-doc-8.5/html/index.html" to view the documentation. *** PDF Run `make pdf'. This builds the PDF version of the documentation, and names it `mh-e.pdf'. You need the program `texi2pdf', `makeinfo', and `pdftex' or `pdfetex' to do this. You can then either view the documentation with a tool such as `gv', `gpdf', `ggv', `xpdf', or print it. The file is "/path/to/mh-e-doc-8.5/pdf/mh-e.pdf". *** Everything Run `make all' or just `make'. * BAZAAR MH-E MANUAL INSTALL After checking out the doc module, follow any of the steps that apply to you in INSTALL above. In each case, running `make' will try to create a symbolic link from `doc' to the Emacs source in your MH-E source tree, specifically `../src/emacs/trunk'. If your Emacs source is located in another directory, add `EMACS_SRC=/path/to/emacs/trunk' to your make command line. * ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ** This documentation is also available in the following forms: *** HTML & PDF An online version of the documentation is available here: http://mh-e.sourceforge.net/manual/ *** Source The source for the documentation can be obtained here: https://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=13357 ** Mailing Lists, Bug Reports and other Support Please see http://mh-e.sourceforge.net/. Local variables: mode: outline paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$" end: mh-e-doc-8.5/doc/0002755000175000000620000000000012114520053012677 5ustar wohlerstaffmh-e-doc-8.5/doc/misc/0002755000175000000620000000000012114520053013632 5ustar wohlerstaffmh-e-doc-8.5/doc/misc/doclicense.texi0000644000175000000620000005561012114520053016642 0ustar wohlerstaff@c The GNU Free Documentation License. @center Version 1.3, 3 November 2008 @c This file is intended to be included within another document, @c hence no sectioning command or @node. @display Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @uref{http://fsf.org/} Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. @end display @enumerate 0 @item PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. @item APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG@. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. The ``publisher'' means any person or entity that distributes copies of the Document to the public. A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'', ``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title'' of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition. The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. @item VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. @item COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. @item MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: @enumerate A @item Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. @item List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. @item State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. @item Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. @item Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. @item Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. @item Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. @item Include an unaltered copy of this License. @item Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. @item Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. @item For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. @item Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. @item Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. @item Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. @item Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. @end enumerate If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. @item COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History'' in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled ``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections Entitled ``Endorsements.'' @item COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. @item AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. @item TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', ``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title. @item TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice. Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does not give you any rights to use it. @item FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See @uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Document. @item RELICENSING ``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site'' (or ``MMC Site'') means any World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A ``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration'' (or ``MMC'') contained in the site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC site. ``CC-BY-SA'' means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco, California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license published by that same organization. ``Incorporate'' means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or in part, as part of another Document. An MMC is ``eligible for relicensing'' if it is licensed under this License, and if all works that were first published under this License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008. The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing. @end enumerate @page @heading ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: @smallexample @group Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. @end group @end smallexample If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the ``with@dots{}Texts.''@: line with this: @smallexample @group with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}. @end group @end smallexample If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. @c Local Variables: @c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict" @c End: mh-e-doc-8.5/doc/misc/gpl.texi0000644000175000000620000010441712114520053015314 0ustar wohlerstaff@c The GNU General Public License. @center Version 3, 29 June 2007 @c This file is intended to be included within another document, @c hence no sectioning command or @node. @display Copyright @copyright{} 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @url{http://fsf.org/} Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. @end display @heading Preamble The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works. The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program---to make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions. Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. @heading TERMS AND CONDITIONS @enumerate 0 @item Definitions. ``This License'' refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. ``Copyright'' also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks. ``The Program'' refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as ``you''. ``Licensees'' and ``recipients'' may be individuals or organizations. To ``modify'' a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a ``modified version'' of the earlier work or a work ``based on'' the earlier work. A ``covered work'' means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program. To ``propagate'' a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well. To ``convey'' a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. An interactive user interface displays ``Appropriate Legal Notices'' to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. @item Source Code. The ``source code'' for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. ``Object code'' means any non-source form of a work. A ``Standard Interface'' means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language. The ``System Libraries'' of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A ``Major Component'', in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. The ``Corresponding Source'' for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work's System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work. The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source. The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work. @item Basic Permissions. All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary. @item Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures. When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures. @item Conveying Verbatim Copies. You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. @item Conveying Modified Source Versions. You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: @enumerate a @item The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it, and giving a relevant date. @item The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to ``keep intact all notices''. @item You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. @item If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work need not make them do so. @end enumerate A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate. @item Conveying Non-Source Forms. You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways: @enumerate a @item Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange. @item Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. @item Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection 6b. @item Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. @item Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d. @end enumerate A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work. A ``User Product'' is either (1) a ``consumer product'', which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, ``normally used'' refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product. ``Installation Information'' for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made. If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM). The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network. Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying. @item Additional Terms. ``Additional permissions'' are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions. When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: @enumerate a @item Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or @item Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or @item Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version; or @item Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material; or @item Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or @item Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors. @end enumerate All other non-permissive additional terms are considered ``further restrictions'' within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying. If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms. Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way. @item Termination. You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11). However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice. Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10. @item Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. @item Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. An ``entity transaction'' is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. @item Patents. A ``contributor'' is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's ``contributor version''. A contributor's ``essential patent claims'' are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this definition, ``control'' includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License. Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version. In the following three paragraphs, a ``patent license'' is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To ``grant'' such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party. If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. ``Knowingly relying'' means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid. If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it. A patent license is ``discriminatory'' if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. @item No Surrender of Others' Freedom. If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. @item Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such. @item Revised Versions of this License. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program. Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version. @item Disclaimer of Warranty. THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW@. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE@. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU@. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. @item Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. @item Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee. @end enumerate @heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS @heading How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. @smallexample @var{one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.} Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{name of author} This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE@. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see @url{http://www.gnu.org/licenses/}. @end smallexample Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: @smallexample @var{program} Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{name of author} This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type @samp{show w}. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type @samp{show c} for details. @end smallexample The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an ``about box''. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see @url{http://www.gnu.org/licenses/}. The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But first, please read @url{http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html}. mh-e-doc-8.5/doc/misc/mh-e.texi0000644000175000000620000117064112114520053015363 0ustar wohlerstaff\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c @c Note: This document requires makeinfo version 4.6 or greater to build. @c @c %**start of header @setfilename ../../info/mh-e @settitle The MH-E Manual @c %**end of header @c Version of the software and manual. @set VERSION 8.5 @c Edition of the manual. It is either empty for the first edition or @c has the form ", nth Edition" (without the quotes). @set EDITION @set UPDATED 2013-03-02 @set UPDATE-MONTH March, 2013 @c Other variables. @set MH-BOOK-HOME http://rand-mh.sourceforge.net/book/mh @set MH-E-HOME http://mh-e.sourceforge.net/ @c Copyright @copying This is version @value{VERSION}@value{EDITION} of @cite{The MH-E Manual}, last updated @value{UPDATED}. Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 2001--2003, 2005--2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @c This dual license has been agreed upon by the FSF. @quotation Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of either: @enumerate a @item the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.'' (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and modify this GNU manual.'' @item the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU General Public License.'' @end enumerate @end quotation @end copying @c Info Directory Entry @dircategory Emacs network features @direntry * MH-E: (mh-e). Emacs interface to the MH mail system. @end direntry @c Title Page @titlepage @title The MH-E Manual @subtitle Version @value{VERSION}@value{EDITION} @subtitle @value{UPDATE-MONTH} @author Bill Wohler @c Copyright Page @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll @insertcopying @end titlepage @ifnottex @html @end html @insertcopying @end ifnottex @c Table of Contents @contents @html @end html @node Preface, Conventions, Top, Top @unnumbered Preface @cindex Emacs @cindex Unix commands, Emacs @cindex preface This manual introduces another interface to the MH mail system that is accessible through the GNU Emacs editor, namely, @emph{MH-E}. MH-E is easy to use. I don't assume that you know GNU Emacs or even MH at this point, since I didn't know either of them when I discovered MH-E@. However, MH-E was the tip of the iceberg, and I discovered more and more niceties about GNU Emacs and MH@. Now I'm fully hooked on both of them. The MH-E package is distributed with Emacs@footnote{Version @value{VERSION} of MH-E appeared in Emacs 24.4. It is supported in GNU Emacs 23 and higher, as well as XEmacs 21.4.22 and 21.5.31. MH-E is known not to work with GNU Emacs versions 20 and below, and XEmacs version 21.5.9--21.5.16. It is compatible with MH versions 6.8.4 and higher, all versions of nmh, and GNU mailutils 1.0 and higher}, so you shouldn't have to do anything special to use it. Gnus is also required; version 5.10 or higher is recommended. This manual covers MH-E version @value{VERSION}. To help you decide which version you have, see @ref{Getting Started}. @findex help-with-tutorial @kindex C-h t If you don't already use GNU Emacs but want to learn more, you can read an online tutorial by starting GNU Emacs and typing @kbd{C-h t} (@code{help-with-tutorial}). (To learn about this notation, see @ref{Conventions}.) If you want to take the plunge, consult the @iftex @cite{GNU Emacs Manual}, @end iftex @ifinfo @ref{top, , GNU Emacs Manual, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, @end ifinfo @ifhtml @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/, @cite{GNU Emacs Manual}}, @end ifhtml from the Free Software Foundation. If more information is needed, you can go to the Unix manual pages of the individual MH commands. When the name is not obvious, I'll guide you to a relevant MH manual page that describes the action more fully. @cindex @cite{MH & nmh: Email for Users & Programmers} @cindex MH book @cindex info @kindex C-h i This manual is available in both Info and online formats. The Info version is distributed with Emacs and can be accessed with the @command{info} command (@samp{info mh-e}) or within Emacs (@kbd{C-h i m mh-e @key{RET}}). The online version is available at @uref{http://mh-e.sourceforge.net/manual/, SourceForge}. Another great online resource is the book @uref{http://rand-mh.sourceforge.net/book/, @cite{MH & nmh: Email for Users & Programmers}} (also known as @dfn{the MH book}). I hope you enjoy this manual! If you have any comments, or suggestions for this document, please let me know. @cindex Bill Wohler @cindex Wohler, Bill @noindent Bill Wohler <@i{wohler at newt.com}>@* 8 February 1995@* 24 February 2006 @node Conventions, Getting Started, Preface, Top @chapter GNU Emacs Terms and Conventions @cindex Emacs @cindex Emacs, conventions @cindex Emacs, terms @cindex Unix commands, Emacs @cindex conventions, Emacs @cindex terms, Emacs If you're an experienced Emacs user, you can skip the following conventions and definition of terms and go directly to the next section (@pxref{Getting Started}). @cindex Emacs commands @cindex MH commands @cindex Unix commands @cindex commands @cindex commands, MH @cindex commands, Unix @cindex commands, shell @cindex functions @cindex shell commands In general, @dfn{functions} in this text refer to Emacs Lisp functions that one would call from within Emacs Lisp programs (for example, @code{(mh-inc-folder)}). On the other hand, @dfn{commands} are those things that are run by the user, such as @kbd{i} or @kbd{M-x mh-inc-folder}. Programs outside of Emacs are specifically called MH commands, shell commands, or Unix commands. @cindex conventions, key names @cindex key names The conventions for key names are as follows: @table @kbd @item C-x Hold down the @key{CTRL} (Control) key and press the @kbd{x} key. @c ------------------------- @item M-x Hold down the @key{META} or @key{ALT} key and press the @kbd{x} key. Since some keyboards don't have a @key{META} key, you can generate @kbd{M-x}, for example, by pressing @key{ESC} (Escape), @emph{releasing it}, and then pressing the @kbd{x} key. @c ------------------------- @item @key{RET} Press the @key{RETURN} or @key{ENTER} key. This is normally used to complete a command. @c ------------------------- @item @key{SPC} Press the space bar. @c ------------------------- @item @key{TAB} Press the @key{TAB} key. @c ------------------------- @item @key{DEL} Press the @key{DELETE} key. @c ------------------------- @item @key{BS} Press the @key{BACKSPACE} key@footnote{If you are using Version 20 or earlier of Emacs, you will need to use the @key{DEL} key.}. @end table @cindex Emacs, prefix argument @cindex prefix argument @kindex C-u A @dfn{prefix argument} allows you to pass an argument to any Emacs function. To pass an argument, type @kbd{C-u} before the Emacs command or keystroke. Numeric arguments can be passed as well. For example, to insert five f's, use @kbd{C-u 5 f}. There is a default of four when using @kbd{C-u}, and you can use multiple prefix arguments to provide arguments of powers of four. To continue our example, you could insert four f's with @kbd{C-u f}, 16 f's with @kbd{C-u C-u f}, 64 f's with @kbd{C-u C-u C-u f}, and so on. Numeric and valueless negative arguments can also be inserted with the @key{META} key. Examples include @kbd{M-5} to specify an argument of 5, or @kbd{M--} which specifies a negative argument with no particular value. @sp 1 @center @strong{NOTE} @quotation The prefix @kbd{C-u} or @kbd{M-} is not necessary in MH-E's MH-Folder mode (@pxref{Reading Mail Tour}). In this mode, simply enter the numerical argument before entering the command. @end quotation @sp 1 @cindex @file{.emacs} @cindex Emacs, variables @cindex files, @file{.emacs} @cindex variables @findex setq Emacs uses @dfn{variables} to hold values. These can be changed via calls to the function @code{setq} in @file{~/.emacs}. @cindex Emacs, options @cindex options @findex customize-group @findex customize-option Variables in MH-E that are normally modified by the user are called @dfn{options} and are modified through the customize functions (such as @kbd{M-x customize-option} or @kbd{M-x customize-group}). @ifnothtml @xref{Easy Customization,,,emacs,The GNU Emacs Manual}, in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifnothtml @ifhtml See section @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Easy-Customization.html, Easy Customization} in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifhtml @xref{Options}. @cindex Emacs, faces @cindex faces @cindex highlighting @findex customize-face You can specify various styles for displaying text using @dfn{faces}. MH-E provides a set of faces that you can use to personalize the look of your MH-E buffers. Use the command @kbd{M-x customize-face} to do this. @ifnothtml @xref{Face Customization,,,emacs,The GNU Emacs Manual}, in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifnothtml @ifhtml See section @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Face-Customization.html, Face Customization} in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifhtml @cindex abnormal hooks @cindex hooks @cindex normal hooks @findex add-hook @findex customize-option Commands often offer @dfn{hooks} which enable you to extend or modify the way a command works. @ifnothtml @ref{Hooks, , Hooks, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual} @end ifnothtml @ifhtml See section @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Hooks.html, Hooks} in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual} @end ifhtml for a description about @dfn{normal hooks} and @dfn{abnormal hooks}. MH-E uses normal hooks in nearly all cases, so you can assume that we are talking about normal hooks unless we explicitly mention that a hook is abnormal. We also follow the conventions described in that section: the name of the abnormal hooks end in @code{-functions} and all the rest of the MH-E hooks end in @code{-hook}. You can add hooks with either @code{customize-option} or @code{add-hook}. @cindex Emacs, mark @cindex Emacs, point @cindex Emacs, region @cindex mark @cindex point @cindex region @kindex C-@@ @kindex C-@key{SPC} There are several other terms that are used in Emacs that you should know. The @dfn{point} is where the cursor currently is. You can save your current place in the file by setting a @dfn{mark}. This operation is useful in several ways. The mark can be later used when defining a @dfn{region}, which is the text between the point and mark. Many commands operate on regions, such as those for deleting text or filling paragraphs. A mark can be set with @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}). @cindex completion @cindex Emacs, completion @cindex Emacs, file completion @cindex Emacs, folder completion @cindex Emacs, minibuffer @cindex file completion @cindex folder completion @cindex minibuffer @kindex SPC @kindex TAB The @dfn{minibuffer} is the bottom line of the Emacs window, where all prompting and multiple-character input is directed. You can use @dfn{completion} to enter values such as folders. Completion means that Emacs fills in text for you when you type @key{SPC} or @key{TAB}. A second @key{SPC} or @key{TAB} will list all possibilities at that point. @ifnothtml @xref{Completion, , Completion, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifnothtml @ifhtml See the section @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Completion.html, Completion} in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifhtml Note that @key{SPC} cannot be used for completing filenames and folders. @findex help-with-tutorial @kindex C-h t @kindex M-x The minibuffer is also where you enter Emacs function names after typing @kbd{M-x}. For example, in the preface, I mentioned that you could obtain help with @kbd{C-h t} (@code{help-with-tutorial}). What this means is that you can get a tutorial by typing either @kbd{C-h t} or @kbd{M-x help-with-tutorial}. In the latter case, you are prompted for @samp{help-with-tutorial} in the minibuffer after typing @kbd{M-x}. @cindex ~ The @samp{~} notation in filenames represents your home directory. This notation is used by many shells including @command{bash}, @code{tcsh}, and @command{csh}. It is analogous to the environment variable @samp{$HOME}. For example, @file{~/.emacs} can be written @file{$HOME/.emacs} or using the absolute path as in @file{/home/wohler/.emacs} instead. @cindex Emacs, interrupting @cindex Emacs, quitting @cindex interrupting @cindex quitting @i{In case of trouble:} Emacs can be interrupted at any time with @kbd{C-g}. For example, if you've started a command that requests that you enter something in the minibuffer, but then you change your mind, type @kbd{C-g} and you'll be back where you started. If you want to exit Emacs entirely, use @kbd{C-x C-c}. @node Getting Started, Tour Through MH-E, Conventions, Top @chapter Getting Started @cindex MH-E, versions @cindex history @cindex versions of MH-E Because there are many old versions of MH-E out there, it is important to know which version you have. I'll be talking about @w{Version 8} which is pretty close to @w{Version 6} and @w{Version 7}. It differs from @w{Version 4} and @w{Version 5} and is vastly different from @w{Version 3}. @xref{History}. @findex mh-version To determine which version of MH-E that you have, enter @kbd{M-x mh-version @key{RET}}. Hopefully it says that you're running @w{Version @value{VERSION}} which is the latest version as of this printing. If your version is much older than this, please consider upgrading. You can have your system administrator upgrade the system-wide version, or you can install your own personal version. It's really quite easy. @xref{Getting MH-E}, for instructions for getting and installing MH-E. If the @code{mh-version} command displays @samp{No MH variant detected}@footnote{In very old versions of MH-E, you may get the error message, @samp{Cannot find the commands `inc' and `mhl' and the file `components'} if MH-E can't find MH@. In this case, you need to update MH-E, and you may need to install MH too. However, newer versions of MH-E are better at finding MH if it is on your system.}, then you need to install MH or tell MH-E where to find MH. @cindex Debian @cindex nmh @cindex GNU mailutils MH If you don't have MH on your system already, you must install a variant of MH@. The Debian mh-e package does this for you automatically (@pxref{Getting MH-E}). Most people use @uref{http://www.nongnu.org/nmh/, nmh}, but you may be interested in trying out @uref{http://mailutils.org/, GNU mailutils MH}, which supports IMAP@. Your GNU/Linux distribution probably has packages for both of these. @cindex @command{install-mh} @cindex MH commands, @command{install-mh} @cindex MH book If you've never run MH before, you need to run @command{install-mh} from the shell before you continue. This sets up your personal MH environment@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/../overall/setup.html, Setting Up MH} in the MH book.}. If you don't, you'll be greeted with the error message: @samp{Install MH and run install-mh before running MH-E}. This is all you need to know about MH to use MH-E, but the more you know about MH, the more you can leverage its power. See the @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/../, MH book} to learn more about MH. @cindex @samp{Path:} MH profile component @cindex MH profile @cindex MH profile component @cindex MH profile component, @samp{Path:} Your MH environment includes your @dfn{MH profile} which is found in the file @file{~/.mh_profile}, or the file named in the environment variable @samp{$MH}. This file contains a number of @dfn{MH profile components}. For example, the @samp{Path:} MH profile component contains the path to your mail directory, which is @file{~/Mail} by default. @cindex @command{mhparam} @cindex MH commands, @command{mhparam} @vindex exec-path @vindex mh-path @vindex mh-sys-path @vindex mh-variant @vindex mh-variant-in-use There are several options MH-E uses to interact with your MH installation. The option @code{mh-variant} specifies the variant used by MH-E (@pxref{Options}). The default setting of this option is @samp{Auto-detect} which means that MH-E will automatically choose the first of nmh, MH, or GNU mailutils MH that it finds in the directories listed in @code{mh-path} (which you can customize), @code{mh-sys-path}, and @code{exec-path}. If MH-E can't find MH at all, you may have to customize @code{mh-path} and add the directory in which the command @command{mhparam} is located. If, on the other hand, you have both nmh and GNU mailutils MH installed (for example) and @code{mh-variant-in-use} was initialized to nmh but you want to use GNU mailutils MH, then you can set @code{mh-variant} to @samp{gnu-mh}. @vindex mh-flists-present-flag @vindex mh-lib @vindex mh-lib-progs @vindex mh-progs When @code{mh-variant} is changed, MH-E resets @code{mh-progs}, @code{mh-lib}, @code{mh-lib-progs}, @code{mh-flists-present-flag}, and @code{mh-variant-in-use} accordingly. @cindex @file{.emacs} @cindex files, @file{.emacs} @sp 1 @center @strong{NOTE} @quotation Prior to version 8, it was often necessary to set some of these variables in @file{~/.emacs}; now it is no longer necessary and can actually cause problems. @end quotation @sp 1 @cindex MH profile component, @samp{Draft-Folder:} @cindex MH profile component, @samp{Path:} @cindex MH profile component, @samp{Previous-Sequence:} @cindex MH profile component, @samp{Unseen-Sequence:} @cindex @samp{Draft-Folder:} MH profile component @cindex @samp{Path:} MH profile component @cindex @samp{Previous-Sequence:} MH profile component @cindex @samp{Unseen-Sequence:} MH profile component @findex mh-find-path @vindex mh-draft-folder @vindex mh-find-path-hook @vindex mh-inbox @vindex mh-previous-seq @vindex mh-unseen-seq @vindex mh-user-path In addition to setting variables that point to MH itself, MH-E also sets a handful of variables that point to where you keep your mail. During initialization, the function @code{mh-find-path} sets @code{mh-user-path} from your @samp{Path:} MH profile component (but defaults to @samp{Mail} if one isn't present), @code{mh-draft-folder} from @samp{Draft-Folder:}, @code{mh-unseen-seq} from @samp{Unseen-Sequence:}, @code{mh-previous-seq} from @samp{Previous-Sequence:}, and @code{mh-inbox} from @samp{Inbox:} (defaults to @samp{+inbox}). The hook @code{mh-find-path-hook} is run after these variables have been set. This hook can be used the change the value of these variables if you need to run with different values between MH and MH-E. @node Tour Through MH-E, Using This Manual, Getting Started, Top @chapter Tour Through MH-E @cindex introduction @cindex tour @cindex tutorial This chapter introduces some of the terms you'll need to know and then takes you on a tour of MH-E@footnote{The keys mentioned in these chapters refer to the default key bindings. If you've changed the bindings, refer to the command summaries at the beginning of each chapter for a mapping between default key bindings and function names.}. When you're done, you'll be able to send, read, and file mail, which is all that a lot of people ever do. But if you're the curious or adventurous type, read the rest of the manual to be able to use all the features of MH-E@. I suggest you read this chapter first to get the big picture, and then you can read the manual as you wish. @menu * Sending Mail Tour:: * Reading Mail Tour:: * Processing Mail Tour:: * Leaving MH-E:: * More About MH-E:: @end menu @node Sending Mail Tour, Reading Mail Tour, Tour Through MH-E, Tour Through MH-E @section Sending Mail @cindex MH-Letter mode @cindex mode @cindex modes, MH-Letter @cindex sending mail @findex mh-smail @kindex M-x mh-smail Let's start our tour by sending ourselves a message which we can later read and process. Enter @kbd{M-x mh-smail} to invoke the MH-E program to send messages. Your message appears in an Emacs buffer whose mode@footnote{A @dfn{mode} changes Emacs to make it easier to edit a particular type of text.} is MH-Letter. Enter your login name in the @samp{To:} header field. Press the @key{TAB} twice to move the cursor past the @samp{Cc:} field, since no carbon copies are to be sent, and on to the @samp{Subject:} field. Enter @kbd{Test} or anything else that comes to mind. Press @key{TAB} again to move the cursor to the body of the message. Enter some text, using normal Emacs commands. You should now have something like this@footnote{If you're running Emacs under the X Window System, then you would also see a menu bar and a tool bar. I've left out the menu bar and tool bar in all of the example screens.}: @cartouche @smallexample --:-- *scratch* All L1 (Lisp Interaction)------------------------- To: wohler cc: Subject: Test X-Mailer: MH-E 8.1; nmh 1.1; GNU Emacs 23.1 -------- This is a test message to get the wheels churning...# --:** @{draft@} All L5 (MH-Letter)---------------------------------- Type C-c C-c to send message, C-C ? for help @end smallexample @end cartouche @i{MH-E message composition window} Note the line of dashes that separates the header and the body of the message. It is essential that these dashes (or a blank line) are present or the body of your message will be considered to be part of the header. @cindex help @findex describe-mode @kindex C-c ? @kindex C-c C-c @kindex C-h m There are several commands specific to MH-Letter mode@footnote{You can get quick help for the commands used most often with @kbd{C-c ?} or more complete help with the @kbd{C-h m} (@code{describe-mode}) command.}, but at this time we'll only use @kbd{C-c C-c} to send your message. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} now. That's all there is to it! @node Reading Mail Tour, Processing Mail Tour, Sending Mail Tour, Tour Through MH-E @section Receiving Mail @cindex @command{inc} @cindex @command{scan} @cindex MH commands, @command{inc} @cindex MH commands, @command{scan} @cindex MH-Folder mode @cindex modes, MH-Folder @cindex reading mail @findex mh-rmail @kindex M-x mh-rmail To read the mail you've just sent yourself, enter @kbd{M-x mh-rmail}. This incorporates the new mail and puts the output from @command{inc}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/reapre.html, Reading Mail: inc show next prev} in the MH book.} (called @dfn{scan lines} after the MH program @command{scan}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/faswsprs.html, Find and Specify with scan pick Ranges Sequences} in the MH book.} which prints a one-line summary of each message) into a buffer called @samp{+inbox} whose major mode is MH-Folder. @findex mh-rmail @kindex F r @kindex M-x mh-rmail @sp 1 @center @strong{NOTE} @quotation The @kbd{M-x mh-rmail} command will show you only new mail, not mail you have already read. If you were to run this tour again, you would use @kbd{F r} to pull all your messages into MH-E. @end quotation @sp 1 @kindex @key{RET} @kindex n @kindex p You should see the scan line for your message, and perhaps others. Use @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to move the cursor to your test message and type @key{RET} to read your message. You should see something like: @cartouche @smallexample 3 t08/24 root received fax files on Wed Aug 24 11:00:13 PDT 1 # 4+t08/24 To:wohler Test< This is a test message to get the wheels churning... --:-- @{show-+inbox@} 4 All L1 (MH-Show)---------------------------- @end smallexample @end cartouche @i{After incorporating new messages} @kindex @key{DEL} @kindex @key{SPC} If you typed a long message, you can view subsequent pages with @key{SPC} and previous pages with @key{DEL}. @node Processing Mail Tour, Leaving MH-E, Reading Mail Tour, Tour Through MH-E @section Processing Mail @cindex processing mail @kindex @key{RET} @kindex r The first thing we want to do is reply to the message that we sent ourselves. Ensure that the cursor is still on the same line as your test message and type @kbd{r}. You are prompted in the minibuffer with @samp{Reply to whom:}. Here MH-E is asking whether you'd like to reply to the original sender only, to the sender and primary recipients, or to the sender and all recipients. You can press @key{TAB} to see these choices. If you simply press @key{RET}, you'll reply only to the sender. Press @key{RET} now. You'll find yourself in an Emacs buffer similar to that when you were sending the original message, like this: @cartouche @smallexample To: cc: Subject: Re: Test In-reply-to: <31054.1142621351@@stop.mail-abuse.org> References: <31054.1142621351@@stop.mail-abuse.org> Comments: In-reply-to Bill Wohler message dated "Fri, 17 Mar 2006 10:49:11 -0800." X-Mailer: MH-E 8.1; nmh 1.1; GNU Emacs 23.1 -------- # --:-- @{draft@} All L10 (MH-Letter)---------------------------------- To: wohler Subject: Test X-Mailer: MH-E 8.1; nmh 1.1; GNU Emacs 23.1 Date: Fri, 17 Mar 2006 10:49:11 -0800 From: Bill Wohler This is a test message to get the wheels churning... --:-- @{show-+inbox@} 4 All L1 (MH-Show)---------------------------- Type C-c C-c to send message, C-c ? for help @end smallexample @end cartouche @i{Composition window during reply} @findex backward-char @findex forward-char @findex next-line @findex previous-line @kindex C-b @kindex C-c C-c @kindex C-c C-f C-t @kindex C-f @kindex C-n @kindex C-p @kindex @key{BS} By default, MH will not add you to the address list of your replies, so if you find that the @samp{To:} header field is missing, don't worry. In this case, type @kbd{C-c C-f C-t} to create and go to the @samp{To:} field, where you can type your login name again. You can move around with the arrow keys or with @kbd{C-p} (@code{previous-line}), @kbd{C-n} (@code{next-line}), @kbd{C-b} (@code{backward-char}), and @kbd{C-f} (@code{forward-char}) and can delete the previous character with @key{BS}. When you're finished editing your message, send it with @kbd{C-c C-c} as before. @cindex @command{refile} @cindex MH commands, @command{refile} @cindex folders @kindex @key{SPC} @kindex o You'll often want to save messages that were sent to you in an organized fashion. This is done with @dfn{folders}. You can use folders to keep messages from your friends, or messages related to a particular topic. With your cursor in the MH-Folder buffer and positioned on the message you sent to yourself, type @kbd{o} to output (@command{refile} in MH parlance) that message to a folder. Enter @kbd{test} at the @samp{Destination folder:} prompt and type @kbd{y} (or @key{SPC}) when MH-E asks to create the folder @samp{+test}. Note that a @samp{^} (caret) appears next to the message number, which means that the message has been marked for refiling but has not yet been refiled. We'll talk about how the refile is actually carried out in a moment. @cindex MH-Folder mode @cindex modes, MH-Folder @kindex d @kindex i @kindex @key{RET} @kindex n @kindex p @kindex x Your previous reply is now waiting in the system mailbox. You incorporate this mail into your MH-Folder buffer named @samp{+inbox} with the @kbd{i} command. Do this now. After the mail is incorporated, use @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to move the cursor to the new message, and read it with @key{RET}. Let's delete this message by typing @kbd{d}. Note that a @samp{D} appears next to the message number. This means that the message is marked for deletion but is not yet deleted. To perform the deletion (and the refile we did previously), use the @kbd{x} command. @findex mh-smail @kindex m @kindex M-x mh-smail If you want to send another message you can use @kbd{m} instead of @kbd{M-x mh-smail}. So go ahead, send some mail to your friends! @cindex help @cindex prefix characters @findex describe-mode @kindex ? @kindex C-h m @kindex F ? You can get a quick reminder about these commands by typing @kbd{?}. This lists several @dfn{prefix characters}. To list the commands available via the prefix characters, type the prefix character followed by a @kbd{?}, for example, @kbd{F ?}. More complete help is available with the @kbd{C-h m} (@code{describe-mode}) command. @node Leaving MH-E, More About MH-E, Processing Mail Tour, Tour Through MH-E @section Leaving MH-E @cindex Emacs, quitting @cindex quitting @kindex C-x C-c @kindex x You may now wish to exit @command{emacs} entirely. Use @kbd{C-x C-c} to exit @command{emacs}. If you exited without running @kbd{x} in the @samp{+inbox} buffer, Emacs will offer to save it for you. Type @kbd{y} or @key{SPC} to save @samp{+inbox} changes, which means to perform any refiles and deletes that you did there. @findex mh-rmail @kindex C-x b @kindex C-x k @kindex M-x mh-rmail @kindex q If you don't want to leave Emacs, you can type @kbd{q} to bury (hide) the MH-E folder or delete it entirely with @kbd{C-x k}. You can then later recall it with @kbd{C-x b} or @kbd{M-x mh-rmail}. @cindex @command{packf} @cindex MH commands, @command{packf} @cindex exporting folders @cindex folders, exporting @cindex mbox-style folder On the other hand, if you no longer want to use MH and MH-E, you can take your mail with you. You can copy all of your mail into a single file, mbox-style, by using the MH command @command{packf}. For example, to create a file called @file{msgbox} with the messages in your @samp{+inbox} folder, use @samp{packf +inbox}. The @command{packf} command will append the messages to the file if it already exists, so you can use @samp{folders -recurse -fast} in a script to copy all of your messages into a single file, or using the @samp{-file} argument, a file for each folder. @node More About MH-E, , Leaving MH-E, Tour Through MH-E @section More About MH-E These are the basic commands to get you going, but there are plenty more. If you think that MH-E is for you, read the rest of the manual to find out how you can: @itemize @bullet @item Print your messages (@pxref{Printing}). @c ------------------------- @item Edit messages and include your signature (@pxref{Editing Drafts}). @c ------------------------- @item Forward messages (@pxref{Forwarding}). @c ------------------------- @item Read digests (@pxref{Digests}). @c ------------------------- @item Edit bounced messages (@pxref{Editing Again}). @c ------------------------- @item Send multimedia messages (@pxref{Adding Attachments}). @c ------------------------- @item Read HTML messages (@pxref{HTML}). @c ------------------------- @item Use aliases and identities (see @ref{Aliases}, @pxref{Identities}). @c ------------------------- @item Create different views of your mail (see @ref{Threading}, @pxref{Limits}). @c ------------------------- @item Deal with junk mail (@pxref{Junk}). @c ------------------------- @item Handle signed and encrypted messages (see @ref{Reading PGP}, @pxref{Sending PGP}). @c ------------------------- @item Process mail that was sent with @command{shar} or @command{uuencode} (@pxref{Files and Pipes}). @c ------------------------- @item Use sequences conveniently (@pxref{Sequences}). @c ------------------------- @item Use the speedbar, tool bar, and menu bar (see @ref{Speedbar}, see @ref{Tool Bar}, @pxref{Menu Bar}). @c ------------------------- @item Show header fields in different fonts (@pxref{Reading Mail}). @c ------------------------- @item Find previously refiled messages (@pxref{Searching}). @c ------------------------- @item Place messages in a file (@pxref{Files and Pipes}). @end itemize Remember that you can also use MH commands when you're not running MH-E (and when you are!). @node Using This Manual, Incorporating Mail, Tour Through MH-E, Top @chapter Using This Manual This chapter begins the meat of the manual which goes into more detail about every MH-E command and option. @cindex Emacs, info @cindex Emacs, online help @cindex info @cindex online help @findex describe-mode @findex mh-help @kindex ? @kindex C-c ? @kindex C-h C-h @kindex C-h C-k i @kindex C-h i @kindex C-h m There are many commands, but don't get intimidated. There are command summaries at the beginning of each chapter. In case you have or would like to rebind the keys, the command summaries also list the associated Emacs Lisp function. Furthermore, even if you're stranded on a desert island with a laptop and are without your manuals, you can get a summary of all these commands with GNU Emacs online help: use @kbd{C-h m} (@code{describe-mode}) for a brief summary of commands, @kbd{?} (@code{mh-help}) for an even briefer summary@footnote{This help appears in a buffer called @samp{*MH-E Help*} (@pxref{Miscellaneous}).} (@kbd{C-c ?} in MH-Letter mode), or @kbd{C-h i} to read this manual via Info. The online help is quite good; try running @kbd{C-h C-h}. This brings up a list of available help topics, one of which displays the documentation for a given key (like @kbd{C-h k C-n}). Another useful help feature is to view the manual section that describes a given key (such as @kbd{C-h K i}). In addition, review @ref{Conventions}, if any of the GNU Emacs conventions are strange to you. In addition to all of the commands, it is also possible to reconfigure MH-E to fit the needs of even the most demanding user. The following chapters also describe all of the options, show the defaults, and make recommendations for customization. However, when customizing your mail environment, first try to change what you want in MH, and only change MH-E if changing MH is not possible. That way you will get the same behavior inside and outside GNU Emacs. Note that MH-E does not provide hooks for customizations that can be done in MH; this omission is intentional. @cindex Emacs Lisp Manual @cindex Emacs, Emacs Lisp Manual @cindex Emacs, info @cindex Emacs, online help @cindex info @cindex online help I hope I've included enough examples here to get you well on your way. If you want to explore Emacs Lisp further, a programming manual does exist, @c Yes, some of the stuff in the following sections is redundant, but @c TeX barfs if the @ifs are inside the @footnote. @iftex @footnote{The @cite{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual} may be available online in the Info system by typing @kbd{C-h i m Emacs Lisp @key{RET}}. It is also available online at @* @uref{http://www.gnu.org/savannah-checkouts/gnu/emacs/manual/html_node/elisp/}. You can also order a printed manual, which has the desirable side-effect of helping to support the Free Software Foundation which made all this great software available. You can find an order form by running @kbd{C-h C-d}, or you can request an order form from @i{gnu at gnu.org}.} @end iftex @ifinfo @footnote{@xref{Top, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, , elisp, GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, which may be available online in the Info system. It is also available online at @uref{http://www.gnu.org/savannah-checkouts/gnu/emacs/manual/html_node/elisp/}. You can also order a printed manual, which has the desirable side-effect of helping to support the Free Software Foundation which made all this great software available. You can find an order form by running @kbd{C-h C-d}, or you can request an order form from @i{gnu at gnu.org}.} @end ifinfo @ifhtml @footnote{The @uref{http://www.gnu.org/savannah-checkouts/gnu/emacs/manual/html_node/elisp/, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual} may also be available online in the Info system by typing @kbd{C-h i m Emacs Lisp @key{RET}}. You can also order a printed manual, which has the desirable side-effect of helping to support the Free Software Foundation which made all this great software available. You can find an order form by running @kbd{C-h C-d}, or you can request an order form from @i{gnu at gnu.org}.} @end ifhtml and you can look at the code itself for examples. Look in the Emacs Lisp directory on your system (such as @file{/usr/local/lib/emacs/lisp/mh-e}) and find all the @file{mh-*.el} files there. When calling MH-E and other Emacs Lisp functions directly from Emacs Lisp code, you'll need to know the correct arguments. Use the online help for this. For example, try @kbd{C-h f mh-execute-commands @key{RET}}. If you write your own functions, please do not prefix your symbols (variables and functions) with @samp{mh-}. This prefix is reserved for the MH-E package. To avoid conflicts with existing MH-E symbols, use a prefix like @samp{my-} or your initials. (Unless, of course, your initials happen to be @emph{mh}!) @menu * Options:: * Ranges:: * Folder Selection:: @end menu @node Options, Ranges, Using This Manual, Using This Manual @section Options @cindex Emacs, customizing @cindex Emacs, setting options @cindex customizing MH-E @cindex setting options @findex customize-option @vindex mh-lpr-command-format, example Many string or integer options are easy to modify using @kbd{M-x customize-option}. For example, to modify the option that controls printing, you would run @kbd{M-x customize-option @key{RET} mh-lpr-command-format @key{RET}}. In the buffer that appears, modify the string to the right of the variable. For example, you may change the @command{lpr} command with @samp{nenscript -G -r -2 -i'%s'}. Then use the @samp{State} combo box and select @samp{Save for Future Sessions}. To read more about @code{mh-lpr-command-format}, see @ref{Printing}. @cindex nil @cindex off, option @cindex on, option @cindex option, turning on and off @cindex t @findex customize-option @vindex mh-bury-show-buffer-flag, example Options can also hold boolean values. In Emacs Lisp, the boolean values are @code{nil}, which means false, and @code{t}, which means true. The @code{customize-option} function makes it easy to change boolean values; simply click on the toggle button in the customize buffer to switch between @samp{on} (@code{t}) and @samp{off} (@code{nil}). For example, try setting @code{mh-bury-show-buffer-flag} to @samp{off} to keep the MH-Show buffer at the top of the buffer stack. Use the @samp{State} combo box and choose @samp{Set for Current Session} to see how the option affects the show buffer. Then choose the @samp{Erase Customization} menu item to reset the option to the default, which places the MH-Show buffer at the bottom of the buffer stack. @vindex mh-mhl-format-file, example The text usually says to turn on an option by setting it to a @emph{non-@code{nil}} value, because sometimes values other than @samp{on} are meaningful. An example of this is the variable @code{mh-mhl-format-file} (@pxref{Viewing}). Other options, such as hooks, involve a little more Emacs Lisp programming expertise. @cindex customization group, @samp{mh} @cindex @samp{mh} customization group @findex customize-group @findex mh-customize You can browse all of the MH-E options with the @code{customize-group} function. Try entering @kbd{M-x customize-group @key{RET} mh @key{RET}} to view the top-level options as well as buttons for all of the MH-E customization groups. Another way to view the MH-E customization group is to use @kbd{M-x mh-customize @key{RET}}. @node Ranges, Folder Selection, Options, Using This Manual @section Ranges @c Sync with mh-folder-mode docstring. @cindex message abbreviations @cindex message ranges @cindex ranges Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as @code{mh-forward} or @code{mh-refile-msg} take a @code{RANGE} argument. This argument can be used in several ways. @kindex C-u, with ranges If you provide the prefix argument @kbd{C-u} to these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range. This can be any valid MH range which can include messages, sequences (@pxref{Sequences}), and the abbreviations (described in the @command{mh}(1) man page): @table @samp @item - Indicates all messages in the range to , inclusive. The range must be nonempty. @c ------------------------- @item :N @itemx :+N @itemx :-N Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or last. @c ------------------------- @item first:N @itemx prev:N @itemx next:N @itemx last:N The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist. @c ------------------------- @item all All of the messages. @end table For example, a range that shows all of these things is @samp{1 2 3 5-10 last:5 unseen}. @vindex transient-mark-mode If the option @code{transient-mark-mode} is turned on and you set a region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will perform the operation on all messages in that region. @cindex @samp{mh-range} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-range} The @samp{mh-range} customization group contains a single option which affects how ranges are interpreted. @vtable @code @item mh-interpret-number-as-range-flag On means interpret a number as a range (default: @samp{on}). @end vtable @vindex mh-interpret-number-as-range-flag Since one of the most frequent ranges used is @samp{last:N}, MH-E will interpret input such as @samp{200} as @samp{last:200} if the @code{mh-interpret-number-as-range-flag} option is on (which is the default). If you need to scan just the message 200, then use the range @samp{200:1} or @samp{200-200}. @node Folder Selection, , Ranges, Using This Manual @section Folder Selection @cindex completion, folders @cindex folders, completion @cindex folders, selecting When you choose a folder in MH-E via a command such as @kbd{o} (@code{mh-refile-msg}), completion is used to enter the folder @ifnothtml (@pxref{Completion, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). @end ifnothtml @ifhtml (see the section @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Completion.html, Completion} in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}). @end ifhtml In addition, MH-E has several ways of choosing a suitable default so that the folder can often be selected with a single @key{RET} key. @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-folder-selection} @cindex @samp{mh-folder-selection} customization group The @samp{mh-folder-selection} customization group contains some options which are used to help with this. @vtable @code @item mh-default-folder-for-message-function Function to select a default folder for refiling or @samp{Fcc:} (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-default-folder-list List of addresses and folders (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-default-folder-must-exist-flag On means guessed folder name must exist to be used (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-default-folder-prefix Prefix used for folder names generated from aliases (default: @code{""}). @end vtable @vindex mh-default-folder-for-message-function You can set the option @code{mh-default-folder-for-message-function} to a function that provides a default folder for the message to be refiled. When this function is called, the current buffer contains the message being refiled and point is at the start of the message. This function should return the default folder as a string with a leading @samp{+} sign. It can also return @code{nil} so that the last folder name is used as the default, or an empty string to suppress the default entirely. Otherwise, the name of the destination folder is derived from the sender as follows: @enumerate @vindex mh-default-folder-list @item The folder name associated with the first address found in the list @code{mh-default-folder-list} is used. Each element in this list contains a @samp{Check Recipient} item. If this item is turned on, then the address is checked against the recipient instead of the sender. This is useful for mailing lists. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-default-folder-prefix @item An alias prefixed by @code{mh-default-folder-prefix} corresponding to the address is used. The prefix is used to prevent clutter in your mail directory. @xref{Aliases}. @end enumerate @vindex mh-default-folder-must-exist-flag If the derived folder does not exist, and @code{mh-default-folder-must-exist-flag} is @code{t}, then the last folder name used is suggested. This is useful if you get mail from various people for whom you have an alias, but file them all in the same project folder. @node Incorporating Mail, Reading Mail, Using This Manual, Top @chapter Incorporating Your Mail @cindex @samp{Folder} menu @cindex incorporating @cindex menu, @samp{Folder} This chapter talks about getting mail from your system mailbox into your MH @samp{+inbox} folder. The following command accomplishes that and is found in the @samp{Folder} menu. @table @kbd @cindex @samp{Folder > Incorporate New Mail} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Folder > Incorporate New Mail} @findex mh-inc-folder @kindex i @item i Incorporate new mail into a folder (@code{mh-inc-folder}). @end table @cindex @samp{mh-inc} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-inc} The following options in the @samp{mh-inc} customization group are used. @vtable @code @item mh-inc-prog Program to incorporate mail (default: @code{"inc"}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-inc-spool-list Alternate spool files (default: @code{nil}). @end vtable The following hook is available. @vtable @code @findex mh-inc-folder @item mh-inc-folder-hook Hook run by @code{mh-inc-folder} after incorporating mail into a folder (default: @code{nil}). @end vtable @cindex @samp{+inbox} @findex mh-inc-folder @kindex i If at any time you receive new mail, incorporate the new mail into your @samp{+inbox} buffer with @kbd{i} (@code{mh-inc-folder}). Note that @kbd{i} will display the @samp{+inbox} buffer, even if there isn't any new mail. You can incorporate mail from any file into the current folder by specifying a prefix argument; you'll be prompted for the name of the file to use as well as the destination folder (for example, @kbd{C-u i ~/mbox @key{RET} +tmp @key{RET}}). @cindex @file{.emacs} @cindex Emacs, notification of new mail @cindex files, @file{.emacs} @cindex new mail @cindex notification of new mail Emacs can notify you when you have new mail by displaying @samp{Mail} in the mode line. To enable this behavior, and to have a clock in the mode line as well, add the following to @file{~/.emacs}: @findex display-time @smalllisp (display-time) @end smalllisp @cindex @command{inc} @cindex incorporating @cindex MH commands, @command{inc} @vindex mh-inc-prog @vindex mh-progs The name of the program that incorporates new mail is stored in @code{mh-inc-prog}; it is @code{"inc"} by default. This program generates a one-line summary for each of the new messages. Unless it is an absolute pathname, the file is assumed to be in the @code{mh-progs} directory (@pxref{Getting Started}). You may also link a file to @command{inc} that uses a different format (see @samp{mh-profile}(5), and sections @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/reapre.html, Reading Mail: inc show next prev} and @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/mhstr.html, MH Format Strings} in the MH book). You'll then need to modify several variables appropriately (@pxref{Scan Line Formats}). @vindex mh-inc-spool-list You can use the @code{mh-inc-spool-list} variable to direct MH-E to retrieve mail from arbitrary spool files other than your system mailbox, file it in folders other than your @samp{+inbox}, and assign key bindings to incorporate this mail. @cindex @command{procmail} @cindex @file{.procmailrc} @cindex Unix commands, @command{procmail} @cindex files, @file{.procmailrc} Suppose you are subscribed to the @i{mh-e-devel} mailing list and you use @command{procmail} to filter this mail into @file{~/mail/mh-e} with the following recipe in @file{.procmailrc}: @smallexample PATH=$PATH:/usr/bin/mh MAILDIR=$HOME/`mhparam Path` :0: * ^From mh-e-devel-admin@@stop.mail-abuse.org mh-e @end smallexample @findex mh-inc-spool-* @kindex I * In order to incorporate @file{~/mail/mh-e} into @samp{+mh-e} with an @kbd{I m} (@code{mh-inc-spool-mh-e}) command, customize this option, and click on the @samp{INS} button. Enter a @samp{Spool File} of @samp{~/mail/mh-e}, a @samp{Folder} of @samp{mh-e}, and a @samp{Key Binding} of @samp{m}. @cindex @command{emacsclient} @cindex @command{gnuclient} @cindex @command{xbuffy} @cindex @samp{gnuserv} @cindex Unix commands, @command{emacsclient} @cindex Unix commands, @command{gnuclient} @cindex Unix commands, @command{xbuffy} You can use @command{xbuffy} to automate the incorporation of this mail using the Emacs 23 command @command{emacsclient} as follows: @smallexample box ~/mail/mh-e title mh-e origMode polltime 10 headertime 0 command emacsclient --eval '(mh-inc-spool-mh-e)' @end smallexample In XEmacs, the command @command{gnuclient} is used in a similar fashion. @findex mh-inc-folder @kindex i @vindex mh-inc-folder-hook You can set the hook @code{mh-inc-folder-hook}, which is called after new mail is incorporated by the @kbd{i} (@code{mh-inc-folder}) command. A good use of this hook is to rescan the whole folder either after running @kbd{M-x mh-rmail} the first time or when you've changed the message numbers from outside of MH-E. @findex mh-execute-commands @findex mh-rescan-folder, example @findex mh-show, example @vindex mh-inc-folder-hook, example @smalllisp @group (defun my-mh-inc-folder-hook () "Hook to rescan folder after incorporating mail." (if (buffer-modified-p) ; @r{if outstanding refiles and deletes,} (mh-execute-commands)) ; @r{carry them out} (mh-rescan-folder) ; @r{synchronize with +inbox} (mh-show)) ; @r{show the current message} (add-hook 'mh-inc-folder-hook 'my-mh-inc-folder-hook) @i{Rescan folder after incorporating new mail via mh-inc-folder-hook} @end group @end smalllisp @node Reading Mail, Folders, Incorporating Mail, Top @chapter Reading Your Mail @cindex @samp{+inbox} @cindex MH-Folder mode @cindex MH-Show mode @cindex modes, MH-Folder @cindex modes, MH-Show @cindex reading mail @findex mh-rmail @kindex F r @kindex F v @kindex M-x mh-rmail The MH-E entry point for reading mail is @kbd{M-x mh-rmail}. This command incorporates your mail and creates a buffer called @samp{+inbox} in MH-Folder mode. The command @kbd{M-x mh-rmail} shows you only new mail, not mail you have already read@footnote{If you want to see your old mail as well, use @kbd{F r} to pull all your messages into MH-E@. Or, give a prefix argument to @code{mh-rmail} so it will prompt you for folder to visit like @kbd{F v} (for example, @kbd{C-u M-x mh-rmail @key{RET} bob @key{RET}}). @xref{Folders}.}. @findex display-time @vindex read-mail-command There are some commands that need to read mail, such as @kbd{Mouse-2} over the @samp{Mail} button that @code{display-time} adds to the mode line. You can configure Emacs to have these commands use MH-E by setting the option @code{read-mail-command} to @samp{mh-rmail}. @cindex @command{scan} @cindex @samp{Message} menu @cindex MH commands, @command{scan} @cindex menu, @samp{Message} @cindex scan lines The @samp{+inbox} buffer contains @dfn{scan lines}, which are one-line summaries of each incorporated message. You can perform most MH commands on these messages via one- or two-letter commands in either the MH-Folder or MH-Show buffers or by using the @samp{Message} menu. See @command{scan}(1) for a description of the contents of the scan lines, and see the Figure in @ref{Reading Mail Tour}, for an example. @table @kbd @kindex ? @findex mh-help @item ? Display cheat sheet for the MH-E commands (@code{mh-help}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Show Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Show Message} @kindex @key{RET} @findex mh-show @item @key{RET} Display message (@code{mh-show}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Show Message with Header} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Show Message with Header} @kindex , (comma) @findex mh-header-display @item , (comma) Display message with all header fields (@code{mh-header-display}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Show Message with Preferred Alternative} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Show Message with Preferred Alternative} @kindex : (colon) @findex mh-show-preferred-alternative @item : (colon) Display message with the default preferred alternative (@code{mh-show-preferred-alternative}). @c ------------------------- @kindex ; (semicolon) @findex mh-toggle-mh-decode-mime-flag @item ; (semicolon) Toggle the value of @code{mh-decode-mime-flag} (@code{mh-toggle-mh-decode-mime-flag}). @c ------------------------- @kindex @key{SPC} @findex mh-page-msg @item @key{SPC} Display next page in message (@code{mh-page-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex @key{BS} @findex mh-previous-page @item @key{BS} Display previous page in message (@code{mh-previous-page}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Write Message to File...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Write Message to File...} @kindex > @findex mh-write-msg-to-file @item > Append message to end of file (@code{mh-write-msg-to-file}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Pipe Message to Command...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Pipe Message to Command...} @kindex | @findex mh-pipe-msg @item | Pipe message through shell command (@code{mh-pipe-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-d @findex mh-delete-msg-no-motion @item C-d Delete range, don't move to next message (@code{mh-delete-msg-no-motion}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Delete Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Delete Message} @kindex d @findex mh-delete-msg @item d Delete range (@code{mh-delete-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex D ? @findex mh-prefix-help @item D ? Display cheat sheet for the commands of the current prefix in minibuffer (@code{mh-prefix-help}). @c ------------------------- @kindex D @key{SPC} @findex mh-page-digest @item D @key{SPC} Display next message in digest (@code{mh-page-digest}). @c ------------------------- @kindex D @key{BS} @findex mh-page-digest-backwards @item D @key{BS} Display previous message in digest (@code{mh-page-digest-backwards}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Burst Digest Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Burst Digest Message} @kindex D b @findex mh-burst-digest @item D b Break up digest into separate messages (@code{mh-burst-digest}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Go to Message by Number...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Go to Message by Number...} @kindex g @findex mh-goto-msg @item g Go to a message (@code{mh-goto-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex k @findex mh-delete-subject-or-thread @item k Delete messages with same subject or thread (@code{mh-delete-subject-or-thread}). @c ------------------------- @kindex K ? @findex mh-prefix-help @item K ? Display cheat sheet for the commands of the current prefix in minibuffer (@code{mh-prefix-help}). @c ------------------------- @kindex K @key{TAB} @findex mh-next-button @item K @key{TAB} Go to the next button (@code{mh-next-button}). @c ------------------------- @kindex K S-@key{TAB} @findex mh-prev-button @item K S-@key{TAB} Go to the previous button (@code{mh-prev-button}). @c ------------------------- @kindex K a @findex mh-mime-save-parts @item K a Save attachments (@code{mh-mime-save-parts}). @c ------------------------- @kindex K e @findex mh-display-with-external-viewer @item K e View attachment externally (@code{mh-display-with-external-viewer}). @c ------------------------- @kindex K i @findex mh-folder-inline-mime-part @item K i Show attachment verbatim (@code{mh-folder-inline-mime-part}). @c ------------------------- @kindex K o @findex mh-folder-save-mime-part @item K o Save (output) attachment (@code{mh-folder-save-mime-part}). @c ------------------------- @kindex K t @findex mh-toggle-mime-buttons @item K t Toggle option @code{mh-display-buttons-for-inline-parts-flag} (@code{mh-toggle-mime-buttons}). @c ------------------------- @kindex K v @findex mh-folder-toggle-mime-part @item K v View attachment (@code{mh-folder-toggle-mime-part}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Modify Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Modify Message} @kindex M @findex mh-modify @item M Edit message (@code{mh-modify}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Go to First Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Go to First Message} @kindex M-< @findex mh-first-msg @item M-< Display first message (@code{mh-first-msg}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Go to Last Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Go to Last Message} @kindex M-> @findex mh-last-msg @item M-> Display last message (@code{mh-last-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex M-n @findex mh-next-unread-msg @item M-n Display next unread message (@code{mh-next-unread-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex M-p @findex mh-previous-unread-msg @item M-p Display previous unread message (@code{mh-previous-unread-msg}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Next Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Next Message} @kindex n @findex mh-next-undeleted-msg @item n Display next message (@code{mh-next-undeleted-msg}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Previous Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Previous Message} @kindex p @findex mh-previous-undeleted-msg @item p Display previous message (@code{mh-previous-undeleted-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex P ? @findex mh-prefix-help @item P ? Display cheat sheet for the commands of the current prefix in minibuffer (@code{mh-prefix-help}). @c ------------------------- @kindex P C @findex mh-ps-print-toggle-color @item P C Toggle whether color is used in printing messages (@code{mh-ps-print-toggle-color}). @c ------------------------- @kindex P F @findex mh-ps-print-toggle-faces @item P F Toggle whether printing is done with faces or not (@code{mh-ps-print-toggle-faces}). @c ------------------------- @kindex P f @findex mh-ps-print-msg-file @item P f Print range to file (@code{mh-ps-print-msg-file}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Print Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Print Message} @kindex P l @findex mh-print-msg @item P l Print range the old fashioned way (@code{mh-print-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex P p @findex mh-ps-print-msg @item P p Print range (@code{mh-ps-print-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex X ? @findex mh-prefix-help @item X ? Display cheat sheet for the commands of the current prefix in minibuffer (@code{mh-prefix-help}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Unpack Uuencoded Message...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Unpack Uuencoded Message...} @kindex X s @kindex X u @findex mh-store-msg @item X s @itemx X u Unpack message created with @command{uudecode} or @command{shar} (@code{mh-store-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex Mouse-2 @findex mh-show-mouse @item Mouse-2 Move point to mouse event and show message (@code{mh-show-mouse}). @end table Within the MH-Show buffer, the following command is defined. @table @kbd @kindex @key{RET} @kindex Mouse-1 @kindex Mouse-2 @findex mh-press-button @item @key{RET} @itemx Mouse-1 @itemx Mouse-2 View contents of button (@code{mh-press-button}). @end table @cindex @samp{mh-show} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-show} The following table lists options in the @samp{mh-show} customization group that are used while reading mail. @vtable @code @item mh-bury-show-buffer-flag On means show buffer is buried (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-clean-message-header-flag On means remove extraneous header fields (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-decode-mime-flag On means attachments are handled (default: @samp{on} if the Gnus @samp{mm-decode} package is present). @c ------------------------- @item mh-display-buttons-for-alternatives-flag On means display buttons for all alternative attachments (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-display-buttons-for-inline-parts-flag On means display buttons for all inline attachments (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-do-not-confirm-flag On means non-reversible commands do not prompt for confirmation (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-fetch-x-image-url Control fetching of @samp{X-Image-URL:} header field image (default: @samp{Never Fetch}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-graphical-smileys-flag On means graphical smileys are displayed (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-graphical-emphasis-flag On means graphical emphasis is displayed (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-highlight-citation-style Style for highlighting citations (default: @samp{Multicolor}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-invisible-header-fields-default List of hidden header fields (default: a checklist too long to list here). @c ------------------------- @item mh-invisible-header-fields Additional header fields to hide (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-lpr-command-format Command used to print (default: @code{"lpr -J '%s'"}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-max-inline-image-height Maximum inline image height if @samp{Content-Disposition:} is not present (default: 0). @c ------------------------- @item mh-max-inline-image-width Maximum inline image width if @samp{Content-Disposition:} is not present(default: 0). @c ------------------------- @item mh-mhl-format-file Specifies the format file to pass to the @command{mhl} program (default: @samp{Use Default mhl Format (Printing Only)}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-mime-save-parts-default-directory Default directory to use for @kbd{K a}. @c ------------------------- @item mh-print-background-flag On means messages should be printed in the background (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-buffer-mode-line-buffer-id Format string to produce @code{mode-line-buffer-identification} for show buffers (default: @code{" @{show-%s@} %d"}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-maximum-size Maximum size of message (in bytes) to display automatically (default: 0). @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-use-xface-flag On means display face images in MH-Show buffers (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-store-default-directory Default directory for @kbd{X s} (default: @samp{Current}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-summary-height Number of lines in MH-Folder buffer (including the mode line) (default: depends on size of frame). @end vtable The following hooks are available. @vtable @code @item mh-delete-msg-hook Hook run after marking each message for deletion (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-hook Hook run after @key{RET} shows a message (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-mode-hook Hook run upon entry to @code{mh-show-mode} (default: @code{nil}). @end vtable The following faces are available. @vtable @code @item mh-show-cc Face used to highlight @samp{cc:} header fields. @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-date Face used to highlight @samp{Date:} header fields. @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-from Face used to highlight @samp{From:} header fields. @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-header Face used to deemphasize less interesting header fields. @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-pgg-bad Bad PGG signature face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-pgg-good Good PGG signature face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-pgg-unknown Unknown or untrusted PGG signature face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-signature Signature face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-subject Face used to highlight @samp{Subject:} header fields. @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-to Face used to highlight @samp{To:} header fields. @c ------------------------- @item mh-show-xface X-Face image face. @end vtable The functions and variables introduced here are explained in more detail in the following sections. @menu * Viewing:: * Viewing Attachments:: * HTML:: * Digests:: * Reading PGP:: * Printing:: * Files and Pipes:: * Navigating:: * Miscellaneous Commands and Options:: @end menu @node Viewing, Viewing Attachments, Reading Mail, Reading Mail @section Viewing Your Mail @findex mh-header-display @findex mh-page-msg @findex mh-previous-page @findex mh-show @findex mh-show-mouse @kindex , (comma) @kindex . (period) @kindex @key{BS} @kindex @key{RET} @kindex @key{SPC} @kindex Mouse-2 The command @key{RET} (@code{mh-show}) displays the message that the cursor is on while @kbd{Mouse-2} (@code{mh-show-mouse}) displays the message that the mouse cursor is on. If the message is already displayed, it scrolls to the beginning of the message. Use @key{SPC} (@code{mh-page-msg}) and @key{BS} (@code{mh-previous-page}) to move forwards and backwards one page at a time through the message. You can give either of these commands a prefix argument that specifies the number of lines to scroll (such as @kbd{10 @key{SPC}}). The @key{SPC} command will also show the next undeleted message if it is used at the bottom of a message. MH-E normally hides a lot of the superfluous header fields that mailers add to a message, but if you wish to see all of them, use the command @kbd{,} (comma; @code{mh-header-display}). @vindex mh-show-maximum-size The option @code{mh-show-maximum-size} provides an opportunity to skip over large messages which may be slow to load. The default value of 0 means that all message are shown regardless of size. A litany of options control what displayed messages look like. @vindex mh-show-cc @vindex mh-show-date @vindex mh-show-from @vindex mh-show-header @vindex mh-show-subject @vindex mh-show-to First, the appearance of the header fields can be modified by customizing the associated face: @code{mh-show-to}, @code{mh-show-cc}, @code{mh-show-from}, @code{mh-show-date}, and @code{mh-show-subject}. The face @code{mh-show-header} is used to deemphasize the other, less interesting, header fields. @cindex regular expressions, @code{mh-invisible-header-fields} @vindex mh-clean-message-header-flag @vindex mh-invisible-header-fields @vindex mh-invisible-header-fields-default Normally messages are delivered with a handful of uninteresting header fields. These are hidden by turning on the option @code{mh-clean-message-header-flag} (which it is by default). The header fields listed in the option @code{mh-invisible-header-fields-default} are hidden, although you can check off any field that you would like to see. Header fields that you would like to hide that aren't listed can be added to the option @code{mh-invisible-header-fields} with a couple of caveats. Regular expressions are not allowed. Unique fields should have a @samp{:} suffix; otherwise, the element can be used to render invisible an entire class of fields that start with the same prefix. If you think a header field should be generally ignored, please update @uref{https://sourceforge.net/p/mh-e/bugs/245/, SF #245}. @cindex header field, @samp{Face:} @cindex header field, @samp{X-Face:} @cindex header field, @samp{X-Image-URL:} @cindex @samp{Face:} header field @cindex @samp{X-Face:} header field @cindex @samp{X-Image-URL:} header field @vindex mh-show-use-xface-flag MH-E can display the content of @samp{Face:}, @samp{X-Face:}, and @samp{X-Image-URL:} header fields. If any of these fields occur in the header of your message, the sender's face will appear in the @samp{From:} header field. If more than one of these fields appear, then the first field found in the order @samp{Face:}, @samp{X-Face:}, and @samp{X-Image-URL:} will be used. The option @code{mh-show-use-xface-flag} is used to turn this feature on and off. This feature will be turned on by default if your system supports it. The first header field used, if present, is the Gnus-specific @samp{Face:} field@footnote{The @samp{Face:} field appeared in GNU Emacs 21 and XEmacs. For more information, see @uref{http://quimby.gnus.org/circus/face/}.}. @cindex @command{uncompface} @cindex Emacs, packages, x-face @cindex Unix commands, @command{uncompface} @cindex x-face package @vindex mh-show-xface Next is the traditional @samp{X-Face:} header field@footnote{The display of this field requires the @uref{ftp://ftp.cs.indiana.edu/pub/faces/compface/compface.tar.Z, @command{uncompface} program}. Recent versions of XEmacs have internal support for @samp{X-Face:} images. If your version of XEmacs does not, then you'll need both @command{uncompface} and the @uref{ftp://ftp.jpl.org/pub/elisp/, @samp{x-face} package}.}. MH-E renders the foreground and background of the image using the associated attributes of the face @code{mh-show-xface}. @cindex @command{convert} @cindex @command{wget} @cindex ImageMagick @cindex Unix commands, @command{convert} @cindex Unix commands, @command{wget} @vindex mh-fetch-x-image-url Finally, MH-E will display images referenced by the @samp{X-Image-URL:} header field if neither the @samp{Face:} nor the @samp{X-Face:} fields are present@footnote{The display of the images requires the @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/wget/wget.html, @command{wget} program} to fetch the image and the @command{convert} program from the @uref{http://www.imagemagick.org/script/index.php, ImageMagick suite}.}. Of the three header fields this is the most efficient in terms of network usage since the image doesn't need to be transmitted with every single mail. The option @code{mh-fetch-x-image-url} controls the fetching of the @samp{X-Image-URL:} header field image with the following values: @table @samp @item Ask Before Fetching You are prompted before the image is fetched. MH-E will remember your reply and will either use the already fetched image the next time the same URL is encountered or silently skip it if you didn't fetch it the first time. This is a good setting. @c ------------------------- @item Never Fetch Images are never fetched and only displayed if they are already present in the cache. This is the default. @end table There isn't a value of @samp{Always Fetch} for privacy and DOS (denial of service) reasons. For example, fetching a URL can tip off a spammer that you've read his email (which is why you shouldn't blindly answer yes if you've set this option to @samp{Ask Before Fetching}). Someone may also flood your network and fill your disk drive by sending a torrent of messages, each specifying a unique URL to a very large file. @cindex @file{.mhe-x-image-cache} @cindex files, @file{.mhe-x-image-cache} The cache of images is found in the directory @file{.mhe-x-image-cache} within your MH directory. You can add your own face to the @samp{From:} field too. @xref{Picture}. @cindex @command{mhl} @cindex MH commands, @command{mhl} @vindex mh-mhl-format-file Normally MH-E takes care of displaying messages itself (rather than calling an MH program to do the work). If you'd rather have @command{mhl} display the message (within MH-E), change the option @code{mh-mhl-format-file} from its default value of @samp{Use Default mhl Format (Printing Only)}. You can set this option to @samp{Use Default mhl Format} to get the same output as you would get if you ran @command{mhl} from the shell. If you have a format file that you want MH-E to use, you can set this option to @samp{Specify an mhl Format File} and enter the name of your format file (@command{mhl}(1) or section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/shomes.html#Usisho, Using mhl} in the MH book tells you how to write one). Your format file should specify a non-zero value for @samp{overflowoffset} to allow MH-E to parse the header. Note that @command{mhl} is always used for printing and forwarding; in this case, the value of @code{mh-mhl-format-file} is consulted if you have specified a format file. @cindex citations, highlighting @cindex highlighting citations @vindex mh-highlight-citation-style If the sender of the message has cited other messages in his message, then MH-E will highlight these citations to emphasize the sender's actual response. The option @code{mh-highlight-citation-style} can be customized to change the highlighting style. The @samp{Multicolor} method uses a different color for each indentation while the @samp{Monotone} method highlights all citations in red. To disable highlighting of citations entirely, choose @samp{None}. @cindex URLs, highlighting @cindex email addresses, highlighting @cindex highlighting URLs @cindex highlighting email addresses @cindex links, following @findex goto-address-at-point @kindex C-c @key{RET} @kindex Mouse-2 @vindex goto-address-highlight-p Email addresses and URLs in the message are highlighted if the option @code{goto-address-highlight-p} is on, which it is by default. To view the web page for a highlighted URL or to send a message using a highlighted email address, use @kbd{Mouse-2} or @kbd{C-c @key{RET}} (@code{goto-address-at-point}). @xref{Sending Mail}, to see how to configure Emacs to send the message using MH-E. @cindex boldface, showing @cindex emphasis @cindex italics, showing @cindex smileys @cindex typesetting @cindex underline, showing @vindex gnus-emphasis-alist @vindex mh-decode-mime-flag @vindex mh-graphical-emphasis-flag @vindex mh-graphical-smileys-flag It is a long standing custom to inject body language using a cornucopia of punctuation, also known as the @dfn{smileys}. MH-E can render these as graphical widgets if the option @code{mh-graphical-smileys-flag} is turned on, which it is by default. Smileys include patterns such as :-) and ;-). Similarly, a few typesetting features are indicated in ASCII text with certain characters. If your terminal supports it, MH-E can render these typesetting directives naturally if the option @code{mh-graphical-emphasis-flag} is turned on, which it is by default. For example, _underline_ will be @ifhtml @html underlined, @end html @end ifhtml @ifnothtml underlined, @end ifnothtml *bold* will appear in @b{bold}, /italics/ will appear in @i{italics}, and so on. See the option @code{gnus-emphasis-alist} for the whole list. Both of these options are disabled if the option @code{mh-decode-mime-flag} is turned off. @xref{Viewing Attachments}. @cindex signature separator @cindex vCard @vindex mh-show-signature MH-E normally renders signatures and vCards in italics so that the body of the message stands out more. MH-E depends on the presence of the @dfn{signature separator} (@code{"-- "}) to do this. You can also customize the face @code{mh-show-signature} so the appearance of the signature block is more to your liking. @vindex mh-show-hook @vindex mh-show-mode-hook Two hooks can be used to control how messages are displayed. The first hook, @code{mh-show-mode-hook}, is called early on in the process of the message display. It is usually used to perform some action on the message's content. The second hook, @code{mh-show-hook}, is the last thing called after messages are displayed. It's used to affect the behavior of MH-E in general or when @code{mh-show-mode-hook} is too early. @cindex MH-Show mode @cindex modes, MH-Show @vindex mh-show-buffer-mode-line-buffer-id For those who like to modify their mode lines, use @code{mh-show-buffer-mode-line-buffer-id} to modify the mode line in the MH-Show buffers. Place the two escape strings @samp{%s} and @samp{%d}, which will display the folder name and the message number, respectively, somewhere in the string in that order. The default value of @code{"@{show-%s@} %d"} yields a mode line of @smallexample -----@{show-+inbox@} 4 (MH-Show)--Bot-------------------------------- @end smallexample @node Viewing Attachments, HTML, Viewing, Reading Mail @section Viewing Attachments @cindex attachments @cindex body parts @cindex @command{mhshow} @cindex @command{show} @cindex MH commands, @command{mhshow} @cindex MH commands, @command{show} @cindex MIME @cindex multimedia mail MH has the ability to display @dfn{@sc{mime}} (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) messages which are simply messages with additional @dfn{body parts} or @dfn{attachments}. You can use the MH commands @command{show}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/reapre.html, Reading Mail: inc show next prev} in the MH book.} or @command{mhshow}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/usimim.html#ReMIMa, Reading MIME Mail} in the MH book.} from the shell to read @sc{mime} messages@footnote{You can call them directly from Emacs if you're running the X Window System: type @kbd{M-! xterm -e mhshow @var{message-number}}. You can leave out the @samp{xterm -e} if you use @command{mhlist} or @command{mhstore}.}. @cindex Emacs, packages, mm-decode @cindex mm-decode package @findex mh-toggle-mh-decode-mime-flag @kindex ; (semicolon) @vindex mh-decode-mime-flag MH-E can handle attachments as well if the Gnus @samp{mm-decode} package is present. If so, the option @code{mh-decode-mime-flag} will be on. Otherwise, you'll see the @sc{mime} body parts rather than text or attachments. There isn't much point in turning off the option @code{mh-decode-mime-flag}; however, you can inspect it if it appears that the body parts are not being interpreted correctly or toggle it with the command @kbd{;} (semicolon; @code{mh-toggle-mh-decode-mime-flag}) to view the raw message. This option also controls the display of quoted-printable messages and other graphical widgets. @xref{Viewing}. @cindex buttons Attachments in MH-E are indicated by @dfn{buttons} like this: @smallexample [1. image/jpeg; foo.jpg]... @end smallexample @findex mh-next-button @findex mh-press-button @findex mh-prev-button @kindex @key{RET} @kindex K @key{TAB} @kindex K S-@key{TAB} @kindex Mouse-1 @kindex Mouse-2 To view the contents of the button, use either @kbd{Mouse-1} or @kbd{Mouse-2} on the button or @key{RET} (@code{mh-press-button}) when the cursor is over the button. This command is a toggle so if you use it again on the same attachment, it is hidden. If Emacs does not know how to display the attachment, then Emacs offers to save the attachment in a file. To move the cursor to the next button, use the command @kbd{K @key{TAB}} (@code{mh-next-button}). If the end of the buffer is reached then the search wraps over to the start of the buffer. To move the cursor to the previous button, use the command @kbd{K S-@key{TAB}} (@code{mh-prev-button}). If the beginning of the buffer is reached then the search wraps over to the end of the buffer. @cindex attachments, viewing @cindex viewing attachments @findex mh-folder-toggle-mime-part @kindex K v Another way to view the contents of a button is to use the command @kbd{K v} (@code{mh-folder-toggle-mime-part}). This command displays (or hides) the attachment associated with the button under the cursor. If the cursor is not located over a button, then the cursor first moves to the next button, wrapping to the beginning of the message if necessary. This command has the advantage over the previous commands of working from the MH-Folder buffer. You can also provide a numeric prefix argument (as in @kbd{4 K v}) to view the attachment labeled with that number. If Emacs does not know how to display the attachment, then Emacs offers to save the attachment in a file. @cindex @file{/etc/mailcap} @cindex files, @file{/etc/mailcap} @findex mailcap-mime-info @findex mh-display-with-external-viewer @kindex K e If Emacs does not know how to view an attachment, you could save it into a file and then run some program to open it. It is easier, however, to launch the program directly from MH-E with the command @kbd{K e} (@code{mh-display-with-external-viewer}). While you'll most likely use this to view spreadsheets and documents, it is also useful to use your browser to view HTML attachments with higher fidelity than what Emacs can provide. This command displays the attachment associated with the button under the cursor. If the cursor is not located over a button, then the cursor first moves to the next button, wrapping to the beginning of the message if necessary. You can provide a numeric prefix argument (as in @kbd{4 K e}) to view the attachment labeled with that number. This command tries to provide a reasonable default for the viewer by calling the Emacs function @code{mailcap-mime-info}. This function usually reads the file @file{/etc/mailcap}. @cindex attachments, saving @cindex saving attachments @findex mh-folder-save-mime-part @kindex K o Use the command @kbd{K o} (@code{mh-folder-save-mime-part}) to save attachments (the mnemonic is ``output''). This command saves the attachment associated with the button under the cursor. If the cursor is not located over a button, then the cursor first moves to the next button, wrapping to the beginning of the message if necessary. You can also provide a numeric prefix argument (as in @kbd{3 K o}) to save the attachment labeled with that number. This command prompts you for a filename and suggests a specific name if it is available. @cindex @command{mhn} @cindex @command{mhstore} @cindex MH commands, @command{mhn} @cindex MH commands, @command{mhstore} @findex mh-mime-save-parts @kindex K a @vindex mh-mime-save-parts-default-directory You can save all of the attachments at once with the command @kbd{K a} (@code{mh-mime-save-parts}). The attachments are saved in the directory specified by the option @code{mh-mime-save-parts-default-directory} unless you use a prefix argument (as in @kbd{C-u K a}) in which case you are prompted for the directory. These directories may be superseded by MH profile components, since this function calls on @command{mhstore} (@command{mhn}) to do the work. @vindex mh-mime-save-parts-default-directory The default value for the option @code{mh-mime-save-parts-default-directory} is @samp{Prompt Always} so that you are always prompted for the directory in which to save the attachments. However, if you usually use the same directory within a session, then you can set this option to @samp{Prompt the First Time} to avoid the prompt each time. you can make this directory permanent by choosing @samp{Directory} and entering the directory's name. @cindex attachments, inline @cindex inline attachments @findex mh-toggle-mime-buttons @kindex K t @vindex mh-display-buttons-for-inline-parts-flag The sender can request that attachments should be viewed inline so that they do not really appear like an attachment at all to the reader. Most of the time, this is desirable, so by default MH-E suppresses the buttons for inline attachments. On the other hand, you may receive code or HTML which the sender has added to his message as inline attachments so that you can read them in MH-E@. In this case, it is useful to see the buttons so that you know you don't have to cut and paste the code into a file; you can simply save the attachment. If you want to make the buttons visible for inline attachments, you can use the command @kbd{K t} (@code{mh-toggle-mime-buttons}) to toggle the visibility of these buttons. You can turn on these buttons permanently by turning on the option @code{mh-display-buttons-for-inline-parts-flag}. MH-E cannot display all attachments inline however. It can display text (including @sc{html}) and images. @cindex header field, @samp{Content-Disposition:} @cindex inline images @cindex @samp{Content-Disposition:} header field @vindex mh-max-inline-image-height @vindex mh-max-inline-image-width Some older mail programs do not insert the needed plumbing@footnote{This plumbing is the @samp{Content-Disposition:} header field.} to tell MH-E whether to display the attachments inline or not. If this is the case, MH-E will display these images inline if they are smaller than the window. However, you might want to allow larger images to be displayed inline. To do this, you can change the options @code{mh-max-inline-image-width} and @code{mh-max-inline-image-height} from their default value of zero to a large number. The size of your screen is a good choice for these numbers. @cindex alternatives @cindex attachments, alternatives @vindex mh-display-buttons-for-alternatives-flag Sometimes, a mail program will produce multiple alternatives of an attachment in increasing degree of faithfulness to the original content. By default, only the preferred alternative is displayed. If the option @code{mh-display-buttons-for-alternatives-flag} is on, then the preferred part is shown inline and buttons are shown for each of the other alternatives. @vindex mm-discouraged-alternatives Many people prefer to see the @samp{text/plain} alternative rather than the @samp{text/html} alternative. To do this in MH-E, customize the option @code{mm-discouraged-alternatives}, and add @samp{text/html}. The next best alternative, if any, will be shown. @findex mh-show-preferred-alternative @kindex : (colon) Occasionally, though, you might want to see the preferred alternative. The command @kbd{:} (@code{mh-show-preferred-alternative}) displays the message with the default preferred alternative. This is as if @code{mm-discouraged-alternatives} is set to @samp{nil}. Use the command @key{RET} (@code{mh-show}) to show the message normally again. @kindex K i @findex mh-folder-inline-mime-part You can view the raw contents of an attachment with the command @kbd{K i} (@code{mh-folder-inline-mime-part}). This command displays (or hides) the contents of the attachment associated with the button under the cursor verbatim. If the cursor is not located over a button, then the cursor first moves to the next button, wrapping to the beginning of the message if necessary. You can also provide a numeric prefix argument (as in @kbd{4 K i}) to view the attachment labeled with that number. For additional information on buttons, see @ifinfo @ref{Article Buttons,,,gnus}, and @ref{MIME Commands,,,gnus}. @end ifinfo @ifnotinfo the chapters @uref{http://www.gnus.org/manual/gnus_101.html#SEC101, Article Buttons} and @uref{http://www.gnus.org/manual/gnus_108.html#SEC108, MIME Commands} in the @cite{The Gnus Manual}. @end ifnotinfo @node HTML, Digests, Viewing Attachments, Reading Mail @section HTML @cindex HTML @cindex Gnus MH-E can display messages that have been sent in HTML@footnote{This feature depends on a version of Gnus that is at least 5.10.}. The content of the message will appear in the MH-Show buffer as you would expect if the entire message is HTML, or there is an inline HTML body part. However, if there is an HTML body part that is an attachment, then you'll see a button like this: @smallexample [1. text/html; foo.html]... @end smallexample To see how to read the contents of this body part, see @ref{Viewing Attachments}. @vindex mm-text-html-renderer The browser that MH-E uses is determined by the option @code{mm-text-html-renderer}. The default setting is set automatically based upon the presence of a known browser on your system. If you wish to use a different browser, then set this option accordingly. See the documentation for the browser you use for additional information on how to use it. In particular, find and disable the option to render images as this can tip off spammers that the email address they have used is valid. @vindex mm-text-html-renderer If you're confused about which @code{mm-text-html-renderer} to use, here's a brief description of each, sorted by popularity, that includes the results of a quick poll of MH-E users from 2005-12-23. @table @asis @cindex browser, @samp{w3m} @cindex @samp{w3m} @kindex Mouse-2 @item @samp{w3m} 7 The @samp{w3m} browser requires an external program. It's quick, produces pretty nice output, and best of all, it's the only browser that highlights links. These can be clicked with @kbd{Mouse-2} to view the content of the link in @samp{w3m}. The @samp{w3m} browser handles tables well and actually respects the table's width parameter (which can cause text to wrap if the author didn't anticipate that the page would be viewed in Emacs). @c ------------------------- @cindex browser, @samp{w3m-standalone} @cindex @samp{w3m-standalone} @item @samp{w3m-standalone} 3 This browser, along with @samp{nil} for the external browser, are the only choices that work without having to download a separate lisp package or external program. This browser is quick, but does not show links. It handles simple tables but some tables get rendered much wider than the Emacs frame. This browser was the only one not to handle the escape @samp{–} (it printed a @samp{?}), but it did render @samp{®}. @c ------------------------- @cindex browser, @samp{links} @cindex @samp{links} @item @samp{links} 1 The @samp{links} browser requires an external program. It's quick, and produces nicer output than @samp{lynx} on single column mails in tables. However, it doesn't show links and it doesn't do as nice a job on multi-column tables as some lines wrap. At least it fits in 80 columns and thus seems better than @samp{w3} and @samp{w3m-standalone}. Converts escapes such as @samp{®} to (R). @c ------------------------- @cindex browser, @samp{lynx} @cindex @samp{lynx} @item @samp{lynx} 1 The @samp{lynx} browser requires an external program. It's quick and produces pretty decent output but it doesn't show links. It doesn't seem to do multi-column tables which makes output much cleaner. It centers the output and wraps long lines more than most. Handles @samp{®}. @c ------------------------- @item @samp{nil} 1 This choice obviously requires an external browser. Like @samp{w3m-standalone}, it works out of the box. With this setting, HTML messages have a button for the body part which you can view with @kbd{K v} (@code{mh-folder-toggle-mime-part}). @c ------------------------- @cindex browser, @samp{w3} @cindex @samp{w3} @item @samp{w3} 0 This choice does not require an external program as all of the rendering is done in lisp. You do need to get the package separately. This browser is @strong{slow}, and doesn't appear to have been updated since 2001 and the author hasn't responded to my emails. It displays unknown tags instead of hiding them, so you get to see all the Microsoft crap in certain messages. Tends to make multi-column tables wider than even a full-screen Emacs can handle. Like @samp{w3m}, you can follow links, but you have to find them first as they are not highlighted. Performs well on single-column tables and handles escapes such as @samp{®}. @c ------------------------- @cindex browser, @samp{html2text} @cindex @samp{html2text} @item @samp{html2text} 0 The @samp{html2text} browser requires an external program. I noticed that it can do some nasty things with simple HTML mails (like filling the entire message as if it were one paragraph, including signature). On another message, it displayed half of the HTML tags for some reason. @end table @vindex mm-text-html-renderer For a couple more sources of information about @code{mm-text-html-renderer}, @ifinfo @xref{Display Customization,,,emacs-mime}, and the documentation for the Gnus command @kbd{W h} (@pxref{Article Washing,,,gnus},). @end ifinfo @ifnotinfo see section @uref{http://www.gnus.org/manual/emacs-mime_6.html, Display Customization} in the @cite{The Emacs MIME Manual} and the documentation for the Gnus command @kbd{W h} (see section @uref{http://www.gnus.org/manual/gnus_99.html, Article Washing} in the @cite{The Gnus Manual}). @end ifnotinfo @cindex @file{.emacs} @cindex files, @file{.emacs} @findex browse-url-at-mouse @kindex S-Mouse-2 A useful key binding that you can add to @file{~/.emacs} is the following which displays an HTML link or textual URL in an external browser when clicked with @kbd{S-mouse-2}. This binding works in any buffer, including HTML buffers. @smalllisp (global-set-key [S-mouse-2] 'browse-url-at-mouse) @end smalllisp @node Digests, Reading PGP, HTML, Reading Mail @section Digests @cindex digests @findex mh-page-digest @findex mh-page-digest-backwards @kindex D @key{BS} @kindex D @key{SPC} @kindex @key{BS} @kindex @key{SPC} A digest is a message that contains other messages. Special MH-E commands let you read digests conveniently. You can use @key{SPC} and @key{BS} to page through the digest as if it were a normal message, but if you wish to skip to the next message in the digest, use @kbd{D @key{SPC}} (@code{mh-page-digest}). To return to a previous message, use @kbd{D @key{BS}} (@code{mh-page-digest-backwards}). @cindex @command{burst} @cindex MH commands, @command{burst} @cindex MH-Folder Show mode @cindex modes, MH-Folder Show @findex mh-burst-digest @kindex d @kindex D b @kindex t Another handy command is @kbd{D b} (@code{mh-burst-digest}). This command uses the MH command @command{burst}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/burdig.html, Bursting Messages} in the MH book.} to break out each message in the digest into its own message. Using this command, you can quickly delete unwanted messages, like this: Once the digest is split up, toggle out of MH-Folder Show mode with @kbd{t} (@pxref{Folders}) so that the scan lines fill the screen and messages aren't displayed. Then use @kbd{d} (@pxref{Reading Mail}) to quickly delete messages that you don't want to read (based on the @samp{Subject:} header field). You can also burst the digest to reply directly to the people who posted the messages in the digest. One problem you may encounter is that the @samp{From:} header fields are preceded with a @samp{>} so that your reply can't create the @samp{To:} field correctly. In this case, you must correct the @samp{To:} field yourself. This is described later (@pxref{Editing Drafts}). @node Reading PGP, Printing, Digests, Reading Mail @section Signed and Encrypted Messages @cindex GPG @cindex GnuPG @cindex Gnus @cindex OpenPGP @cindex PGP @cindex RFC 3156 @cindex encrypted messages @cindex security @cindex signed messages You can read encrypted or signed PGP or GPG messages with MH-E@footnote{This feature depends on post-5.10 versions of Gnus. @cite{MIME Security with OpenPGP} is documented in @uref{http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc3156.txt, RFC 3156}. However, MH-E can also decrypt old-style PGP messages that are not in MIME format.}. This section assumes that you already have a good understanding of GPG and have set up your keys appropriately. If someone sends you a signed message, here is what you'll see: @smallexample @group [[PGP Signed Part:Bill Wohler ]] This is a signed message. [[End of PGP Signed Part]] @end group @end smallexample @cindex keychain @cindex key server @cindex signed messages If the key for the given signature is not in your keychain, you'll be given the opportunity to fetch the key from a key server and verify the key. If the message is really large, the verification process can take a long time. You can press @kbd{C-g} at any time to cancel@footnote{Unfortunately in the current version, the validation process doesn't display a message so it appears that MH-E has hung. We hope that this will be fixed in the future.}. If the signature doesn't check out, you might see something like this: @smallexample @group [[PGP Signed Part:Failed]] This is a signed message. This is garbage added after the signature was made. [[End of PGP Signed Part]] @end group @end smallexample @cindex decrypting messages If someone sends you an encrypted message, MH-E will ask for your passphrase to decrypt the message. You should see something like this: @smallexample @group [[PGP Encrypted Part:OK]] [[PGP Signed Part:Bill Wohler ]] This is the secret message. [[End of PGP Signed Part]] [[End of PGP Encrypted Part]] @end group @end smallexample If there is a problem decrypting the message, the button will say: @smallexample [[PGP Encrypted Part:Failed]] @end smallexample You can read the contents of this button using the methods described in @ref{Viewing Attachments}. If the message were corrupted, you'd see this: @smallexample [[PGP Encrypted Part:Failed] Invalid base64 data] @end smallexample If your passphrase were incorrect, you'd see something like this: @smallexample [GNUPG:] ENC_TO CD9C88BB610BD9AD 1 0 [GNUPG:] USERID_HINT CD9C88BB610BD9AD Bill Wohler [GNUPG:] NEED_PASSPHRASE CD9C88BB610BD9AD CD9C88BB610BD9AD 1 0 [GNUPG:] BAD_PASSPHRASE CD9C88BB610BD9AD gpg: encrypted with 1024-bit RSA key, ID 610BD9AD, created 1997-09-09 "Bill Wohler " gpg: public key decryption failed: bad passphrase [GNUPG:] BEGIN_DECRYPTION [GNUPG:] DECRYPTION_FAILED gpg: decryption failed: secret key not available [GNUPG:] END_DECRYPTION gpg exited abnormally: '2' @end smallexample @vindex mh-show-pgg-bad @vindex mh-show-pgg-good @vindex mh-show-pgg-unknown The appearance of the buttons is controlled by the faces @code{mh-show-pgg-good}, @code{mh-show-pgg-bad}, and @code{mh-show-pgg-unknown} depending on the validity of the signature. The latter is used whether the signature is unknown or untrusted. @cindex @samp{pgg} customization group @cindex PGG @cindex customization group, @samp{pgg} The @samp{pgg} customization group may have some settings which may interest you. @iftex See @cite{The PGG Manual}. @end iftex @ifinfo @xref{Top, , The PGG Manual, pgg, The PGG Manual}. @end ifinfo @ifhtml See @uref{http://www.dk.xemacs.org/Documentation/packages/html/pgg.html, @cite{The PGG Manual}}. @end ifhtml @node Printing, Files and Pipes, Reading PGP, Reading Mail @section Printing Your Mail @cindex printing @findex mh-ps-print-msg @findex mh-ps-print-msg-file @kindex P f @kindex P p @vindex mh-lpr-command-format @vindex mh-print-background-flag To print messages in MH-E, use the command @kbd{P p} (@code{mh-ps-print-msg}). You can print all the messages in a range (as in @kbd{C-u P p 1 3 5-7 last:5 frombob @key{RET}}, @pxref{Ranges}). You can also send the output to a file with @kbd{P f} (@code{mh-ps-print-msg-file}). This command will print inline text attachments but will not decrypt messages. However, when a message is displayed in an MH-Show buffer, then that buffer is used verbatim for printing with the caveat that only text attachments, if opened inline, are printed. Therefore, encrypted messages can be printed by showing and decrypting them first. The commands @kbd{P p} and @kbd{P f} do not use the options @code{mh-lpr-command-format} or @code{mh-print-background-flag}, described below. @findex mh-ps-print-toggle-color @kindex P C @vindex ps-print-color-p Colors are emulated on black-and-white printers with shades of gray. This might produce illegible output, even if your screen colors only use shades of gray. If this is the case, try using the command @kbd{P C} (@code{mh-ps-print-toggle-color}) to toggle between color, no color, and a black and white representation of the colors and see which works best. You change this setting permanently by customizing the option @code{ps-print-color-p}. @findex mh-ps-print-toggle-faces @kindex P F Another related function is the command @kbd{P F} (@code{mh-ps-print-toggle-faces}). This command toggles between using faces and not. When faces are enabled, the printed message will look very similar to the message in the MH-Show buffer. @cindex ps-print package @cindex Emacs, packages, ps-print MH-E uses the @samp{ps-print} package to do the printing, so you can customize the printing further by going to the @samp{ps-print} customization group. @cindex @command{lpr} @cindex @command{mhl} @cindex MH commands, @command{mhl} @cindex Unix commands, @command{lpr} @findex mh-print-msg @kindex P l An alternative to using the @samp{ps-print} package is the command @kbd{P l} (@code{mh-print-msg}) (the @i{l} is for @i{l}ine printer or @i{l}pr). You can print all the messages in a range. The message is formatted with @command{mhl}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/shomes.html#Usisho, Using mhl} in the MH book.} and printed with the @command{lpr} command. @kindex P f @kindex P l @kindex P p @vindex mh-lpr-command-format @vindex mh-print-background-flag The command @kbd{P l} uses two options. The option @code{mh-lpr-command-format} contains the Unix command line which performs the actual printing. The string can contain one escape, @samp{%s}, which is replaced by the name of the folder and the message number and is useful for print job names. The default setting is @code{"lpr -J '%s'"}. I use @code{"mpage -h'%s' -b Letter -H1of -mlrtb -P"} which produces a nice header and adds a bit of margin so the text fits within my printer's margins. Normally messages are printed in the foreground. If this is slow on your system, you may elect to turn on the option @code{mh-print-background-flag} to print in the background. If you do this, do not delete the message until it is printed or else the output may be truncated. These options are not used by the commands @kbd{P p} or @kbd{P f}. @node Files and Pipes, Navigating, Printing, Reading Mail @section Files and Pipes @cindex files @cindex pipes @findex mh-refile-or-write-again @findex mh-write-msg-to-file @kindex > @kindex ! MH-E does offer a couple of commands that are not a part of MH@. The first one, @kbd{>} (@code{mh-write-msg-to-file}), writes a message to a file. You are prompted for the filename. If the file already exists, the message is appended to it. You can also write the message to the file without the header by specifying a prefix argument (such as @kbd{C-u > /tmp/foobar @key{RET}}). Subsequent writes to the same file can be made with the command @kbd{!} (@code{mh-refile-or-write-again}). @findex mh-pipe-msg @kindex | @kindex l You can also pipe the message through a Unix shell command with the command @kbd{|} (@code{mh-pipe-msg}). You are prompted for the Unix command through which you wish to run your message. If you give a prefix argument to this command, the message header is included in the text passed to the command (the contrived example @kbd{C-u | lpr} would be done with the @kbd{l} command instead). @cindex @command{shar} @cindex @command{uuencode} @cindex Unix commands, @command{shar} @cindex Unix commands, @command{uuencode} @findex mh-store-msg @kindex X s @vindex mh-store-default-directory If the message is a shell archive @command{shar} or has been run through @command{uuencode} use @kbd{X s} (@code{mh-store-msg}) to extract the body of the message. The default directory for extraction is the current directory; however, you have a chance to specify a different extraction directory. The next time you use this command, the default directory is the last directory you used. If you would like to change the initial default directory, customize the option @code{mh-store-default-directory}, change the value from @samp{Current} to @samp{Directory}, and then enter the name of the directory for storing the content of these messages. @findex mh-store-buffer @kindex @key{RET} @kindex X s By the way, @kbd{X s} calls the Emacs Lisp function @code{mh-store-buffer}. I mention this because you can use it directly if you're editing a buffer that contains a file that has been run through @command{uuencode} or @command{shar}. For example, you can extract the contents of the current buffer in your home directory by typing @kbd{M-x mh-store-buffer @key{RET} ~ @key{RET}}. @node Navigating, Miscellaneous Commands and Options, Files and Pipes, Reading Mail @section Navigating @cindex moving between messages @cindex navigation @findex mh-first-msg @findex mh-goto-msg @findex mh-last-msg @findex mh-next-undeleted-msg @findex mh-next-unread-msg @findex mh-previous-undeleted-msg @findex mh-previous-unread-msg @kindex g @kindex M-< @kindex M-> @kindex M-n @kindex M-p @kindex n @kindex p To move on to the next message, use the command @kbd{n} (@code{mh-next-undeleted-msg}); use @kbd{p} (@code{mh-previous-undeleted-msg}) to read the previous message. To move to the next unread message, use @kbd{M-n} (@code{mh-next-unread-msg}); use @kbd{M-p} (@code{mh-previous-unread-msg}) to move to the previous unread message. These commands can be given a prefix argument to specify how many messages to skip (for example, @kbd{5 n}). You can also move to a specific message with @kbd{g} (@code{mh-goto-msg}). You can enter the message number either before or after typing @kbd{g}. In the latter case, Emacs prompts you. Finally, you can go to the first or last message with @kbd{M-<} (@code{mh-first-msg}) and @kbd{M->} (@code{mh-last-msg}) respectively. @cindex MH-Folder mode @cindex modes, MH-Folder @findex next-line @findex previous-line @kindex C-n @kindex C-p @kindex @key{RET} You can also use the Emacs commands @kbd{C-p} (@code{previous-line}) and @kbd{C-n} (@code{next-line}) to move up and down the scan lines in the MH-Folder window. These commands can be used in conjunction with @key{RET} to look at deleted or refiled messages. @cindex deleting messages @findex mh-delete-msg @kindex d @kindex n @kindex p To mark a message for deletion, use the command @kbd{d} (@code{mh-delete-msg}). A @samp{D} is placed by the message in the scan window, and the next undeleted message is displayed. If the previous command had been @kbd{p}, then the next message displayed is the first undeleted message previous to the message just deleted. Use @kbd{n} to force subsequent @kbd{d} commands to move forward to the next undeleted message after deleting the message under the cursor. You may also specify a range (for example, @kbd{C-u d 1 3 5-7 last:5 frombob @key{RET}}, @pxref{Ranges}). @findex mh-delete-msg-no-motion @kindex C-d The command @kbd{C-d} (@code{mh-delete-msg-no-motion}) marks the message (or messages in range) for deletion but leaves the cursor at the current message in case you wish to perform other operations on the message. @findex mh-delete-subject @findex mh-delete-subject-or-thread @findex mh-thread-delete @findex mh-undo @kindex k @kindex T d @kindex u And to delete more messages faster, you can use @kbd{k} (@code{mh-delete-subject-or-thread}) to delete all the messages with the same subject as the current message. This command puts these messages in a sequence named @samp{subject}. You can undo this action by using @kbd{u} (@code{mh-undo}) with a prefix argument and then specifying the @samp{subject} sequence. However, if the buffer is displaying a threaded view of the folder then @kbd{k} behaves like @kbd{T d} (@code{mh-thread-delete}). @xref{Threading}. @findex mh-execute-commands @kindex x However you mark a message for deletion, the command @kbd{x} (@code{mh-execute-commands}) actually carries out the deletion (@pxref{Folders}). @vindex mh-delete-msg-hook The hook @code{mh-delete-msg-hook} is called after you mark a message for deletion. For example, a past maintainer of MH-E used this once when he kept statistics on his mail usage. @node Miscellaneous Commands and Options, , Navigating, Reading Mail @section Miscellaneous Commands and Options This section contains a few more miscellaneous commands and options. @cindex editing message @findex mh-modify @kindex M There are times when you need to edit a message. For example, you may need to fix a broken Content-Type header field. You can do this with the command @kbd{M} (@code{mh-modify}). It displays the raw message in an editable buffer. When you are done editing, save and kill the buffer as you would any other. @findex mh-kill-folder @findex mh-pack-folder @vindex mh-do-not-confirm-flag Commands such as @code{mh-pack-folder} prompt to confirm whether to process outstanding moves and deletes or not before continuing. Turning on the option @code{mh-do-not-confirm-flag} means that these actions will be performed---which is usually desired but cannot be retracted---without question@footnote{In previous versions of MH-E, this option suppressed the confirmation in @code{mh-kill-folder}. Since this kept most users from setting this option, @code{mh-kill-folder} was modified in version 6.0 to always ask for confirmation subject to @code{mh-kill-folder-suppress-prompt-hook}. @xref{Folders}.}. @cindex MH-Folder mode @cindex modes, MH-Folder @vindex mh-summary-height The option @code{mh-summary-height} controls the number of scan lines displayed in the MH-Folder window, including the mode line. The default value of this option is @samp{Automatic} which means that the MH-Folder buffer will maintain the same proportional size if the frame is resized. If you'd prefer a fixed height, then choose the @samp{Fixed Size} option and enter the number of lines you'd like to see. @vindex mh-bury-show-buffer-flag Normally the buffer for displaying messages is buried at the bottom at the buffer stack. You may wish to disable this feature by turning off the option @code{mh-bury-show-buffer-flag}. One advantage of not burying the show buffer is that one can delete the show buffer more easily in an electric buffer list because of its proximity to its associated MH-Folder buffer. Try running @kbd{M-x electric-buffer-list} to see what I mean. @cindex @file{.emacs} @cindex files, @file{.emacs} @cindex reading mail Before we leave this section, I'll include a function that I use as a front end to MH-E@footnote{Stephen Gildea's favorite binding is @kbd{(global-set-key "\C-cr" 'mh-rmail)}.}. It toggles between your working window configuration, which may be quite involved---windows filled with source, compilation output, man pages, and other documentation---and your MH-E window configuration. Like the rest of the customization described in this section, simply add the following code to @file{~/.emacs}. @iftex @filbreak @end iftex @findex mh-rmail, example @smalllisp @group (defvar my-mh-screen-saved nil "Set to non-@code{nil} when MH-E window configuration shown.") (defvar my-normal-screen nil "Normal window configuration.") (defvar my-mh-screen nil "MH-E window configuration.") (defun my-mh-rmail (&optional arg) "Toggle between MH-E and normal screen configurations. With non-@code{nil} or prefix argument, @i{inc} mailbox as well when going into mail." (interactive "P") ; @r{user callable function, P=prefix arg} (setq my-mh-screen-saved ; @r{save state} (cond ;; @r{Bring up MH-E screen if arg or normal window configuration.} ;; @r{If arg or +inbox buffer doesn't exist, run mh-rmail.} ((or arg (null my-mh-screen-saved)) (setq my-normal-screen (current-window-configuration)) (if (or arg (null (get-buffer "+inbox"))) (mh-rmail) (set-window-configuration my-mh-screen)) t) ; @r{set my-mh-screen-saved to @code{t}} ;; @r{Otherwise, save MH-E screen and restore normal screen.} (t (setq my-mh-screen (current-window-configuration)) (set-window-configuration my-normal-screen) nil)))) ; @r{set my-mh-screen-saved to nil} (global-set-key "\C-x\r" 'my-mh-rmail) ;@r{ call with C-x @key{RET}} @i{Starting MH-E} @end group @end smalllisp If you type an argument (@kbd{C-u}) or if @code{my-mh-screen-saved} is @code{nil} (meaning a non-MH-E window configuration), the current window configuration is saved, either the @samp{+inbox} buffer is displayed or @code{mh-rmail} is run, and the MH-E window configuration is shown. Otherwise, the MH-E window configuration is saved and the original configuration is displayed. @node Folders, Sending Mail, Reading Mail, Top @chapter Organizing Your Mail with Folders @cindex @samp{Folder} menu @cindex @samp{Message} menu @cindex folders @cindex menu, @samp{Folder} @cindex menu, @samp{Message} @cindex using folders This chapter discusses the things you can do with folders within MH-E@. The commands in this chapter are also found in the @samp{Folder} and @samp{Message} menus. @table @kbd @kindex ? @findex mh-help @item ? Display cheat sheet for the MH-E commands (@code{mh-help}). @c ------------------------- @kindex ! @findex mh-refile-or-write-again @item ! Repeat last output command (@code{mh-refile-or-write-again}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Copy Message to Folder...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Copy Message to Folder...} @kindex c @findex mh-copy-msg @item c Copy range to folder (@code{mh-copy-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex F ? @findex mh-prefix-help @item F ? Display cheat sheet for the commands of the current prefix in minibuffer (@code{mh-prefix-help}). @c ------------------------- @kindex F ' @findex mh-index-ticked-messages @item F ' Display ticked messages (@code{mh-index-ticked-messages}). @c ------------------------- @kindex F c @findex mh-catchup @item F c Delete range from the @samp{unseen} sequence (@code{mh-catchup}). @c ------------------------- @kindex F k @findex mh-kill-folder @item F k Remove folder (@code{mh-kill-folder}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Folder > List Folders} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Folder > List Folders} @kindex F l @findex mh-list-folders @item F l List all folders (@code{mh-list-folders}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Folder > View New Messages} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Folder > View New Messages} @kindex F n @findex mh-index-new-messages @item F n Display unseen messages (@code{mh-index-new-messages}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Folder > Pack Folder} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Folder > Pack Folder} @kindex F p @findex mh-pack-folder @item F p Pack folder (@code{mh-pack-folder}). @c ------------------------- @kindex F q @findex mh-index-sequenced-messages @item F q Display messages in any sequence (@code{mh-index-sequenced-messages}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Folder > Rescan Folder} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Folder > Rescan Folder} @kindex F r @findex mh-rescan-folder @item F r Rescan folder (@code{mh-rescan-folder}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Folder > Search...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Folder > Search...} @kindex F s @findex mh-search @item F s Search your MH mail (@code{mh-search}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Folder > Sort Folder} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Folder > Sort Folder} @kindex F S @findex mh-sort-folder @item F S Sort folder (@code{mh-sort-folder}). @c ------------------------- @kindex F u @findex mh-undo-folder @item F u Undo all refiles and deletes in the current folder (@code{mh-undo-folder}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Folder > Visit a Folder...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Folder > Visit a Folder...} @kindex F v @findex mh-visit-folder @item F v Visit folder (@code{mh-visit-folder}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Refile Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Refile Message} @kindex o @findex mh-refile-msg @item o Refile (output) range into folder (@code{mh-refile-msg}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Folder > Quit MH-E} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Folder > Quit MH-E} @kindex q @findex mh-quit @item q Quit the current MH-E folder (@code{mh-quit}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Folder > Toggle Show/Folder} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Folder > Toggle Show/Folder} @kindex t @findex mh-toggle-showing @item t Toggle between MH-Folder and MH-Folder Show modes (@code{mh-toggle-showing}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Undo Delete/Refile} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Undo Delete/Refile} @kindex u @findex mh-undo @item u Undo pending deletes or refiles in range (@code{mh-undo}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Execute Delete/Refile} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Execute Delete/Refile} @kindex x @findex mh-execute-commands @item x Process outstanding delete and refile requests (@code{mh-execute-commands}). @end table @cindex @samp{mh-folder} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-folder} The @samp{mh-folder} customization group is used to tune these commands. @vtable @code @item mh-new-messages-folders Folders searched for the @samp{unseen} sequence (default: @code{Inbox}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-ticked-messages-folders Folders searched for @code{mh-tick-seq} (default: @code{t}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-large-folder The number of messages that indicates a large folder (default: 200). @c ------------------------- @item mh-recenter-summary-flag On means to recenter the summary window (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-recursive-folders-flag On means that commands which operate on folders do so recursively (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-sortm-args Additional arguments for @command{sortm} (default: @code{nil}). @end vtable The following hooks are available. @vtable @code @item mh-after-commands-processed-hook Hook run by @kbd{x} after performing outstanding refile and delete requests (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-before-commands-processed-hook Hook run by @kbd{x} before performing outstanding refile and delete requests (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-before-quit-hook Hook run by q before quitting MH-E (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-mode-hook Hook run by @code{mh-folder-mode} when visiting a new folder (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-kill-folder-suppress-prompt-hook Abnormal hook run at the beginning of @code{mh-kill-folder} (default: @code{'mh-search-p}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-pack-folder-hook Hook run by @code{mh-pack-folder} after renumbering the messages (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-quit-hook Hook run by q after quitting MH-E (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-refile-msg-hook Hook run by o after marking each message for refiling (default: @code{nil}). @end vtable The following faces are available for customizing the appearance of the MH-Folder buffer. @xref{Scan Line Formats}. @vtable @code @item mh-folder-address Recipient face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-body Body text face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-cur-msg-number Current message number face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-date Date face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-deleted Deleted message face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-followup @samp{Re:} face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-msg-number Message number face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-refiled Refiled message face. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-scan-format-nmh @vindex mh-scan-sent-to-me-sender-regexp @item mh-folder-sent-to-me-hint Fontification hint face in messages sent directly to us. The detection of messages sent to us is governed by the scan format @code{mh-scan-format-nmh} and regular expression @code{mh-scan-sent-to-me-sender-regexp}. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-scan-format-nmh @vindex mh-scan-sent-to-me-sender-regexp @item mh-folder-scan-format Sender face in messages sent directly to us. The detection of messages sent to us is governed by the scan format @code{mh-scan-format-nmh} and regular expression @code{mh-scan-sent-to-me-sender-regexp}. @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-subject Subject face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-tick Ticked message face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-to @samp{To:} face. @end vtable @vindex mh-folder-mode-hook The hook @code{mh-folder-mode-hook} is called when visiting a new folder in MH-Folder mode. This could be used to set your own key bindings, for example: @vindex mh-folder-mode-hook, example @smalllisp @group (defvar my-mh-init-done nil "Non-@code{nil} when one-time MH-E settings made.") (defun my-mh-folder-mode-hook () "Hook to set key bindings in MH-Folder mode." (if (not my-mh-init-done) ; @r{only need to bind the keys once } (progn (local-set-key "//" 'my-search-msg) (local-set-key "b" 'mh-burst-digest) ; @r{better use of @kbd{b}} (setq my-mh-init-done t)))) (add-hook 'mh-folder-mode-hook 'my-mh-folder-mode-hook) (defun my-search-msg () "Search for a regexp in the current message." (interactive) ; @r{user function} (save-window-excursion (other-window 1) ; @r{go to next window} (isearch-forward-regexp))) ; @r{string search; hit return} ; @r{ when done} @i{Create additional key bindings via mh-folder-mode-hook} @end group @end smalllisp @cindex @command{folder} @cindex @command{refile} @cindex MH commands, @command{folder} @cindex MH commands, @command{refile} @findex mh-refile-msg @kindex o @vindex mh-refile-msg-hook MH-E has analogies for each of the MH @command{folder} and @command{refile} commands@footnote{See the sections @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/fol.html#Youfol, Your Current Folder: folder} and @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/fol.html#Movref, Moving and Linking Messages: refile} in the MH book.}. To refile a message in another folder, use the command @kbd{o} (@code{mh-refile-msg}) (mnemonic: ``output''). You are prompted for the folder name (@pxref{Folder Selection}). Note that this command can also be used to create folders. If you specify a folder that does not exist, you will be prompted to create it. The hook @code{mh-refile-msg-hook} is called after a message is marked to be refiled. @findex mh-write-msg-to-file @kindex ! If you are refiling several messages into the same folder, you can use the command @kbd{!} (@code{mh-refile-or-write-again}) to repeat the last refile or write (for the description of @kbd{>} (@code{mh-write-msg-to-file}), @pxref{Files and Pipes}). You can use a range in either case (for example, @kbd{C-u o 1 3 5-7 last:5 frombob @key{RET}}, @pxref{Ranges}). @cindex expunging refiles and deletes @cindex undoing refiles and deletes @findex mh-undo @kindex u If you've deleted a message or refiled it, but changed your mind, you can cancel the action before you've executed it. Use @kbd{u} (@code{mh-undo}) to undo a refile on or deletion of a single message. You can also undo refiles and deletes for messages that are found in a given range (@pxref{Ranges}). @findex mh-undo-folder @kindex F u Alternatively, you can use @kbd{F u} (@code{mh-undo-folder}) to undo all refiles and deletes in the current folder. @findex mh-execute-commands @kindex x If you've marked messages to be deleted or refiled and you want to go ahead and delete or refile the messages, use @kbd{x} (@code{mh-execute-commands}). Many MH-E commands that may affect the numbering of the messages (such as @kbd{F r} or @kbd{F p}) will ask if you want to process refiles or deletes first and then either run @kbd{x} for you or undo the pending refiles and deletes. @kindex x @vindex mh-after-commands-processed-hook @vindex mh-before-commands-processed-hook @vindex mh-current-folder The command @kbd{x} runs @code{mh-before-commands-processed-hook} before the commands are processed and @code{mh-after-commands-processed-hook} after the commands are processed. Variables that are useful with the former hook include @code{mh-delete-list} and @code{mh-refile-list} which can be used to see which changes will be made to the current folder, @code{mh-current-folder}. Variables that are useful with the latter hook include @code{mh-folders-changed}, which lists which folders were affected by deletes and refiles. This list will always include the current folder @code{mh-current-folder}. @findex mh-copy-msg @kindex c @kindex o If you wish to copy a message to another folder, you can use the command @kbd{c} (@code{mh-copy-msg}) (see the @option{-link} argument to @command{refile}(1)). Like the command @kbd{o}, this command prompts you for the name of the target folder and you can specify a range (@pxref{Ranges}). Note that unlike the command @kbd{o}, the copy takes place immediately. The original copy remains in the current folder. @cindex junk mail @cindex MH-Folder mode @cindex MH-Folder Show mode @cindex modes, MH-Folder @cindex modes, MH-Folder Show @cindex spam @findex mh-toggle-showing @kindex t The command @kbd{t} (@code{mh-toggle-showing}) switches between MH-Folder mode and MH-Folder Show mode@footnote{For you Emacs wizards, this is implemented as an Emacs minor mode.}. MH-Folder mode turns off the associated show buffer so that you can perform operations on the messages quickly without reading them. This is an excellent way to prune out your junk mail or to refile a group of messages to another folder for later examination. @cindex MH-Folder mode @cindex MH-Show mode @cindex modes, MH-Folder @cindex modes, MH-Show @cindex moving between messages @kindex t @vindex mh-recenter-summary-flag When you use @kbd{t} to toggle from MH-Folder Show mode to MH-Folder mode, the MH-Show buffer is hidden and the MH-Folder buffer is left alone. Setting @code{mh-recenter-summary-flag} to a non-@code{nil} value causes the toggle to display as many scan lines as possible, with the cursor at the middle. The effect of @code{mh-recenter-summary-flag} is rather useful, but it can be annoying on a slow network connection. @findex mh-visit-folder @kindex F v @vindex mh-large-folder When you want to read the messages that you have refiled into folders, use the command @kbd{F v} (@code{mh-visit-folder}) to visit the folder. You are prompted for the folder name. The folder buffer will show just unseen messages if there are any; otherwise, it will show all the messages in the buffer as long there are fewer than @code{mh-large-folder} messages. If there are more, then you are prompted for a range of messages to scan. You can provide a prefix argument in order to specify a range of messages to show when you visit the folder (@pxref{Ranges}). In this case, regions are not used to specify the range and @code{mh-large-folder} is ignored. Note that this command can also be used to create folders. If you specify a folder that does not exist, you will be prompted to create it. @findex mh-search @kindex F s If you forget where you've refiled your messages, you can find them using @kbd{F s} (@code{mh-search}). @xref{Searching}. @cindex @command{procmail} @cindex @samp{unseen} sequence @cindex sequence, @samp{unseen} @cindex Unix commands, @command{procmail} @cindex unseen messages, viewing @findex mh-index-new-messages @kindex F n @vindex mh-new-messages-folders If you use a program such as @command{procmail} to file your incoming mail automatically, you can display new, unseen, messages using the command @kbd{F n} (@code{mh-index-new-messages}). All messages in the @samp{unseen} sequence from the folders in @code{mh-new-messages-folders} are listed. However, this list of folders can be overridden with a prefix argument: with a prefix argument, enter a space-separated list of folders, or nothing to search all folders. @cindex @samp{tick} sequence @cindex sequence, @samp{tick} @cindex ticked messages, viewing @findex mh-index-ticked-messages @kindex F ' @vindex mh-ticked-messages-folders If you have ticked messages (@pxref{Sequences}), you can display them using the command @kbd{F '} (@code{mh-index-ticked-messages}). All messages in the @samp{tick} sequence from the folders in @code{mh-ticked-messages-folders} are listed. With a prefix argument, enter a space-separated list of folders, or nothing to search all folders. @findex mh-index-sequenced-messages @kindex F q @vindex mh-new-messages-folders You can display messages in any sequence with the command @kbd{F q} (@code{mh-index-sequenced-messages}). All messages from the folders in @code{mh-new-messages-folders} in the sequence you provide are listed. With a prefix argument, enter a space-separated list of folders at the prompt, or nothing to search all folders. @vindex mh-new-messages-folders @vindex mh-recursive-folders-flag @vindex mh-ticked-messages-folders Set the options @code{mh-new-messages-folders} and @code{mh-ticked-messages-folders} to @samp{Inbox} to search the @samp{+inbox} folder or @samp{All} to search all of the top level folders. Otherwise, list the folders that should be searched with the @samp{Choose Folders} menu item. See @code{mh-recursive-folders-flag}. @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Folders*} @cindex @samp{*MH-E Folders*} @findex mh-kill-folder @findex mh-list-folders @findex mh-pack-folder @findex mh-rescan-folder @findex mh-sort-folder @kindex F k @kindex F l @kindex F p @kindex F r @kindex F S Other commands you can perform on folders include: @kbd{F l} (@code{mh-list-folders}), to place a listing of all the folders in your mail directory in a buffer called @samp{*MH-E Folders*} (@pxref{Miscellaneous}); @kbd{F k} (@code{mh-kill-folder}), to remove a folder; @kbd{F S} (@code{mh-sort-folder}), to sort the messages by date (see @command{sortm}(1) to see how to sort by other criteria); @kbd{F p} (@code{mh-pack-folder}), to pack a folder, removing gaps from the numbering sequence; and @kbd{F r} (@code{mh-rescan-folder}), to rescan the folder, which is useful to grab all messages in your @samp{+inbox} after processing your new mail for the first time. If you don't want to rescan the entire folder, the commands @kbd{F r} or @kbd{F p} will accept a range (@pxref{Ranges}). @kindex F p @vindex mh-pack-folder-hook The command @kbd{F p} runs @code{mh-pack-folder-hook} after renumbering the messages. A variable that is useful with this hook is @code{mh-current-folder}. @kindex @key{TAB} @vindex mh-recursive-folders-flag By default, operations on folders work only one level at a time. Set @code{mh-recursive-folders-flag} to non-@code{nil} to operate on all folders. This mostly means that you'll be able to see all your folders when you press @key{TAB} when prompted for a folder name. @findex mh-search-p @kindex k @vindex mh-kill-folder-suppress-prompt-functions The hook @code{mh-kill-folder-suppress-prompt-functions} is an abnormal hook run at the beginning of the command @kbd{k}. The hook functions are called with no arguments and should return a non-nil value to suppress the normal prompt when you remove a folder. This is useful for folders that are easily regenerated. The default value of @code{mh-search-p} suppresses the prompt on folders generated by searching. @sp 1 @center @strong{NOTE} @quotation Use this hook with care. If there is a bug in your hook which returns @code{t} on @samp{+inbox} and you press @kbd{k} by accident in the @code{+inbox} folder, you will not be happy. @end quotation @sp 1 @cindex @command{sortm} @cindex @file{.mh_profile} @cindex files, @file{.mh_profile} @cindex MH commands, @command{sortm} @cindex MH profile component, @samp{sortm:} @cindex @samp{sortm:} MH profile component @kindex F S @vindex mh-sortm-args The option @code{mh-sortm-args} holds extra arguments to pass on to the command @command{sortm}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/sorsor.html, Sorting Messages: sortm} in the MH book.} when a prefix argument is used with @kbd{F S}. Normally default arguments to @command{sortm} are specified in the MH profile. This option may be used to provide an alternate view. For example, @samp{'(\"-nolimit\" \"-textfield\" \"subject\")} is a useful setting. @cindex exiting @cindex quitting @findex mh-quit @kindex q When you want to quit using MH-E and go back to editing, you can use the @kbd{q} (@code{mh-quit}) command. This buries the buffers of the current MH-E folder and restores the buffers that were present when you first ran @kbd{M-x mh-rmail}. It also removes any MH-E working buffers whose name begins with @samp{ *mh-} or @samp{*MH-E } (@pxref{Miscellaneous}). You can later restore your MH-E session by selecting the @samp{+inbox} buffer or by running @kbd{M-x mh-rmail} again. @findex mh-execute-commands @kindex q @vindex mh-before-quit-hook @vindex mh-before-quit-hook, example @vindex mh-quit-hook @vindex mh-quit-hook, example The two hooks @code{mh-before-quit-hook} and @code{mh-quit-hook} are called by @kbd{q}. The former one is called before the quit occurs, so you might use it to perform any MH-E operations; you could perform some query and abort the quit or call @code{mh-execute-commands}, for example. The latter is not run in an MH-E context, so you might use it to modify the window setup. If you find that @kbd{q} buries a lot of buffers that you would rather remove, you can use both @code{mh-before-quit-hook} and @code{mh-quit-hook} to accomplish that. @smalllisp @group (defvar my-mh-folder-buffer-to-delete nil "Folder buffer that is being quit.") (defun my-mh-before-quit-hook () "Save folder buffer that is to be deleted." (setq my-mh-folder-buffer-to-delete (current-buffer))) (defun my-mh-quit-hook () "Kill folder buffer rather than just bury it." (set-buffer my-mh-folder-buffer-to-delete) (if (get-buffer mh-show-buffer) (kill-buffer mh-show-buffer)) (kill-buffer (current-buffer))) @i{Kill MH-Folder buffer instead of burying it} @end group @end smalllisp @cindex folders, renaming @cindex renaming folders @findex dired @findex dired-do-rename You can use dired to manipulate the folders themselves. For example, I renamed my @samp{+out} folder to the more common @samp{+outbox} by running dired on my mail directory (@kbd{M-x dired RET ~/Mail RET}), moving my cursor to @samp{out} and using the command @kbd{R} (@code{dired-do-rename}). @node Sending Mail, Editing Drafts, Folders, Top @chapter Sending Mail @cindex sending mail @findex mh-smail @kindex M-x mh-smail You can send a mail message in several ways. You can call @kbd{M-x mh-smail} directly, or from the command line like this: @cindex starting from command line @smallexample $ @kbd{emacs -f mh-smail} @end smallexample @findex goto-address-at-point @vindex mail-user-agent There are some commands that need to send a mail message, such as @code{goto-address-at-point}. You can configure Emacs to have these commands use MH-E by setting the option @code{mail-user-agent} to @samp{Emacs interface to MH}. @cindex @samp{Message} menu @cindex menu, @samp{Message} From within MH-E's MH-Folder mode, other methods of sending mail are available as well. These can also be found in the @samp{Message} menu. @table @kbd @cindex @samp{Message > Edit Message Again} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Edit Message Again} @kindex e @findex mh-edit-again @item e Edit a message to send it again (@code{mh-edit-again}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Re-edit a Bounced Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Re-edit a Bounced Message} @kindex E @findex mh-extract-rejected-mail @item E Edit a message that was returned by the mail system (@code{mh-extract-rejected-mail}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Forward Message...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Forward Message...} @kindex f @findex mh-forward @item f Forward message (@code{mh-forward}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Reply to Message...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Reply to Message...} @kindex r @findex mh-reply @item r Reply to a message (@code{mh-reply}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Compose a New Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Compose a New Message} @kindex s @findex mh-send @item s Compose a message (@code{mh-send}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Message > Redistribute Message...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Message > Redistribute Message...} @kindex M-d @findex mh-redistribute @item M-d Redistribute a message (@code{mh-redistribute}). @c ------------------------- @findex mh-smail @item M-x mh-smail Compose a message with the MH mail system. @c ------------------------- @findex mh-smail-other-window @item M-x mh-smail-other-window Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window. @end table @cindex @samp{mh-sending-mail} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-sending-mail} In addition, several options from the @samp{mh-sending-mail} customization group are useful when sending mail or replying to mail. They are summarized in the following table. @vtable @code @item mh-compose-forward-as-mime-flag On means that messages are forwarded as attachments (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-compose-letter-function Hook run when starting a new draft (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-compose-prompt-flag On means prompt for header fields when composing a new draft (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-forward-subject-format Format string for forwarded message subject (default: @code{"%s: %s"}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-insert-x-mailer-flag On means append an @samp{X-Mailer:} header field to the header (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-redist-full-contents-flag On means the @command{dist} command needs entire letter for redistribution (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-reply-default-reply-to Sets the person or persons to whom a reply will be sent (default: @samp{Prompt}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-reply-show-message-flag On means the MH-Show buffer is displayed using @kbd{r} (@code{mh-reply}) (default: @samp{on}). @end vtable The following hooks are available. @vtable @code @item mh-annotate-msg-hook Hook run by @code{mh-annotate-msg} after annotation (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-forward-hook Hook run by @code{mh-forward} on a forwarded letter (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-letter-mode-hook Hook run by @code{mh-letter-mode} on a new letter (default: @code{nil}). @end vtable @findex mh-annotate-msg @vindex mh-annotate-list @vindex mh-annotate-msg-hook @vindex mh-current-folder A hook that is called whenever a message is sent and after the scan lines and message are annotated is @code{mh-annotate-msg-hook}. Hook functions can access the current folder name with @code{mh-current-folder} and obtain the message numbers of the annotated messages with @code{mh-annotate-list}. The rest of the functions and options introduced here are explained in more detail in the following sections. @menu * Composing:: * Replying:: * Forwarding:: * Redistributing:: * Editing Again:: @end menu @node Composing, Replying, Sending Mail, Sending Mail @section Composing @cindex @file{.emacs} @cindex MH-Folder mode @cindex composing mail @cindex draft @cindex files, @file{.emacs} @cindex modes, MH-Folder @cindex sending mail @findex mh-smail @findex mh-smail-other-window @kindex M-x mh-smail @kindex M-x mh-smail-other-window Outside of an MH-Folder buffer, you must call either @kbd{M-x mh-smail} or @kbd{M-x mh-smail-other-window} to compose a new message. The former command always creates a two-window layout with the current buffer on top and the draft on the bottom. Use the latter command if you would rather preserve the window layout. You may find adding the following key bindings to @file{~/.emacs} useful: @smalllisp (global-set-key "\C-xm" 'mh-smail) (global-set-key "\C-x4m" 'mh-smail-other-window) @end smalllisp @cindex draft folder @cindex MH-Letter mode @cindex modes, MH-Letter @findex mh-send @kindex m From within a MH-Folder buffer, you can simply use the command @kbd{m} (@code{mh-send}). However you invoke @code{mh-send}, your letter appears in an Emacs buffer whose mode is MH-Letter (to see what the buffer looks like, @pxref{Sending Mail Tour}). MH-Letter mode allows you to edit your message, to check the validity of the recipients, to insert attachments and other messages into your message, and to send the message. We'll go more into depth about editing a @dfn{draft}@footnote{I highly recommend that you use a @dfn{draft folder} so that you can edit several drafts in parallel. To do so, create a folder named @samp{+drafts} for example, and add the profile component @samp{Draft-Folder: drafts} (see @code{mh-profile}(5)).} (a message you're composing) in just a moment (@pxref{Editing Drafts}). @vindex mh-compose-prompt-flag If you prefer to be prompted for the recipient and subject fields before the MH-Letter buffer appears, turn on the option @code{mh-compose-prompt-flag}. @cindex header field, @samp{X-Mailer:} @cindex @samp{X-Mailer:} header field @vindex mh-insert-x-mailer-flag MH-E adds an @samp{X-Mailer:} header field to the header that includes the version of MH-E and Emacs that you are using. If you don't want to participate in our marketing, you can turn off the option @code{mh-insert-x-mailer-flag}. @cindex @command{repl} @cindex @file{components} @cindex MH commands, @command{repl} @cindex MH-Letter mode @cindex Mail mode @cindex files, @file{components} @cindex modes, MH-Letter @cindex modes, Mail @vindex mail-mode-hook @vindex mh-letter-mode-hook @vindex text-mode-hook Two hooks are provided to run commands on your freshly created draft. The first hook, @code{mh-letter-mode-hook}, allows you to do some processing before editing a letter@footnote{Actually, because MH-Letter mode inherits from Mail mode, the hooks @code{text-mode-hook} and @code{mail-mode-hook} are run (in that order) before @code{mh-letter-mode-hook}.}. For example, you may wish to modify the header after @command{repl} has done its work, or you may have a complicated @file{components} file and need to tell MH-E where the cursor should go. Here's an example of how you would use this hook. @findex mh-insert-signature, example @smalllisp @group (defvar letter-mode-init-done-flag nil "Non-nil means one-time MH-E settings have been made.") (defun my-mh-letter-mode-hook () "Prepare letter for editing." (when (not letter-mode-init-done) ; @r{only need to bind the keys once} (local-set-key "\C-ctb" 'add-enriched-text) (local-set-key "\C-cti" 'add-enriched-text) (local-set-key "\C-ctf" 'add-enriched-text) (local-set-key "\C-cts" 'add-enriched-text) (local-set-key "\C-ctB" 'add-enriched-text) (local-set-key "\C-ctu" 'add-enriched-text) (local-set-key "\C-ctc" 'add-enriched-text) (setq letter-mode-init-done t)) (save-excursion (goto-char (point-max)) ; @r{go to end of message to} (mh-insert-signature))) ; @r{insert signature} @i{Prepare draft for editing via mh-letter-mode-hook} @end group @end smalllisp The function, @code{add-enriched-text} is defined in the example in @ref{Adding Attachments}. @vindex mh-compose-letter-function @vindex mh-letter-mode-hook The second hook, a function really, is @code{mh-compose-letter-function}. Like @code{mh-letter-mode-hook}, it is called just before editing a new message; however, it is the last function called before you edit your message. The consequence of this is that you can write a function to write and send the message for you. This function is passed three arguments: the contents of the @samp{To:}, @samp{Subject:}, and @samp{Cc:} header fields. @node Replying, Forwarding, Composing, Sending Mail @section Replying to Mail @cindex @command{mhl} @cindex @file{mhl.reply} @cindex MH commands, @command{mhl} @cindex files, @file{mhl.reply} @cindex replying @findex mh-reply @kindex r To compose a reply to a message, use the @kbd{r} (@code{mh-reply}) command. When you reply to a message, you are first prompted with @samp{Reply to whom?}. You have several choices here. @quotation @multitable @columnfractions .20 .80 @c @headitem Response @tab Reply Goes To @c XXX @headitem not yet supported by SourceForge's texi2pdf. @item @b{Response} @tab @b{Reply Goes To} @c ------------------------- @item @kbd{from} @tab The person who sent the message. This is the default, so @key{RET} is sufficient. @c ------------------------- @item @kbd{to} @tab Replies to the sender, plus all recipients in the @samp{To:} header field. @c ------------------------- @item @kbd{cc}@*@kbd{all} @tab Forms a reply to the addresses in the @samp{Mail-Followup-To:} header field if one exists; otherwise forms a reply to the sender, plus all recipients. @end multitable @end quotation @cindex @command{repl} @cindex MH commands, @command{repl} @vindex mh-reply-default-reply-to Depending on your answer, @command{repl}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/reprep.html, Replying to Messages: repl} in the MH book.} is given a different argument to form your reply. Specifically, a choice of @kbd{from} or none at all runs @samp{repl -nocc all}, and a choice of @kbd{to} runs @samp{repl -cc to}. Finally, either @kbd{cc} or @kbd{all} runs @samp{repl -cc all -nocc me}. If you find that most of the time you specify one of these choices when you reply to a message, you can change the option @code{mh-reply-default-reply-to} from its default value of @samp{Prompt} to one of the choices listed above. You can always edit the recipients in the draft. @cindex @samp{repl:} MH profile component @cindex MH profile component, @samp{repl:} @cindex MH-Letter mode @cindex MH-Show mode @cindex draft @cindex modes, MH-Letter @cindex modes, MH-Show Two windows are then created. One window contains the message to which you are replying in an MH-Show buffer. Your draft, in MH-Letter mode (@pxref{Editing Drafts}), is in the other window. If the reply draft was not one that you expected, check the things that affect the behavior of @command{repl} which include the @samp{repl:} profile component and the @file{replcomps} and @file{replgroupcomps} files. If you supply a prefix argument (as in @kbd{C-u r}), the message you are replying to is inserted in your reply after having first been run through @command{mhl} with the format file @file{mhl.reply}. See @command{mhl}(1) or the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/shomes.html#Usisho, Using mhl} in the MH book to see how you can modify the default @file{mhl.reply} file. @vindex mh-yank-behavior Alternatively, you can customize the option @code{mh-yank-behavior} and choose one of its @samp{Automatically} variants to do the same thing. @xref{Inserting Letter}. If you do so, the prefix argument has no effect. Another way to include the message automatically in your draft is to use @samp{repl: -filter repl.filter} in your MH profile. @vindex mh-reply-show-message-flag If you include the message automatically, you can hide the MH-Show buffer by turning off the option @code{mh-reply-show-message-flag}. If you wish to customize the header or other parts of the reply draft, please see @command{repl}(1) and @code{mh-format}(5). @node Forwarding, Redistributing, Replying, Sending Mail @section Forwarding Mail @cindex @command{forw} @cindex draft @cindex forwarding @cindex MH commands, @command{forw} @findex mh-forward @kindex f @vindex mh-forward-hook To forward a message, use the @kbd{f} (@code{mh-forward}) command. You are prompted for the @samp{To:} and @samp{cc:} recipients. You are given a draft to edit that looks like it would if you had run the MH command @command{forw}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/forfor.html, Forwarding Messages: forw} in the MH book.}. You can then add some text (@pxref{Editing Drafts}). You can forward several messages by using a range (@pxref{Ranges}). All of the messages in the range are inserted into your draft. The hook @code{mh-forward-hook} is called on the draft. @cindex @file{.mh_profile} @cindex files, @file{.mh_profile} @cindex MH profile component, @samp{forw:} @cindex @samp{forw:} MH profile component @vindex mh-compose-forward-as-mime-flag By default, the option @code{mh-compose-forward-as-mime-flag} is on which means that the forwarded messages are included as attachments. These are inline attachments so the forwarded message should appear in the body of your recipient's mail program. If you would prefer to forward your messages verbatim (as text, inline), then turn off this option. Forwarding messages verbatim works well for short, textual messages, but your recipient won't be able to view any non-textual attachments that were in the forwarded message. Be aware that if you have @samp{forw: -mime} in your MH profile, then forwarded messages will always be included as attachments regardless of the settings of @code{mh-compose-forward-as-mime-flag}. @vindex mh-forward-subject-format The format of the @samp{Subject:} header field for forwarded messages is controlled by the option @code{mh-forward-subject-format}. This option is a string which includes two escapes (@samp{%s}). The first @samp{%s} is replaced with the sender of the original message, and the second one is replaced with the original @samp{Subject:}. The default value of @code{"%s: %s"} takes a message with the header: @smallexample @group To: Bill Wohler Subject: Re: 49er football From: Greg DesBrisay @end group @end smallexample and creates a subject header field of: @smallexample Subject: Greg DesBrisay: Re: 49er football @end smallexample @node Redistributing, Editing Again, Forwarding, Sending Mail @section Redistributing Your Mail @cindex @command{dist} @cindex MH commands, @command{dist} @cindex redistributing @findex mh-redistribute @kindex M-d The command @kbd{M-d} (@code{mh-redistribute}) is similar in function to forwarding mail, but it does not allow you to edit the message, nor does it add your name to the @samp{From:} header field. It appears to the recipient as if the message had come from the original sender. When you run this command, you are prompted for the recipients. @findex mh-edit-again @kindex e For more information on redistributing messages, see @command{dist}(1). Also investigate the command @kbd{e} (@code{mh-edit-again}) for another way to redistribute messages (@pxref{Editing Again}). @cindex @command{send} @cindex MH commands, @command{send} @vindex mh-redist-full-contents-flag The option @code{mh-redist-full-contents-flag} must be turned on if @command{dist}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/disdis.html, Distributing Messages with dist} in the MH book.} requires the whole letter for redistribution, which is the case if @command{send}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/sensen.html, Sending Some Mail: comp send} in the MH book.} is compiled with the @sc{berk} option (which many people abhor). If you find that MH will not allow you to redistribute a message that has been redistributed before, turn off this option. The hook @code{mh-annotate-msg-hook} is run after annotating the message and scan line (@pxref{Sending Mail}). @node Editing Again, , Redistributing, Sending Mail @section Editing Old Drafts and Bounced Messages @cindex @file{draft} @cindex files, @file{draft} @cindex re-editing drafts @findex mh-edit-again @kindex F v drafts @kindex e @kindex n If you don't complete a draft for one reason or another, and if the draft buffer is no longer available, you can pick your draft up again with @kbd{e} (@code{mh-edit-again}). If you don't use a draft folder, your last @file{draft} file will be used. If you use draft folders, you'll need to visit the draft folder with @kbd{F v drafts @key{RET}}, use @kbd{n} to move to the appropriate message, and then use @kbd{e} to prepare the message for editing. @kindex e The @kbd{e} command can also be used to take messages that were sent to you and to send them to more people. @cindex Mailer-Daemon @findex mh-extract-rejected-mail @kindex C-c C-c @kindex E Don't use @kbd{e} to re-edit a message from a @i{Mailer-Daemon} who complained that your mail wasn't posted for some reason or another. In this case, use @kbd{E} (@code{mh-extract-rejected-mail}) to prepare the message for editing by removing the @i{Mailer-Daemon} envelope and unneeded header fields. Fix whatever addressing problem you had, and send the message again with @kbd{C-c C-c}. @node Editing Drafts, Aliases, Sending Mail, Top @chapter Editing a Draft @cindex @samp{Letter} menu @cindex MH-Letter mode @cindex draft @cindex editing draft @cindex menu, @samp{Letter} @cindex modes, MH-Letter When you edit a message that you want to send (called a @dfn{draft} in this case), the mode used is MH-Letter. This mode provides several commands in addition to the normal Emacs editing commands to help you edit your draft. These can also be found in the @samp{Letter} menu. @table @kbd @kindex @key{SPC} @findex mh-letter-complete-or-space @item @key{SPC} Perform completion or insert space (@code{mh-letter-complete-or-space}). @c ------------------------- @kindex M-@key{TAB} @findex mh-letter-complete @item M-@key{TAB} Perform completion on header field or word preceding point (@code{mh-letter-complete}). @c ------------------------- @kindex , (comma) @findex mh-letter-confirm-address @item , (comma) Flash alias expansion (@code{mh-letter-confirm-address}). @c ------------------------- @kindex @key{TAB} @findex mh-letter-next-header-field-or-indent @item @key{TAB} Cycle to next field (@code{mh-letter-next-header-field-or-indent}). @c ------------------------- @kindex S-@key{TAB} @findex mh-letter-previous-header-field @item S-@key{TAB} Cycle to the previous header field (@code{mh-letter-previous-header-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c ? @findex mh-help @item C-c ? Display cheat sheet for the MH-E commands (@code{mh-help}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Send This Draft} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Send This Draft} @kindex C-c C-c @findex mh-send-letter @item C-c C-c Save draft and send message (@code{mh-send-letter}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-d @findex mh-insert-identity @item C-c C-d Insert fields specified by the given identity (@code{mh-insert-identity}). @xref{Identities}. @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Pull in All Compositions (MH)} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Pull in All Compositions (MH)} @kindex C-c C-e @findex mh-mh-to-mime @item C-c C-e Compose @sc{mime} message from MH-style directives (@code{mh-mh-to-mime}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-a @kindex C-c C-f a @findex mh-to-field @item C-c C-f C-a @itemx C-c C-f a Move to @samp{Mail-Reply-To:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-b @kindex C-c C-f b @item C-c C-f C-b @itemx C-c C-f b Move to @samp{Bcc:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-c @kindex C-c C-f c @item C-c C-f C-c @itemx C-c C-f c Move to @samp{Cc:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-d @kindex C-c C-f d @item C-c C-f C-d @itemx C-c C-f d Move to @samp{Dcc:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-f @kindex C-c C-f f @findex mh-to-fcc @item C-c C-f C-f @itemx C-c C-f f Move to @samp{Fcc:} header field (@code{mh-to-fcc}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-l @kindex C-c C-f l @item C-c C-f C-l @itemx C-c C-f l Move to @samp{Mail-Followup-To:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-m @kindex C-c C-f m @item C-c C-f C-m @itemx C-c C-f m Move to @samp{From:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-r @kindex C-c C-f r @item C-c C-f C-r @itemx C-c C-f r Move to @samp{Reply-To:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-s @kindex C-c C-f s @item C-c C-f C-s @itemx C-c C-f s Move to @samp{Subject:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-t @kindex C-c C-f t @item C-c C-f C-t @itemx C-c C-f t Move to @samp{To:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Insert a Message...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Insert a Message...} @kindex C-c C-i @findex mh-insert-letter @item C-c C-i Insert a message (@code{mh-insert-letter}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-m C-e @findex mh-mml-secure-message-encrypt @item C-c C-m C-e Add tag to encrypt the message (@code{mh-mml-secure-message-encrypt}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Compose Forward...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Compose Forward...} @kindex C-c C-m C-f @kindex C-c C-m f @findex mh-compose-forward @item C-c C-m C-f @itemx C-c C-m f Add tag to forward a message (@code{mh-compose-forward}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Compose Get File (MH)...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Compose Get File (MH)...} @kindex C-c C-m C-g @kindex C-c C-m g @findex mh-mh-compose-anon-ftp @item C-c C-m C-g @itemx C-c C-m g Add tag to include anonymous ftp reference to a file (@code{mh-mh-compose-anon-ftp}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Compose Insertion...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Compose Insertion...} @kindex C-c C-m C-i @kindex C-c C-m i @findex mh-compose-insertion @item C-c C-m C-i @itemx C-c C-m i Add tag to include a file such as an image or sound (@code{mh-compose-insertion}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Pull in All Compositions (MML)} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Pull in All Compositions (MML)} @kindex C-c C-m C-m @kindex C-c C-m m @findex mh-mml-to-mime @item C-c C-m C-m @itemx C-c C-m m Compose @sc{mime} message from MML tags (@code{mh-mml-to-mime}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-m C-n @kindex C-c C-m n @findex mh-mml-unsecure-message @item C-c C-m C-n @itemx C-c C-m n Remove any secure message tags (@code{mh-mml-unsecure-message}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-m C-s @findex mh-mml-secure-message-sign @item C-c C-m C-s Add tag to sign the message (@code{mh-mml-secure-message-sign}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Compose Compressed tar (MH)...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Compose Compressed tar (MH)...} @kindex C-c C-m C-t @kindex C-c C-m t @findex mh-mh-compose-external-compressed-tar @item C-c C-m C-t @itemx C-c C-m t Add tag to include anonymous ftp reference to a compressed tar file (@code{mh-mh-compose-external-compressed-tar}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Revert to Non-MIME Edit (MH)} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Revert to Non-MIME Edit (MH)} @kindex C-c C-m C-u @kindex C-c C-m u @findex mh-mh-to-mime-undo @item C-c C-m C-u @itemx C-c C-m u Undo effects of @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{mh-mh-to-mime-undo}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-m C-x @kindex C-c C-m x @findex mh-mh-compose-external-type @item C-c C-m C-x @itemx C-c C-m x Add tag to refer to a remote file (@code{mh-mh-compose-external-type}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-m e e @findex mh-mml-secure-message-encrypt @item C-c C-m e e Add tag to encrypt the message (@code{mh-mml-secure-message-encrypt}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-m e s @findex mh-mml-secure-message-signencrypt @item C-c C-m e s Add tag to encrypt and sign the message@* (@code{mh-mml-secure-message-signencrypt}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-m s e @findex mh-mml-secure-message-signencrypt @item C-c C-m s e Add tag to encrypt and sign the message@* (@code{mh-mml-secure-message-signencrypt}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-m s s @findex mh-mml-secure-message-sign @item C-c C-m s s Add tag to sign the message (@code{mh-mml-secure-message-sign}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Split Current Line} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Split Current Line} @kindex C-c C-o @findex mh-open-line @item C-c C-o Insert a newline and leave point before it (@code{mh-open-line}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Kill This Draft} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Kill This Draft} @kindex C-c C-q @findex mh-fully-kill-draft @item C-c C-q Quit editing and delete draft message (@code{mh-fully-kill-draft}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Insert Signature} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Insert Signature} @kindex C-c C-s @findex mh-insert-signature @item C-c C-s Insert signature in message (@code{mh-insert-signature}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-t @findex mh-letter-toggle-header-field-display @item C-c C-t Toggle display of header field at point (@code{mh-letter-toggle-header-field-display}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Check Recipient} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Check Recipient} @kindex C-c C-w @findex mh-check-whom @item C-c C-w Verify recipients, showing expansion of any aliases (@code{mh-check-whom}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Letter > Yank Current Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Letter > Yank Current Message} @kindex C-c C-y @findex mh-yank-cur-msg @item C-c C-y Insert the current message into the draft buffer (@code{mh-yank-cur-msg}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c M-d @findex mh-insert-auto-fields @item C-c M-d Insert custom fields if recipient is found in @code{mh-auto-fields-list} (@code{mh-insert-auto-fields}). @xref{Identities}. @end table @cindex @samp{mh-letter} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-letter} Several options from the @samp{mh-letter} customization group are used while editing a draft. @vtable @code @item mh-compose-insertion Type of @sc{mime} message tags in messages (default: @samp{MML} if available; otherwise @samp{MH}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-compose-skipped-header-fields List of header fields to skip over when navigating in draft (default: @code{'("From"} @code{"Organization"} @code{"References"} @code{"In-Reply-To"} @code{"X-Face"} @code{"Face"} @code{"X-Image-URL"} @code{"X-Mailer")}. @c ------------------------- @item mh-compose-space-does-completion-flag On means @key{SPC} does completion in message header (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-delete-yanked-msg-window-flag On means delete any window displaying the message (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-extract-from-attribution-verb Verb to use for attribution when a message is yanked by @kbd{C-c C-y} (default: @code{"wrote:"}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-ins-buf-prefix String to put before each line of a yanked or inserted message (default: @code{"> "}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-letter-complete-function Function to call when completing outside of address or folder fields (default: @code{ispell-complete-word}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-letter-fill-column Fill column to use in MH-Letter mode (default: 72). @c ------------------------- @item mh-mml-method-default Default method to use in security tags (default: @samp{PGP (MIME)} if support for it is available; otherwise @samp{None}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-signature-file-name Source of user's signature (default: @code{"~/.signature"}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-signature-separator-flag On means a signature separator should be inserted (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-x-face-file File containing X-Face or Face header field to insert in outgoing mail. (default: @code{"~/.face"}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-yank-behavior Controls which part of a message is yanked by @kbd{C-c C-y} (default: @samp{Body With Attribution}). @end vtable The following hooks are available. @vtable @code @item mail-citation-hook Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-before-send-letter-hook Hook run at the beginning of the @kbd{C-c C-c} command (default: @samp{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-mh-to-mime-hook Hook run on the formatted letter by @kbd{C-c C-e} (default: @samp{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-insert-signature-hook Hook run by @kbd{C-c C-s} after signature has been inserted (default: @code{nil}). @end vtable The following face is available. @vtable @code @item mh-letter-header-field Editable header field value face in draft buffers. @end vtable The commands and options introduced here are explained in more detail in the following sections. @menu * Editing Message:: * Inserting Letter:: * Inserting Messages:: * Signature:: * Picture:: * Adding Attachments:: * Sending PGP:: * Checking Recipients:: * Sending Message:: * Killing Draft:: @end menu @node Editing Message, Inserting Letter, Editing Drafts, Editing Drafts @section Editing the Message @cindex @samp{Bcc:} header field @cindex @samp{Cc:} header field @cindex @samp{Dcc:} header field @cindex @samp{From:} header field @cindex @samp{Mail-Followup-To:} header field @cindex @samp{Mail-Reply-To:} header field @cindex @samp{Reply-To:} header field @cindex @samp{Subject:} header field @cindex @samp{To:} header field @cindex editing header @cindex header field, @samp{Bcc:} @cindex header field, @samp{Cc:} @cindex header field, @samp{Dcc:} @cindex header field, @samp{From:} @cindex header field, @samp{Mail-Followup-To:} @cindex header field, @samp{Mail-Reply-To:} @cindex header field, @samp{Reply-To:} @cindex header field, @samp{Subject:} @cindex header field, @samp{To:} @findex mh-to-field @kindex C-c C-f C-t @kindex C-c C-f t Because the header is part of the message, you can edit the header fields as you wish. However, several convenience commands exist to help you create and edit them. For example, the command @kbd{C-c C-f C-t} (@code{mh-to-field}; alternatively, @kbd{C-c C-f t}) moves the cursor to the @samp{To:} header field, creating it if necessary. The commands for moving to the @samp{Cc:}, @samp{Subject:}, @samp{From:}, @samp{Reply-To:}, @samp{Mail-Reply-To:}, @samp{Mail-Followup-To}, @samp{Bcc:}, and @samp{Dcc:} header fields are similar. @findex mh-to-fcc @kindex C-c C-f C-f @kindex C-c C-f f One command behaves differently from the others, namely, @kbd{C-c C-f C-f} (@code{mh-to-fcc}; alternatively, @kbd{C-c C-f f}). This command will prompt you for the folder name in which to file a copy of the draft. @xref{Folder Selection}. @findex indent-relative @findex mh-letter-next-header-field-or-indent @findex mh-letter-previous-header-field @kindex @key{TAB} @kindex S-@key{TAB} @vindex mh-compose-skipped-header-fields @vindex mh-letter-header-field Within the header of the message, the command@* @key{TAB} (@code{mh-letter-next-header-field-or-indent}) moves between fields that are highlighted with the face @code{mh-letter-header-field}, skipping those fields listed in @code{mh-compose-skipped-header-fields}. After the last field, this command then moves point to the message body before cycling back to the first field. If point is already past the first line of the message body, then this command indents by calling @code{indent-relative} with the given prefix argument. The command @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{mh-letter-previous-header-field}) moves backwards between the fields and cycles to the body of the message after the first field. Unlike the command @key{TAB}, it will always take point to the last field from anywhere in the body. @cindex alias completion @cindex completion @cindex spell check @findex ispell-complete-word @findex mh-letter-complete @findex mh-letter-complete-or-space @findex mh-letter-confirm-address @kindex , (comma) @kindex @key{SPC} @kindex M-@key{TAB} @vindex mh-alias-flash-on-comma @vindex mh-compose-space-does-completion-flag @vindex mh-letter-complete-function If the field contains addresses (for example, @samp{To:} or @samp{Cc:}) or folders (for example, @samp{Fcc:}) then the command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{mh-letter-complete}) will provide alias completion (@pxref{Aliases}). In the body of the message, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} runs @code{mh-letter-complete-function} instead, which is set to @samp{'ispell-complete-word} by default. The command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{mh-letter-complete}) takes a prefix argument that is passed to the @code{mh-letter-complete-function}. In addition, turn on the option @code{mh-compose-space-does-completion-flag} to use the command @key{SPC} (@code{mh-letter-complete-or-space}) to perform completion in the header as well; use a prefix argument to specify more than one space. Addresses are separated by a comma; when you press the comma, the command @code{mh-letter-confirm-address} flashes the alias expansion in the minibuffer if @code{mh-alias-flash-on-comma} is turned on. @c XXX Document the replacement for the inaccessible 'long argument. @findex mh-letter-toggle-header-field-display @kindex C-c C-t Use the command @kbd{C-c C-t} @code{mh-letter-toggle-header-field-display} to display truncated header fields. This command is a toggle so entering it again will hide the field. This command takes a prefix argument: if negative then the field is hidden, if positive then the field is displayed (for example, @kbd{C-u C-c C-t}). Be sure to leave a row of dashes or a blank line between the header and the body of the message. @vindex mh-letter-fill-column The body of the message is edited as you would edit any Emacs buffer although there are a few commands and options to assist you. You can change the fill column in MH-Letter mode with the option @code{mh-letter-fill-column}. By default, this option is 72 to allow others to quote your message without line wrapping. @cindex filling paragraphs @cindex paragraphs, filling @findex fill-paragraph @kindex M-q @vindex mh-ins-buf-prefix You'll often include messages that were sent from user agents that haven't yet realized that paragraphs consist of more than a single line. This makes for long lines that wrap in an ugly fashion. You'll find that @kbd{M-q} (@code{fill-paragraph}) works well even on these quoted messages, even if they are nested, just as long as all of the quotes match the value of @code{mh-ins-buf-prefix} (@pxref{Inserting Letter}). For example, let's assume you have the following in your draft: @smallexample @group > Hopefully this gives you an idea of what I'm currently doing. I'm \ not sure yet whether I'm completely satisfied with my setup, but \ it's worked okay for me so far. @end group @end smallexample Running @kbd{M-q} on this paragraph produces: @smallexample @group > Hopefully this gives you an idea of what I'm currently doing. I'm not > sure yet whether I'm completely satisfied with my setup, but it's > worked okay for me so far. @end group @end smallexample @findex mh-open-line @findex open-line @kindex C-c C-o @kindex C-o The command @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{mh-open-line}) is similar to the command @kbd{C-o} (@code{open-line}) in that it inserts a newline after point. It differs in that it also inserts the right number of quoting characters and spaces so that the next line begins in the same column as it was. This is useful when breaking up paragraphs in replies. For example, if this command was used when point was after the first period in the paragraph above, the result would be this: @smallexample @group > Hopefully this gives you an idea of what I'm currently doing. > I'm not > sure yet whether I'm completely satisfied with my setup, but it's > worked okay for me so far. @end group @end smallexample @node Inserting Letter, Inserting Messages, Editing Message, Editing Drafts @section Inserting Letter to Which You're Replying @cindex inserting messages @cindex replying to messages @cindex yanking messages @findex mh-yank-cur-msg @kindex C-c C-y @vindex mh-ins-buf-prefix It is often useful to insert a snippet of text from a letter that someone mailed to provide some context for your reply. The command @kbd{C-c C-y} (@code{mh-yank-cur-msg}) does this by adding an attribution, yanking a portion of text from the message to which you're replying, and inserting @code{mh-ins-buf-prefix} (@samp{> }) before each line. @smallexample @group Michael W Thelen wrote: > Hopefully this gives you an idea of what I'm currently doing. I'm not > sure yet whether I'm completely satisfied with my setup, but it's > worked okay for me so far. @end group @end smallexample @vindex mh-extract-from-attribution-verb The attribution consists of the sender's name and email address followed by the content of the option @code{mh-extract-from-attribution-verb}. This option can be set to @samp{wrote:}, @samp{a écrit:}, and @samp{schrieb:}. You can also use the @samp{Custom String} menu item to enter your own verb. @vindex mail-citation-hook @vindex mh-ins-buf-prefix @vindex mh-yank-behavior The prefix @code{"> "} is the default setting for the option @code{mh-ins-buf-prefix}. I suggest that you not modify this option since it is used by many mailers and news readers: messages are far easier to read if several included messages have all been indented by the same string. This prefix is not inserted if you use one of the supercite flavors of @code{mh-yank-behavior} or you have added a @code{mail-citation-hook} as described below. @vindex mh-delete-yanked-msg-window-flag You can also turn on the @code{mh-delete-yanked-msg-window-flag} option to delete the window containing the original message after yanking it to make more room on your screen for your reply. @cindex Emacs, packages, supercite @cindex supercite package @kindex r @vindex mail-citation-hook @vindex mh-yank-behavior You can control how the message to which you are replying is yanked into your reply using @code{mh-yank-behavior}. To include the entire message, including the entire header, use @samp{Body and Header}@footnote{If you'd rather have the header cleaned up, use @kbd{C-u r} instead of @kbd{r} when replying (@pxref{Replying}).}@footnote{In the past you would use this setting and set @code{mail-citation-hook} to @samp{supercite}, but this usage is now deprecated in favor of the @samp{Invoke supercite} setting.}. Use @samp{Body} to yank just the body without the header. To yank only the portion of the message following the point, set this option to @samp{Below Point}. Choose @samp{Invoke supercite}@footnote{@emph{Supercite} is a full-bodied, full-featured, citation package that comes standard with Emacs.} to pass the entire message and header through supercite. @vindex mh-extract-from-attribution-verb If the @samp{Body With Attribution} setting is used, then the message minus the header is yanked and a simple attribution line is added at the top using the value of the option @code{mh-extract-from-attribution-verb}. This is the default. @kindex C-c C-y @vindex mh-delete-yanked-msg-window-flag If the @samp{Invoke supercite} or @samp{Body With Attribution} settings are used, the @samp{-noformat} argument is passed to the @command{repl} program to override a @samp{-filter} or @samp{-format} argument. These settings also have @samp{Automatically} variants that perform the action automatically when you reply so that you don't need to use @kbd{C-c C-y} at all. Note that this automatic action is only performed if the show buffer matches the message being replied to. People who use the automatic variants tend to turn on the option @code{mh-delete-yanked-msg-window-flag} as well so that the show window is never displayed. @vindex mh-yank-behavior If the show buffer has a region, the option @code{mh-yank-behavior} is ignored unless its value is one of @samp{Attribution} variants in which case the attribution is added to the yanked region. @findex trivial-cite @vindex mail-citation-hook @vindex mh-ins-buf-prefix @vindex mh-yank-behavior If this isn't enough, you can gain full control over the appearance of the included text by setting @code{mail-citation-hook} to a function that modifies it. This hook is ignored if the option @code{mh-yank-behavior} is set to one of the supercite flavors. Otherwise, this option controls how much of the message is passed to the hook. The function can find the citation between point and mark and it should leave point and mark around the modified citation text for the next hook function. The standard prefix @code{mh-ins-buf-prefix} is not added if this hook is set. @cindex Emacs, packages, trivial-cite @cindex trivial-cite package @vindex mh-yank-behavior For example, if you use the hook function @uref{http://shasta.cs.uiuc.edu/~lrclause/tc.html, @code{trivial-cite}} (which is NOT part of Emacs), set @code{mh-yank-behavior} to @samp{Body and Header}. @node Inserting Messages, Signature, Inserting Letter, Editing Drafts @section Inserting Messages @cindex inserting messages @findex mh-insert-letter @findex mh-yank-behavior @kindex C-c C-i @vindex mh-ins-buf-prefix @vindex mh-invisible-header-fields-compiled @vindex mh-yank-behavior Messages can be inserted with @kbd{C-c C-i} (@code{mh-insert-letter}). This command prompts you for the folder and message number, which defaults to the current message in that folder. It then inserts the messages, indented by @code{mh-ins-buf-prefix} (@samp{> }) unless @code{mh-yank-behavior} is set to one of the supercite flavors in which case supercite is used to format the message. Certain undesirable header fields (see @code{mh-invisible-header-fields-compiled}) are removed before insertion. If given a prefix argument (like @kbd{C-u C-c C-i}), the header is left intact, the message is not indented, and @samp{> } is not inserted before each line. This command leaves the mark before the letter and point after it. @node Signature, Picture, Inserting Messages, Editing Drafts @section Inserting Your Signature @cindex signature @findex mh-insert-signature @kindex C-c C-s You can insert your signature at the current cursor location with the command @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{mh-insert-signature}). @cindex files, @file{.signature} @cindex @file{.signature} @cindex vCard @vindex mh-signature-file-name By default, the text of your signature is taken from the file @file{~/.signature}. You can read from other sources by changing the option @code{mh-signature-file-name}. This file may contain a @dfn{vCard} in which case an attachment is added with the vCard. @findex mh-signature-separator-p @vindex mh-signature-file-name @vindex mh-signature-separator @vindex mh-signature-separator-regexp The option @code{mh-signature-file-name} may also be a symbol, in which case that function is called. You may not want a signature separator to be added for you; instead you may want to insert one yourself. Options that you may find useful to do this include @code{mh-signature-separator} (when inserting a signature separator) and @code{mh-signature-separator-regexp} (for finding said separator). The function @code{mh-signature-separator-p}, which reports @code{t} if the buffer contains a separator, may be useful as well. @cindex signature separator @vindex mh-signature-separator-flag A signature separator (@code{"-- "}) will be added if the signature block does not contain one and @code{mh-signature-separator-flag} is on. It is not recommended that you change this option since various mail user agents, including MH-E, use the separator to present the signature differently, and to suppress the signature when replying or yanking a letter into a draft. @vindex mh-insert-signature-hook @vindex mh-signature-file-name The hook @code{mh-insert-signature-hook} is run after the signature is inserted. Hook functions may access the actual name of the file or the function used to insert the signature with @code{mh-signature-file-name}. The signature can also be inserted using Identities. @xref{Identities}. @node Picture, Adding Attachments, Signature, Editing Drafts @section Inserting Your Picture @cindex @file{.face} @cindex files, @file{.face} @vindex mh-x-face-file You can insert your picture in the header of your mail message so that recipients see your face in the @samp{From:} header field if their mail user agent is sophisticated enough. In MH-E, this is done by placing your image in the file named by the option @code{mh-x-face-file} which is @file{~/.face} by default. @cindex @samp{Face:} header field @cindex @samp{X-Face:} header field @cindex @samp{X-Image-URL:} header field @cindex header field, @samp{Face:} @cindex header field, @samp{X-Face:} @cindex header field, @samp{X-Image-URL:} If the file starts with either of the strings @samp{X-Face:}, @samp{Face:} or @samp{X-Image-URL:} then the contents are added to the message header verbatim. Otherwise it is assumed that the file contains the value of the @samp{X-Face:} header field. @cindex @command{compface} @cindex Unix commands, @command{compface} The @samp{X-Face:} header field, which is a low-resolution, black and white image, can be generated using the @uref{ftp://ftp.cs.indiana.edu/pub/faces/compface/compface.tar.Z, @command{compface}} command. The @uref{http://www.dairiki.org/xface/, @cite{Online X-Face Converter}} is a useful resource for quick conversion of images into @samp{X-Face:} header fields. Use the @uref{http://quimby.gnus.org/circus/face/make-face, @command{make-face}} script to convert a JPEG image to the higher resolution, color, @samp{Face:} header field. The URL of any image can be used for the @samp{X-Image-URL:} field and no processing of the image is required. @vindex mh-x-face-file To prevent the setting of any of these header fields, either set @code{mh-x-face-file} to @code{nil}, or simply ensure that the file defined by this option doesn't exist. @xref{Viewing}, to see how these header fields are displayed in MH-E. @node Adding Attachments, Sending PGP, Picture, Editing Drafts @section Adding Attachments @cindex @command{mhbuild} @cindex @command{mhn} @cindex MH commands, @command{mhbuild} @cindex MH commands, @command{mhn} @cindex MIME @cindex multimedia mail MH-E has the capability to create multimedia messages. It uses the @sc{mime} (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) protocol@footnote{@sc{mime} is defined in @uref{http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2045.txt, RFC 2045}.} The @sc{mime} protocol allows you to incorporate images, sound, video, binary files, and even commands that fetch a file with @samp{ftp} when your recipient reads the message! @kindex C-c C-m If you were to create a multimedia message with plain MH commands, you would insert @command{mhbuild} or @command{mhn} directives (henceforth called @dfn{MH-style directives} into your draft and use the @command{mhbuild} command in nmh or @command{mhn} command in MH and GNU mailutils to expand them. MH-E works in much the same way, although it provides a handful of commands prefixed with @kbd{C-c C-m} to insert the directives so you don't need to remember the syntax of them. Remember: you can always add MH-style directives by hand@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/usimim.html#SeMIMa, Sending MIME Mail} in the MH book.}. @cindex MIME Meta Language (MML) @cindex MML @vindex mh-compose-insertion In addition to MH-style directives, MH-E also supports MML (@sc{mime} Meta Language) tags@footnote{ @ifinfo @c Although the third argument should default to the @c first, makeinfo goes to the wrong Info file without it being @c different--it seems to be getting our own Composing node. @xref{Composing,,Composing with MML,emacs-mime}. @end ifinfo @ifnotinfo See the section Composing in @uref{http://www.gnus.org/manual/emacs-mime.html, @cite{The Emacs MIME Manual}}. @end ifnotinfo }. The option @code{mh-compose-insertion} can be used to choose between them. By default, this option is set to @samp{MML} if it is supported since it provides a lot more functionality. This option can also be set to @samp{MH} if MH-style directives are preferred. @cindex media types @cindex MIME, media types The MH-E @sc{mime} commands require a @dfn{media type} for each body part or attachment. For example, a PDF document is of type @samp{application/pdf} and an HTML document is of type @samp{text/html}. Some commands fill in the media type for you, whereas others require you to enter one. @cindex @command{file} @cindex @file{/etc/mime.types} @cindex files, @file{/etc/mime.types} @cindex Unix commands, @command{file} @findex mailcap-mime-types In the cases where MH-E can do so, it will determine the media type automatically. It uses the @command{file} command to do this. Failing that, the Emacs function @code{mailcap-mime-types} is used to provide a list from which to choose. This function usually reads the file @file{/etc/mime.types}. Whether the media type is chosen automatically, or you choose it from a list, use the type that seems to match best the file that you are including. In the case of binaries, the media type @samp{application/x-executable} can be useful. If you can't find an appropriate media type, use @samp{text/plain} for text messages and @samp{application/octet-stream} for everything else. @cindex content description @cindex MIME, content description You are also sometimes asked for a @dfn{content description}. This is simply an optional brief phrase, in your own words, that describes the object. If you don't care to enter a content description, just press return and none will be included; however, a reader may skip over multimedia fields unless the content description is compelling. You can also create your own @sc{mime} body parts. In the following example, I describe how you can create and edit a @samp{text/enriched} body part to liven up your plain text messages with boldface, underlining, and italics. I include an Emacs function which inserts enriched text tags. @smalllisp @group (defvar enriched-text-types '(("b" . "bold") ("i" . "italic") ("u" . "underline") ("s" . "smaller") ("B" . "bigger") ("f" . "fixed") ("c" . "center")) "Alist of (final-character . tag) choices for add-enriched-text. Additional types can be found in RFC 1563.") (defun add-enriched-text (begin end) "Add enriched text tags around region. The tag used comes from the list enriched-text-types and is specified by the last keystroke of the command. When called from Lisp, arguments are BEGIN and END@." (interactive "r") ;; @r{Set type to the tag indicated by the last keystroke.} (let ((type (cdr (assoc (char-to-string (logior last-input-char ?@w{`})) enriched-text-types)))) (save-restriction ; @r{restores state from narrow-to-region} (narrow-to-region begin end) ; @r{narrow view to region} (goto-char (point-min)) ; @r{move to beginning of text} (insert "<" type ">") ; @r{insert beginning tag} (goto-char (point-max)) ; @r{move to end of text} (insert "")))) ; @r{insert terminating tag} @i{Emacs function for entering enriched text} @end group @end smalllisp To use the function @code{add-enriched-text}, first add it to @file{~/.emacs} and create key bindings for it (@pxref{Composing}). Then, in your plain text message, set the mark with @kbd{C-@@} or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}, type in the text to be highlighted, and type @kbd{C-c t b}. This adds @samp{} where you set the mark and adds @samp{} at the location of your cursor, giving you something like: @samp{You should be very}. Before sending this message, use @kbd{C-c C-m C-m} (@code{mh-mml-to-mime})@footnote{Use @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{mh-mh-to-mime}) if you're using MH-style directives.} to add MIME header fields. Then replace @samp{text/plain} with @samp{text/enriched} in the @samp{Content-Type:} header field. You may also be interested in investigating @code{sgml-mode}. @subheading Including Files @cindex attachments, inserting @cindex images @cindex MIME, images @cindex MIME, sound @cindex MIME, video @cindex sound @cindex video @findex mh-compose-insertion @kindex C-c C-m C-i @kindex C-c C-m i @vindex mh-compose-insertion Binaries, images, sound, and video can be inserted in your message with the command @kbd{C-c C-m C-i} (@code{mh-compose-insertion}). You are prompted for the filename containing the object, the media type if it cannot be determined automatically, and a content description. If you're using MH-style directives, you will also be prompted for additional attributes. @subheading Forwarding Multimedia Messages @findex mh-compose-forward @kindex C-c C-m C-f @kindex C-c C-m f Mail may be forwarded with @sc{mime} using the command @kbd{C-c C-m C-f} (@code{mh-compose-forward}). You are prompted for a content description, the name of the folder in which the messages to forward are located, and a range of messages, which defaults to the current message in that folder. @xref{Ranges}. @subheading Including an FTP Reference @cindex @command{ftp} @cindex MIME, @command{ftp} @cindex Unix commands, @command{ftp} @findex mh-mh-compose-anon-ftp @kindex C-c C-m C-g @kindex C-c C-m g You can have your message initiate an @command{ftp} transfer when the recipient reads the message. To do this, use the command @kbd{C-c C-m C-g} (@code{mh-mh-compose-anon-ftp}). You are prompted for the remote host and filename, the media type, and the content description. @subheading Including tar Files @cindex @command{ftp} @cindex @command{tar} @cindex MIME, @command{ftp} @cindex MIME, @command{tar} @cindex Unix commands, @command{ftp} @cindex Unix commands, @command{tar} @findex mh-mh-compose-anon-ftp @findex mh-mh-compose-external-compressed-tar @kindex C-c C-m C-g @kindex C-c C-m C-t @kindex C-c C-m t If the remote file is a compressed tar file, you can use @kbd{C-c C-m C-t} (@code{mh-mh-compose-external-compressed-tar}). Then, in addition to retrieving the file via anonymous @emph{ftp} as per the command @kbd{C-c C-m C-g} (@code{mh-mh-compose-anon-ftp}), the file will also be uncompressed and untarred. You are prompted for the remote host and filename and the content description. @subheading Including Other External Files @findex mh-mh-compose-external-type @kindex C-c C-m C-x @kindex C-c C-m x The command @kbd{C-c C-m C-x} (@code{mh-mh-compose-external-type}) is a general utility for referencing external files. In fact, all of the other commands that insert tags to access external files call this command. You are prompted for the access type, remote host and filename, and content type. If you provide a prefix argument, you are also prompted for a content description, attributes, parameters, and a comment. @subheading Previewing Multimedia Messages When you are finished editing a @sc{mime} message, it might look like this: @cartouche @smallexample 3 t08/24 root received fax files on Wed Aug 24 11:00: 4+t08/24 To:wohler Test< <#/part> --:** @{draft@} All L8 (MH-Letter)---------------------------------- @end smallexample @end cartouche @i{MH-E @sc{mime} draft} @findex mh-mml-to-mime @kindex C-c C-m C-m @kindex C-c C-m m Typically, you send a message with attachments just like any other message (@pxref{Sending Message}). @findex mh-mml-to-mime @kindex C-c C-m C-m However, you may take a sneak preview of the @sc{mime} encoding if you wish by running the command @kbd{C-c C-m C-m} (@code{mh-mml-to-mime}). The following screen shows the @sc{mime} encoding specified by the tags. You can see why mail user agents are usually built to hide these details from the user. @cartouche @smallexample To: wohler cc: Subject: Test of MIME X-Mailer: MH-E 8.1; nmh 1.1; GNU Emacs 23.1 MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: multipart/mixed; boundary="=-=-=" -------- --=-=-= Here is the SETI@@Home logo: --=-=-= Content-Type: image/x-xpm Content-Disposition: inline; filename=setiathome.xpm Content-Transfer-Encoding: base64 Content-Description: SETI@@home logo LyogWFBNICovCnN0YXRpYyBjaGFyICogc2V0aWF0aG9tZV94cG1bXSA9IHsKIjQ1IDQ1IDc2N --:-- @{draft@} Top L1 (MH-Letter)---------------------------------- @end smallexample @end cartouche @i{MH-E @sc{mime} draft ready to send} @cindex undo effects of mh-mml-to-mime This action can be undone by running @kbd{C-_} (@code{undo}). @cindex @command{mhbuild} @cindex @command{mhn} @cindex MH commands, @command{mhbuild} @cindex MH commands, @command{mhn} @cindex undo effects of mh-mh-to-mime @findex mh-mh-to-mime @findex mh-mh-to-mime-undo @kindex C-c C-e @kindex C-c C-m C-m @kindex C-c C-m C-u @kindex C-c C-m u If you're using MH-style directives, use @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{mh-mh-to-mime}) instead of @kbd{C-c C-m C-m}. This runs the command @command{mhbuild} (@command{mhn}) on the message which expands the tags@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/usimim.html#SeMIMa, Sending MIME Mail} in the MH book.}. This action can be undone by running @kbd{C-c C-m C-u} (@code{mh-mh-to-mime-undo}), which works by reverting to a backup file. You are prompted to confirm this action, but you can avoid the confirmation by adding an argument (for example, @kbd{C-u C-c C-m C-u}). @kindex C-c C-e @vindex mh-mh-to-mime-args If you wish to pass additional arguments to @command{mhbuild} (@command{mhn}) to affect how it builds your message, use the option @code{mh-mh-to-mime-args}. For example, you can build a consistency check into the message by setting @code{mh-mh-to-mime-args} to @samp{-check}. The recipient of your message can then run @samp{mhbuild -check} on the message---@command{mhbuild} (@command{mhn}) will complain if the message has been corrupted on the way. The command @kbd{C-c C-e} only consults this option when given a prefix argument (as in @kbd{C-u C-c C-e}). @kindex C-c C-e @vindex mh-mh-to-mime-hook The hook @code{mh-mh-to-mime-hook} is called after the message has been formatted by @kbd{C-c C-e}. @node Sending PGP, Checking Recipients, Adding Attachments, Editing Drafts @section Signing and Encrypting Messages @cindex signing messages @cindex encrypting messages @cindex RFC 3156 MH-E can sign and encrypt messages as defined in @uref{http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc3156.txt, RFC 3156}. If you should choose to sign or encrypt your message, use one of the following commands to do so any time before sending your message. @findex mh-mml-secure-message-encrypt @findex mh-mml-secure-message-sign @findex mh-mml-secure-message-signencrypt @kindex C-c C-m C-e @kindex C-c C-m C-s @kindex C-c C-m e e @kindex C-c C-m e s @kindex C-c C-m s e @kindex C-c C-m s s The command @kbd{C-c C-m C-s} (@code{mh-mml-secure-message-sign}) inserts the following tag: @smallexample <#secure method=pgpmime mode=sign> @end smallexample This is used to sign your message digitally. Likewise, the command @kbd{C-c C-m C-e} (@code{mh-mml-secure-message-encrypt}) inserts the following tag: @smallexample <#secure method=pgpmime mode=encrypt> @end smallexample This is used to encrypt your message. Finally, the command @kbd{C-c C-m s e} (@code{mh-mml-secure-message-signencrypt}) inserts the following tag: @smallexample <#secure method=pgpmime mode=signencrypt> @end smallexample @findex mh-mml-unsecure-message @kindex C-c C-m C-n @kindex C-c C-m n @vindex mh-mml-method-default This is used to sign and encrypt your message. In each of these cases, a proper multipart message is created for you when you send the message. Use the command @kbd{C-c C-m C-n} (@code{mh-mml-unsecure-message}) to remove these tags. Use a prefix argument (as in @kbd{C-u C-c C-m s e}) to be prompted for one of the possible security methods (see @code{mh-mml-method-default}). @vindex mh-mml-method-default The option @code{mh-mml-method-default} is used to select between a variety of mail security mechanisms. The default is @samp{PGP (MIME)} if it is supported; otherwise, the default is @samp{None}. Other mechanisms include vanilla @samp{PGP} and @samp{S/MIME}. @cindex @samp{pgg} customization group @cindex PGG @cindex customization group, @samp{pgg} The @samp{pgg} customization group may have some settings which may interest you. @iftex See @cite{The PGG Manual}. @end iftex @ifinfo @xref{Top, , The PGG Manual, pgg, The PGG Manual}. @end ifinfo @ifhtml See @uref{http://www.dk.xemacs.org/Documentation/packages/html/pgg.html, @cite{The PGG Manual}}. @end ifhtml @cindex header field, @samp{Fcc:} @cindex @samp{Fcc:} header field @vindex pgg-encrypt-for-me In particular, I turn on the option @code{pgg-encrypt-for-me} so that all messages I encrypt are encrypted with my public key as well. If you keep a copy of all of your outgoing mail with a @samp{Fcc:} header field, this setting is vital so that you can read the mail you write! @node Checking Recipients, Sending Message, Sending PGP, Editing Drafts @section Checking Recipients @cindex @samp{*MH-E Recipients*} @cindex @command{whom} @cindex MH commands, @command{whom} @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Recipients*} @cindex checking recipients @cindex recipients, checking @findex mh-check-whom @kindex C-c C-w The command @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{mh-check-whom}) expands aliases so you can check the actual address(es) in the alias. A new buffer named @samp{*MH-E Recipients*} is created with the output of @command{whom} (@pxref{Miscellaneous})@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/senove.html#WhaPro, What now?---and the whatnow Program} in the MH book.}. @node Sending Message, Killing Draft, Checking Recipients, Editing Drafts @section Sending a Message @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Mail Delivery*} @cindex @samp{*MH-E Mail Delivery*} @cindex sending mail @findex mh-send-letter @kindex C-c C-c When you are all through editing a message, you send it with the command @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{mh-send-letter}). You can give a prefix argument (as in @kbd{C-u C-c C-c}) to monitor the first stage of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called @samp{*MH-E Mail Delivery*} (@pxref{Miscellaneous}). @cindex sending mail @cindex spell check @findex ispell-message @kindex C-c C-c @vindex mh-before-send-letter-hook The hook @code{mh-before-send-letter-hook} is run at the beginning of the command @kbd{C-c C-c}. For example, if you want to check your spelling in your message before sending, add the function @code{ispell-message}. @cindex @command{send} @cindex MH commands, @command{send} @vindex mh-send-prog In case the MH @command{send} program@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/sensen.html, Sending Some Mail: comp send} in the MH book.} is installed under a different name, use @code{mh-send-prog} to tell MH-E the name. The hook @code{mh-annotate-msg-hook} is run after annotating the message and scan line (@pxref{Sending Mail}). @node Killing Draft, , Sending Message, Editing Drafts @section Killing the Draft @cindex killing draft @findex kill-buffer @findex mh-fully-kill-draft @kindex C-c C-q @kindex C-x k If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use the command @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{mh-fully-kill-draft}) to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft message. Use the command @kbd{C-x k} (@code{kill-buffer}) if you don't want to delete the draft message. @node Aliases, Identities, Editing Drafts, Top @chapter Aliases @cindex aliases MH aliases are used in the same way in MH-E as they are in MH@. Any alias listed as a recipient will be expanded when the message is sent. This chapter discusses other things you can do with aliases in MH-E. @cindex MH-Letter mode @cindex modes, MH-Letter The following commands are available in MH-Letter mode with the exception of @code{mh-alias-reload} which can be called from anywhere. @table @kbd @kindex @key{SPC} @findex mh-letter-complete-or-space @item @key{SPC} Perform completion or insert space (@code{mh-letter-complete-or-space}). @c ------------------------- @kindex M-@key{TAB} @findex mh-letter-complete @item M-@key{TAB} Perform completion on header field or word preceding point (@code{mh-letter-complete}). @c ------------------------- @findex mh-alias-apropos @item mh-alias-apropos Show all aliases or addresses that match a regular expression. @c ------------------------- @findex mh-alias-grab-from-field @item mh-alias-grab-from-field Add alias for the sender of the current message @c ------------------------- @findex mh-alias-reload @item mh-alias-reload Reload MH aliases. @end table @cindex @samp{mh-alias} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-alias} The @samp{mh-alias} customization group contains options associated with aliases. @vtable @code @item mh-alias-completion-ignore-case-flag On means don't consider case significant in MH alias completion (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-alias-expand-aliases-flag On means to expand aliases entered in the minibuffer (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-alias-flash-on-comma Specify whether to flash address or warn on translation (default: @samp{Flash but Don't Warn If No Alias}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-alias-insert-file Filename used to store a new MH-E alias (default: @samp{Use Aliasfile Profile Component}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-alias-insertion-location Specifies where new aliases are entered in alias files (default: @samp{Alphabetical}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-alias-local-users If @samp{on}, local users are added to alias completion (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-alias-local-users-prefix String prefixed to the real names of users from the password file (default: @code{"local."}. @c ------------------------- @item mh-alias-passwd-gecos-comma-separator-flag On means the GECOS field in the password file uses a comma separator (default: @samp{on}). @end vtable The following hook is available. @vtable @code @item mh-alias-reloaded-hook Hook run by @code{mh-alias-reload} after loading aliases (default: @code{nil}). @end vtable @subheading Adding Addresses to Draft You can use aliases when you are adding recipients to a message. @findex minibuffer-complete @kindex @key{TAB} @vindex mh-alias-expand-aliases-flag @vindex mh-compose-prompt-flag In order to use minibuffer prompting for recipients and the subject line in the minibuffer, turn on the option @code{mh-compose-prompt-flag} (@pxref{Composing}), and use the @key{TAB} (@code{minibuffer-complete}) command to complete aliases (and optionally local logins) when prompted for the recipients. Turn on the option @code{mh-alias-expand-aliases-flag} if you want these aliases to be expanded to their respective addresses in the draft. @findex mh-letter-complete @findex mh-letter-complete-or-space @kindex @key{SPC} @kindex M-@key{TAB} Otherwise, you can complete aliases in the header of the draft with @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{mh-letter-complete}) or @key{SPC} (@code{mh-letter-complete-or-space}). @vindex mh-alias-completion-ignore-case-flag As MH ignores case in the aliases, so too does MH-E@. However, you may turn off the option @code{mh-alias-completion-ignore-case-flag} to make case significant which can be used to segregate completion of your aliases. You might use uppercase for mailing lists and lowercase for people. For example, you might have: @smallexample mark.baushke: Mark Baushke MH-E: MH-E Mailing List @end smallexample When this option is turned off, if you were to type @kbd{M} in the @samp{To:} field and then @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}, then you'd get the list; if you started with @kbd{m} and then entered @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}, then you'd get Mark's address. Note that this option affects completion only. If you were to enter @kbd{Mark.Baushke}, it would still be identified with your @samp{mark.baushke} alias. @findex mh-alias-minibuffer-confirm-address @findex mh-letter-confirm-address @vindex mh-alias-flash-on-comma @vindex mh-compose-prompt-flag To verify that the alias you've entered is valid, the alias will be displayed in the minibuffer when you type a comma (@code{mh-letter-confirm-address} or @code{mh-alias-minibuffer-confirm-address} if the option @code{mh-compose-prompt-flag} is turned on). @xref{Composing}. This behavior can be controlled with the option @code{mh-alias-flash-on-comma} which provides three choices: @samp{Flash but Don't Warn If No Alias}, @samp{Flash and Warn If No Alias}, and @samp{Don't Flash Nor Warn If No Alias}. For another way to verify the alias expansion, see @ref{Checking Recipients}. @subheading Loading Aliases @cindex @command{ali} @cindex @file{/etc/nmh/MailAliases} @cindex @samp{Aliasfile:} MH profile component @cindex MH commands, @command{ali} @cindex MH profile component, @samp{Aliasfile:} @cindex files, @file{/etc/nmh/MailAliases} MH-E loads aliases for completion and folder name hints from various places. It uses the MH command @command{ali}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/mh.html, MH Aliases} in the MH book.} to read aliases from the files listed in the profile component @samp{Aliasfile:} as well as system-wide aliases (for example, @file{/etc/nmh/MailAliases}). @cindex @file{/etc/passwd} @cindex files, @file{/etc/passwd} In addition, aliases are created from @file{/etc/passwd} entries with a user ID larger than a magical number, typically 200. This can be a handy tool on a machine where you and co-workers exchange messages. These aliases have the form @samp{local.@var{first.last}} if a real name is present in the password file. Otherwise, the alias will have the form @samp{local.@var{login}}. @vindex mh-alias-local-users-prefix The prefix @samp{local.} can be modified via the option @code{mh-alias-local-users-prefix}. This option can also be set to @samp{Use Login}. For example, consider the following password file entry: @smallexample psg:x:1000:1000:Peter S Galbraith,,,:/home/psg:/bin/tcsh @end smallexample @vindex mh-alias-local-users-prefix The following settings of option @code{mh-alias-local-users-prefix} will produce the associated aliases: @table @code @item "local." local.peter.galbraith @c ------------------------- @item "" peter.galbraith @c ------------------------- @item Use Login psg @end table @vindex mh-alias-passwd-gecos-comma-separator-flag In the example above, commas are used to separate different values within the so-called GECOS field. This is a fairly common usage. However, in the rare case that the GECOS field in your password file is not separated by commas and whose contents may contain commas, you can turn the option @code{mh-alias-passwd-gecos-comma-separator-flag} off. @cindex NIS, obtaining local aliases from @cindex @samp{ypcat passwd} @vindex mh-alias-local-users If you're on a system with thousands of users you don't know, and the loading of local aliases slows MH-E down noticeably, then the local alias feature can be disabled by turning off the option @code{mh-alias-local-users}. This option also takes a string which is executed to generate the password file. For example, use @samp{ypcat passwd} to obtain the NIS password file. @findex mh-alias-reload @kindex M-x mh-alias-reload @vindex mh-alias-reloaded-hook Since aliases are updated frequently, MH-E reloads aliases automatically whenever an alias lookup occurs if an alias source has changed. However, you can reload your aliases manually by calling the command @kbd{M-x mh-alias-reload} directly. This command runs @code{mh-alias-reloaded-hook} after the aliases have been loaded. @subheading Adding Aliases In the past, you have manually added aliases to your alias file(s) listed in your @samp{Aliasfile:} profile component. MH-E provides other methods for maintaining your alias file(s). @findex mh-alias-add-alias @kindex M-x mh-alias-add-alias You can use the @kbd{M-x mh-alias-add-alias} command which will prompt you for the alias and address that you would like to add. If the alias exists already, you will have the choice of inserting the new alias before or after the old alias. In the former case, this alias will be used when sending mail to this alias. In the latter case, the alias serves as an additional folder name hint when filing messages (@pxref{Folder Selection}). Earlier, the alias prefix @samp{local} was presented. You can use other prefixes to organize your aliases or disambiguate entries. You might use prefixes for locales, jobs, or activities. For example, I have: @smallexample @group ; Work attensity.don.mitchell: Don Mitchell isharp.don.mitchell: Don Mitchell ... ; Sport diving.ken.mayer: Ken Mayer sailing.mike.maloney: Mike Maloney ... ; Personal ariane.kolkmann: Ariane Kolkmann ... @end group @end smallexample Using prefixes instead of postfixes helps you explore aliases during completion. If you forget the name of an old dive buddy, you can enter @samp{div} and then @key{SPC} to get a listing of all your dive buddies. @kindex M-x mh-alias-add-address-under-point @kindex M-x mh-alias-grab-from-field An alias for the sender of the current message is added automatically by clicking on the @samp{Grab From alias} tool bar button or by running the @kbd{M-x mh-alias-grab-from-field} command. Aliases for other recipients of the current message are added by placing your cursor over the desired recipient and giving the @kbd{M-x mh-alias-add-address-under-point} command. @vindex mh-alias-insert-file @vindex mh-alias-insertion-location The options @code{mh-alias-insert-file} and @code{mh-alias-insertion-location} controls how and where these aliases are inserted. @vindex mh-alias-insert-file The default setting of option @code{mh-alias-insert-file} is @samp{Use Aliasfile Profile Component}. This option can also hold the name of a file or a list a file names. If this option is set to a list of file names, or the @samp{Aliasfile:} profile component contains more than one file name, MH-E will prompt for one of them. @vindex mh-alias-insertion-location The option @code{mh-alias-insertion-location} is set to @samp{Alphabetical} by default. If you organize your alias file in other ways, then the settings @samp{Top} and @samp{Bottom} might be more appropriate. @subheading Querying Aliases @cindex regular expressions, @code{mh-alias-apropos} @findex mh-alias-apropos @kindex M-x mh-alias-apropos If you can't quite remember an alias, you can use @kbd{M-x mh-alias-apropos} to show all aliases or addresses that match a regular expression @ifnothtml (@pxref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). @end ifnothtml @ifhtml (see the section @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Regexps.html, Syntax of Regular Expressions} in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}). @end ifhtml @node Identities, Speedbar, Aliases, Top @chapter Identities @cindex identities @cindex multiple personalities MH-E supports the concept of multiple personalities or identities. This means that you can easily have a different header and signature at home and at work. @cindex @samp{Identity} menu @cindex menu, @samp{Identity} A couple of commands are used to insert identities in MH-Letter mode which are also found in the @samp{Identity} menu. @table @kbd @kindex C-c C-d @findex mh-insert-identity @item C-c C-d Insert fields specified by given identity (@code{mh-insert-identity}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Identity > Insert Auto Fields} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Identity > Insert Auto Fields} @kindex C-c M-d @findex mh-insert-auto-fields @item C-c M-d Insert custom fields if recipient found in @code{mh-auto-fields-list} (@code{mh-insert-auto-fields}). @end table @cindex @samp{mh-identity} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-identity} The @samp{mh-identity} customization group contains the following options. @vtable @code @item mh-auto-fields-list List of recipients for which header lines are automatically inserted (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag On means to prompt before sending if fields inserted (default: @samp{on}) @c ------------------------- @item mh-identity-default Default identity to use when @code{mh-letter-mode} is called (default: @samp{None}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-identity-handlers Handler functions for fields in @code{mh-identity-list}. @c ------------------------- @item mh-identity-list List of identities (default: @code{nil}). @end vtable Some of the common header fields that people change depending on the context are the @samp{From:} and @samp{Organization:} fields, as well as the signature. @vindex mh-identity-list This is done by customizing the option @code{mh-identity-list}. In the customization buffer for this option, click on the @samp{INS} button and enter a label such as @samp{Home} or @samp{Work}. Then click on the @samp{INS} button with the label @samp{Add at least one item below}. The @samp{Value Menu} has the following menu items: @table @samp @cindex header field, @samp{From:} @cindex @samp{From:} header field @item From Field Specify an alternate @samp{From:} header field. You must include a valid email address. A standard format is @samp{First Last }. If you use an initial with a period, then you must quote your name as in @samp{"First I. Last" }. @c ------------------------- @cindex header field, @samp{Organization:} @cindex @samp{Organization:} header field @item Organization Field People usually list the name of the company where they work here. @c ------------------------- @item Other Field Set any arbitrary header field and value here. Unless the header field is a standard one, precede the name of your field's label with @samp{X-}, as in @samp{X-Fruit-of-the-Day:}. @c ------------------------- @item Attribution Verb This value overrides the setting of @code{mh-extract-from-attribution-verb}. @xref{Inserting Letter}. @c ------------------------- @cindex signature @vindex mh-signature-file-name @item Signature Set your signature with this item. You can specify the contents of @code{mh-signature-file-name}, a file, or a function. @xref{Signature}. @c ------------------------- @item GPG Key ID Specify a different key to sign or encrypt messages. @end table @cindex Identity menu @cindex menu, Identity @findex mh-insert-identity @kindex C-c C-d You can select the identities you have added via the menu called @samp{Identity} in the MH-Letter buffer. You can also use @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{mh-insert-identity}). To clear the fields and signature added by the identity, select the @samp{None} identity. @cindex menu item, @samp{Identity > Customize Identities} @cindex menu item, @samp{Identity > Save as Default} @cindex menu item, @samp{Identity > Set Default for Session} @cindex @samp{Identity > Customize Identities} menu item @cindex @samp{Identity > Save as Default} menu item @cindex @samp{Identity > Set Default for Session} menu item @vindex mh-identity-default The @samp{Identity} menu contains two other items to save you from having to set the identity on every message. The menu item @samp{Set Default for Session} can be used to set the default identity to the current identity until you exit Emacs. The menu item @samp{Save as Default} sets the option @code{mh-identity-default} to the current identity setting. You can also customize the option @code{mh-identity-default} in the usual fashion. If you find that you need to add another identity, the menu item @samp{Customize Identities} is available for your convenience. @cindex regular expressions, @code{mh-auto-fields-list} @vindex mh-auto-fields-list The option @code{mh-auto-fields-list} can also be used to set the identity depending on the recipient to provide even more control. To customize @code{mh-auto-fields-list}, click on the @samp{INS} button and enter a regular expression for the recipient's address @ifnothtml (@pxref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). @end ifnothtml @ifhtml (see the section @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Regexps.html, Syntax of Regular Expressions} in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}). @end ifhtml Click on the @samp{INS} button with the @samp{Add at least one item below} label. The @samp{Value Menu} contains the following menu items: @table @samp @item Identity Select an identity from those configured in @code{mh-identity-list}. All of the information for that identity will be added if the recipient matches. @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Fcc:} header field @cindex header field, @samp{Fcc:} @item Fcc Field Insert an @samp{Fcc:} header field with the folder you provide. When you send the message, MH will put a copy of your message in this folder. @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Mail-Followup-To:} header field @cindex header field, @samp{Mail-Followup-To:} @item Mail-Followup-To Field Insert an @samp{Mail-Followup-To:} header field with the recipients you provide. If the recipient's mail user agent supports this header field@footnote{@samp{Mail-Followup-To:} is supported by nmh.}, then their replies will go to the addresses listed. This is useful if their replies go both to the list and to you and you don't have a mechanism to suppress duplicates. If you reply to someone not on the list, you must either remove the @samp{Mail-Followup-To:} field, or ensure the recipient is also listed there so that he receives replies to your reply. @c ------------------------- @item Other Field Other header fields may be added using this menu item. @end table @findex mh-insert-auto-fields @kindex C-c M-d @vindex mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag These fields can only be added after the recipient is known. Because you can continue to add recipients as you edit the draft, MH-E waits until the message is sent to perform the auto-insertions. This seems strange at first, but you'll get used to it. There are two ways to help you feel that the desired fields are added. The first is the action when the message is sent: if any fields are added automatically, you are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation by turning off the option @code{mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag}. The second method is manual: once the header contains one or more recipients, you may run the command @kbd{C-c M-d} (@code{mh-insert-auto-fields}) or choose the @samp{Identity -> Insert Auto Fields} menu item to insert these fields manually. However, if you use this command, the automatic insertion when the message is sent is disabled. @vindex mh-auto-fields-list @vindex mh-identity-list You should avoid using the same header field in @code{mh-auto-fields-list} and @code{mh-identity-list} definitions that may apply to the same message as the result is undefined. @vindex mh-identity-handlers @vindex mh-identity-list The option @code{mh-identity-handlers} is used to change the way that fields, signatures, and attributions in @code{mh-identity-list} are added. To customize @code{mh-identity-handlers}, replace the name of an existing handler function associated with the field you want to change with the name of a function you have written. You can also click on an @samp{INS} button and insert a field of your choice and the name of the function you have written to handle it. @vindex mh-identity-list The @samp{Field} field can be any field that you've used in your @code{mh-identity-list}. The special fields @samp{:attribution-verb}, @samp{:signature}, or @samp{:pgg-default-user-id} are used for the @code{mh-identity-list} choices @samp{Attribution Verb}, @samp{Signature}, and @samp{GPG Key ID} respectively. The handler associated with the @samp{:default} field is used when no other field matches. The handler functions are passed two or three arguments: the field itself (for example, @samp{From}), or one of the special fields (for example, @samp{:signature}), and the action @samp{'remove} or @samp{'add}. If the action is @samp{'add}, an additional argument containing the value for the field is given. @node Speedbar, Menu Bar, Identities, Top @chapter The Speedbar @cindex folder navigation @cindex speedbar @findex mh-visit-folder @kindex F v @kindex M-x speedbar @kindex Mouse-2 You can also use the speedbar @ifnothtml (@pxref{Speedbar, , Speedbar Frames, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual},) @end ifnothtml @ifhtml (see the section @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Speedbar.html, Speedbar Frames} in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}) @end ifhtml to view your folders. To bring up the speedbar, run @kbd{M-x speedbar @key{RET}}. You will see a new frame appear with all of your MH folders. Folders with unseen messages appear in boldface. Click on a folder name with @kbd{Mouse-2} to visit that folder in a similar fashion to the command @kbd{F v} (@code{mh-visit-folder}) (@pxref{Folders}). Click on the @samp{+} icon to expand and view the sub-folders of that folder. The speedbar can be manipulated with the keyboard as well. Use the Emacs navigational keys (like the arrow keys, or @kbd{C-n}) to move the cursor over the desired folder and then use the shortcuts for the menu items listed in the table below. @table @samp @findex mh-speed-view @item Visit Folder (@key{RET}) Visits the selected folder just as if you had used @kbd{F v} (@code{mh-speed-view}). @c ------------------------- @findex mh-speed-expand-folder @item Expand Nested Folders (@kbd{+}) Expands the selected folder in the speedbar, exposing the children folders inside it (@code{mh-speed-expand-folder}). @c ------------------------- @findex mh-speed-contract-folder @item Contract Nested Folders (@kbd{-}) Contracts or collapses the selected folder in the speedbar, hiding the children folders inside it (@code{mh-speed-contract-folder}). @c ------------------------- @findex mh-speed-refresh @item Refresh Speedbar (@kbd{r}) Regenerates the list of folders in the speedbar. Run this command if you've added or deleted a folder, or want to update the unseen message count before the next automatic update (@code{mh-speed-refresh}). @end table @findex delete-frame @kindex C-x 5 0 @kindex Mouse-3 You can click on @kbd{Mouse-3} to bring up a context menu that contains these items. Dismiss the speedbar with @kbd{C-x 5 0} (@code{delete-frame}). @cindex @command{flists} @cindex MH commands, @command{flists} @cindex @samp{mh-speedbar} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-speedbar} The MH-E speedbar uses the MH command @command{flists}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/morseq.html#flist, Searching for Sequences with flist} in the MH book.} to generate the list of folders. The @samp{mh-speedbar} customization group contains the following option which controls how often the speedbar calls @command{flists}. @vtable @code @item mh-speed-update-interval Time between speedbar updates in seconds (default: 60). Set to 0 to disable automatic update. @end vtable You can modify the appearance of the folders in the speedbar by customizing the following faces. @vtable @code @item mh-speedbar-folder Basic folder face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-speedbar-folder-with-unseen-messages Folder face when folder contains unread messages. @c ------------------------- @item mh-speedbar-selected-folder Selected folder face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-speedbar-selected-folder-with-unseen-messages Selected folder face when folder contains unread messages. @end vtable @node Menu Bar, Tool Bar, Speedbar, Top @chapter The Menu Bar @cindex @samp{Folder} menu @cindex @samp{Identity} menu @cindex @samp{Letter} menu @cindex @samp{Message} menu @cindex @samp{Search} menu @cindex @samp{Sequence} menu @cindex Folder menu @cindex Identity menu @cindex Letter menu @cindex MH-Folder mode @cindex MH-Letter mode @cindex MH-Search mode @cindex Message menu @cindex Search menu @cindex Sequence menu @cindex menu bar @cindex menu, Folder @cindex menu, Identity @cindex menu, Letter @cindex menu, Message @cindex menu, Search @cindex menu, Sequence @cindex menu, @samp{Folder} @cindex menu, @samp{Identity} @cindex menu, @samp{Letter} @cindex menu, @samp{Message} @cindex menu, @samp{Search} @cindex menu, @samp{Sequence} @cindex modes, MH-Folder @cindex modes, MH-Letter @cindex modes, MH-Search For those of you who prefer to mouse and menu instead of using the meta-coke-bottle-bucky keys, MH-E provides menu items for most of its functions. The MH-Folder buffer adds the @samp{Folder}, @samp{Message}, and @samp{Sequence} menus. The MH-Letter buffer adds the @samp{Identity} and @samp{Letter} menus. The MH-Search buffer adds the @samp{Search} menu. There's no need to list the actual items here, as you can more easily see them for yourself, and the functions are already described elsewhere in this manual. For a description of the menu bar, please @ifnothtml @xref{Menu Bar, , The Menu Bar, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifnothtml @ifhtml see the section @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Menu-Bar.html, The Menu Bar} in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifhtml The Emacs manual describes how to get online help for a particular menu item. You can also look up a menu item in the index of this manual in two ways: all of the menu items are listed alphabetically, and you can also browse all of the items under the index entry @samp{menu item}. @node Tool Bar, Searching, Menu Bar, Top @chapter The Tool Bar @cindex tool bar Emacs also provides a graphical tool bar. For a description of the tool bar, please @ifnothtml @xref{Tool Bars, , Tool Bars, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifnothtml @ifhtml see the section @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Tool-Bars.html, Tool Bars} in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifhtml @cindex @samp{mh-tool-bar} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-tool-bar} MH-E adds several icons to this tool bar; you can modify the MH-E aspects of the tool bar via the @samp{mh-tool-bar} customization group. @vtable @code @item mh-tool-bar-folder-buttons List of buttons to include in MH-Folder tool bar (default: a checklist too long to list here). @c ------------------------- @item mh-tool-bar-letter-buttons List of buttons to include in MH-Letter tool bar (default: a checklist too long to list here). @c ------------------------- @item mh-tool-bar-search-function Function called by the tool bar search button (default: @code{mh-search}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-xemacs-tool-bar-position Tool bar location (default: @samp{Same As Default Tool Bar}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-xemacs-use-tool-bar-flag If @samp{on}, use tool bar (default: @samp{on}, if supported). @end vtable In GNU Emacs, icons for some of MH-E's functions are added to the tool bar. In XEmacs, you have the opportunity to create a separate tool bar for the MH-E icons. @vindex mh-tool-bar-folder-buttons @vindex mh-tool-bar-letter-buttons In either case, you can select which of these functions you'd like to see by customizing the options @code{mh-tool-bar-folder-buttons} and @code{mh-tool-bar-letter-buttons}. As you probably guessed, the former customizes the tool bar in MH-Folder mode and the latter in MH-Letter mode. Both of these options present you with a list of functions; check the functions whose icons you want to see and clear the check boxes for those you don't. @findex mh-search @vindex mh-tool-bar-search-function The function associated with the searching icon can be set via the option @code{mh-tool-bar-search-function}. By default, this is set to @code{mh-search}. @xref{Searching}. You can also choose @samp{Other Function} from the @samp{Value Menu} and enter a function of your own choosing. @vindex mh-xemacs-use-tool-bar-flag XEmacs provides a couple of extra options. The first, @code{mh-xemacs-use-tool-bar-flag}, controls whether to show the MH-E icons at all. By default, this option is turned on if the window system supports tool bars. If your system doesn't support tool bars, then you won't be able to turn on this option. @vindex mh-xemacs-tool-bar-position The second extra option is @code{mh-xemacs-tool-bar-position} which controls the placement of the tool bar along the four edges of the frame. You can choose from one of @samp{Same As Default Tool Bar}, @samp{Top}, @samp{Bottom}, @samp{Left}, or @samp{Right}. If this variable is set to anything other than @samp{Same As Default Tool Bar} and the default tool bar is in a different location, then two tool bars will be displayed: the MH-E tool bar and the default tool bar. @node Searching, Threading, Tool Bar, Top @chapter Searching Through Messages @cindex @samp{Search} menu @cindex menu, @samp{Search} @cindex searching @findex mh-search @kindex F s Earlier, the command @kbd{F s} (@code{mh-search}) was introduced which helps you find messages that lie buried in your folders (@pxref{Folders}). This chapter covers this command in more detail. Several commands are used to compose the search criteria and to start searching. A couple of them can be found in the @samp{Search} menu. @table @kbd @kindex C-c ? @findex mh-help @item C-c ? Display cheat sheet for the MH-E commands (@code{mh-help}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Search > Perform Search} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Search > Perform Search} @kindex C-c C-c @findex mh-index-do-search @item C-c C-c Find messages using @code{mh-search-program} (@code{mh-index-do-search}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Search > Search with pick} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Search > Search with pick} @kindex C-c C-p @findex mh-pick-do-search @item C-c C-p Find messages using @command{pick} (@code{mh-pick-do-search}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c ? @findex mh-help @item C-c ? Display cheat sheet for the MH-E commands (@code{mh-help}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-a @kindex C-c C-f a @findex mh-to-field @item C-c C-f a @itemx C-c C-f C-a Move to @samp{Mail-Reply-To:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-b @kindex C-c C-f b @item C-c C-f b @itemx C-c C-f C-b Move to @samp{Bcc:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-c @kindex C-c C-f c @item C-c C-f c @itemx C-c C-f C-c Move to @samp{Cc:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-d @kindex C-c C-f d @item C-c C-f d @itemx C-c C-f C-d Move to @samp{Dcc:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-f @kindex C-c C-f f @item C-c C-f f @itemx C-c C-f C-f Move to @samp{Fcc:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-l @kindex C-c C-f l @item C-c C-f l @itemx C-c C-f C-l Move to @samp{Mail-Followup-To:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-m @kindex C-c C-f m @item C-c C-f m @itemx C-c C-f C-m Move to @samp{From:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-r @kindex C-c C-f r @item C-c C-f r @itemx C-c C-f C-r Move to @samp{Reply-To:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-s @kindex C-c C-f s @item C-c C-f s @itemx C-c C-f C-s Move to @samp{Subject:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @c ------------------------- @kindex C-c C-f C-t @kindex C-c C-f t @item C-c C-f t @itemx C-c C-f C-t Move to @samp{To:} header field (@code{mh-to-field}). @end table Another few commands are available in the MH-Folder buffer resulting from a search. @table @kbd @kindex @key{TAB} @findex mh-index-next-folder @item @key{TAB} Jump to the next folder marker (@code{mh-index-next-folder}). @c ------------------------- @kindex S-@key{TAB} @findex mh-index-previous-folder @item S-@key{TAB} Jump to the previous folder marker (@code{mh-index-previous-folder}). @c ------------------------- @kindex v @findex mh-index-visit-folder @item v Visit original folder from where the message at point was found (@code{mh-index-visit-folder}). @end table @cindex @samp{mh-search} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-search} There is one option from the @samp{mh-search} customization group used in searching. @vtable @code @item mh-search-program Search program that MH-E shall use (default: @samp{Auto-detect}). @end vtable The following hook is available. @vtable @code @item mh-search-mode-hook Hook run upon entry to @code{mh-search-mode} (default: @code{nil}). @end vtable The following face is available. @vtable @code @item mh-search-folder Folder heading face in MH-Folder buffers created by searches. @end vtable @findex mh-search-folder @kindex F s The command @kbd{F s} (@code{mh-search-folder}) helps you find messages in your entire corpus of mail. You can search for messages to or from a particular person or about a particular subject. In fact, you can also search for messages containing selected strings in any arbitrary header field or any string found within the messages. @cindex @command{pick} @cindex MH commands, @command{pick} Out of the box, MH-E uses @command{pick} to find messages. With a little extra effort, you can set an indexing program which rewards you with extremely quick results. The drawback is that sometimes the index does not contain the words you're looking for. You can still use @command{pick} in these situations. You are prompted for the folder to search. This can be @samp{all} to search all folders. Note that the search works recursively on the listed folder. @cindex MH-Search mode @cindex modes, MH-Search Next, an MH-Search buffer appears where you can enter search criteria. @cartouche @smallexample From: To: Cc: Date: Subject: -------- # --:** search-pattern All L7 (MH-Search)--------------------------- Type C-c C-c to search messages, C-c C-p to use pick, C-c ? for help @end smallexample @end cartouche @i{Search window} @cindex @command{pick} @cindex MH commands, @command{pick} Edit this template by entering your search criteria in an appropriate header field that is already there, or create a new field yourself. If the string you're looking for could be anywhere in a message, then place the string underneath the row of dashes. As an example, let's say that we want to find messages from Ginnean about horseback riding in the Kosciusko National Park (Australia) during January, 1994. Normally we would start with a broad search and narrow it down if necessary to produce a manageable amount of data, but we'll cut to the chase and create a fairly restrictive set of criteria as follows: @smallexample @group From: ginnean To: Cc: Date: Jan 1994 Subject: -------- horse kosciusko @end group @end smallexample @findex mh-to-field @kindex C-c C-f C-t As with MH-Letter mode, MH-Search provides commands like @kbd{C-c C-f C-t} (@code{mh-to-field}) to help you fill in the blanks. @xref{Editing Message}. @kindex F s @vindex mh-search-mode-hook If you find that you do the same thing over and over when editing the search template, you may wish to bind some shortcuts to keys. This can be done with the variable @code{mh-search-mode-hook}, which is called when @kbd{F s} is run on a new pattern. @findex mh-index-do-search @findex mh-pick-do-search @kindex C-c C-c @kindex C-c C-p To perform the search, type @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{mh-index-do-search}). Sometimes you're searching for text that is either not indexed, or hasn't been indexed yet. In this case you can override the default method with the pick method by running the command @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{mh-pick-do-search}). @cindex folders, @samp{+mhe-index} @cindex @samp{+mhe-index} @findex mh-index-next-folder @findex mh-index-previous-folder @kindex @key{TAB} @kindex S-@key{TAB} @vindex mh-search-folder The messages that are found are put in a temporary sub-folder of @samp{+mhe-index} and are displayed in an MH-Folder buffer. This buffer is special because it displays messages from multiple folders; each set of messages from a given folder has a heading with the folder name. The appearance of the heading can be modified by customizing the face @code{mh-search-folder}. You can jump back and forth between the headings using the commands @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{mh-index-next-folder}) and @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{mh-index-previous-folder}). @findex mh-index-visit-folder @findex mh-rescan-folder @kindex F r @kindex v In addition, the command @kbd{v} (@code{mh-index-visit-folder}) can be used to visit the folder of the message at point. Initially, only the messages that matched the search criteria are displayed in the folder. While the temporary buffer has its own set of message numbers, the actual messages numbers are shown in the visited folder. Thus, the command @kbd{v} is useful to find the actual message number of an interesting message, or to view surrounding messages with the command @kbd{F r} @code{mh-rescan-folder}. @xref{Folders}. @findex mh-kill-folder @kindex F k Because this folder is temporary, you'll probably get in the habit of killing it when you're done with @kbd{F k} (@code{mh-kill-folder}). @xref{Folders}. @kindex F s You can regenerate the results by running @kbd{F s} with a prefix argument. @cindex @command{procmail} @cindex Unix commands, @command{procmail} @cindex @samp{X-MHE-Checksum:} header field @cindex header field, @samp{X-MHE-Checksum:} Note: This command uses an @samp{X-MHE-Checksum:} header field to cache the MD5 checksum of a message. This means that if an incoming message already contains an @samp{X-MHE-Checksum:} field, that message might not be found by this command. The following @command{procmail} recipe avoids this problem by renaming the existing header field: @smallexample @group :0 wf | formail -R "X-MHE-Checksum" "X-Old-MHE-Checksum" @end group @end smallexample @xref{Limits}, for an alternative interface to searching. @section Configuring Indexed Searches @cindex @command{grep} @cindex @command{mairix} @cindex @command{namazu} @cindex @command{pick} @cindex @command{swish++} @cindex @command{swish-e} @cindex Unix commands, @command{grep} @cindex Unix commands, @command{mairix} @cindex Unix commands, @command{namazu} @cindex Unix commands, @command{pick} @cindex Unix commands, @command{swish++} @cindex Unix commands, @command{swish-e} @findex mh-search @kindex F s @vindex mh-search-program The command @kbd{F s} (@code{mh-search}) runs the command defined by the option @code{mh-search-program}. The default value is @samp{Auto-detect} which means that MH-E will automatically choose one of @command{swish++}, @command{swish-e}, @command{mairix}, @command{namazu}, @command{pick} and @command{grep} in that order. If, for example, you have both @command{swish++} and @command{mairix} installed and you want to use @command{mairix}, then you can set this option to @samp{mairix}. The following sub-sections describe how to set up the various indexing programs to use with MH-E. @subsection swish++ @cindex @command{swish++} @cindex Unix commands, @command{swish++} In the examples below, replace @file{/home/user/Mail} with the path to your MH directory. First create the directory @file{/home/user/Mail/.swish++}. Then create the file @file{/home/user/Mail/.swish++/swish++.conf} with the following contents: @smallexample @group IncludeMeta Bcc Cc Comments Content-Description From Keywords IncludeMeta Newsgroups Resent-To Subject To IncludeMeta Message-Id References In-Reply-To IncludeFile Mail * IndexFile /home/user/Mail/.swish++/swish++.index @end group @end smallexample Use the following command line to generate the swish index. Run this daily from cron: @smallexample @group find /home/user/Mail -path /home/user/Mail/mhe-index -prune \ -o -path /home/user/Mail/.swish++ -prune \ -o -name "[0-9]*" -print \ | index -c /home/user/Mail/.swish++/swish++.conf - @end group @end smallexample This command does not index the folders that hold the results of your searches in @samp{+mhe-index} since they tend to be ephemeral and the original messages are indexed anyway. @cindex @command{index} @cindex Unix commands, @command{index} @cindex @command{index++} @cindex Unix commands, @command{index++} On some systems (Debian GNU/Linux, for example), use @command{index++} instead of @command{index}. @subsection swish @cindex @command{swish-e} @cindex Unix commands, @command{swish-e} In the examples below, replace @file{/home/user/Mail} with the path to your MH directory. First create the directory @file{/home/user/Mail/.swish}. Then create the file @file{/home/user/Mail/.swish/config} with the following contents: @smallexample @group DefaultContents TXT* IndexDir /home/user/Mail IndexFile /home/user/Mail/.swish/index IndexName "Mail Index" IndexDescription "Mail Index" IndexPointer "http://nowhere" IndexAdmin "nobody" #MetaNames automatic IndexReport 3 FollowSymLinks no UseStemming no IgnoreTotalWordCountWhenRanking yes WordCharacters abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789- BeginCharacters abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz EndCharacters abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789 IgnoreLimit 50 1000 IndexComments 0 FileRules filename contains \D FileRules pathname contains /home/user/Mail/.swish FileRules pathname contains /home/user/Mail/mhe-index FileRules filename is index @end group @end smallexample This configuration does not index the folders that hold the results of your searches in @samp{+mhe-index} since they tend to be ephemeral and the original messages are indexed anyway. If there are any directories you would like to ignore, append lines like the following to @file{config}: @smallexample FileRules pathname contains /home/user/Mail/scripts @end smallexample @cindex @command{swish-e} @cindex Unix commands, @command{swish-e} Use the following command line to generate the swish index. Run this daily from cron: @smallexample swish-e -c /home/user/Mail/.swish/config @end smallexample @subsection mairix @cindex @command{mairix} @cindex Unix commands, @command{mairix} In the examples below, replace @file{~/Mail} with the path to your MH directory. First create the directory @file{~/Mail/.mairix}. Then create the file @file{~/Mail/.mairix/config} with the following contents: @smallexample @group base=~/Mail # List of folders that should be indexed. 3 dots at the end means there # are subfolders within the folder mh=archive...:inbox:drafts:news:sent:trash mformat=mh database=~/Mail/.mairix/database @end group @end smallexample Use the following command line to generate the mairix index. Run this daily from cron: @smallexample mairix -f ~/Mail/.mairix/config @end smallexample @subsection namazu @cindex @command{namazu} @cindex Unix commands, @command{namazu} In the examples below, replace @file{/home/user/Mail} with the path to your MH directory. First create the directory @file{/home/user/Mail/.namazu}. Then create the file @file{/home/user/Mail/.namazu/mknmzrc} with the following contents: @smallexample @group package conf; # Don't remove this line! $ADDRESS = 'user@@localhost'; $ALLOW_FILE = "[0-9]*"; $EXCLUDE_PATH = "^/home/user/Mail/(mhe-index|spam)"; @end group @end smallexample This configuration does not index the folders that hold the results of your searches in @samp{+mhe-index} since they tend to be ephemeral and the original messages are indexed anyway. Use the following command line to generate the namazu index. Run this daily from cron: @smallexample mknmz -f /home/user/Mail/.namazu/mknmzrc -O /home/user/Mail/.namazu \ -q /home/user/Mail @end smallexample @subsection pick @cindex @command{pick} @cindex MH commands, @command{pick} This search method does not require any setup. Read @command{pick}(1) or the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/finpic.html, Finding Messages with pick} in the MH book to find out more about how to enter the criteria. @subsection grep @cindex @command{grep} @cindex Unix commands, @command{grep} This search method does not require any setup. Unlike the other search methods, this method does not use the MH-Search buffer. Instead, you simply enter a regular expression in the minibuffer. For help in constructing regular expressions, see your man page for @command{grep}. @node Threading, Limits, Searching, Top @chapter Viewing Message Threads @cindex threading MH-E groups messages by @dfn{threads} which are messages that are part of the same discussion and usually all have the same @samp{Subject:} header field. Other ways to organize messages in a folder include limiting (@pxref{Limits}) or using full-text indexed searches (@pxref{Searching}). @cindex root, in threads @cindex siblings, in threads @cindex ancestor, in threads A thread begins with a single message called a @dfn{root}. All replies to the same message are @dfn{siblings} of each other. Any message that has replies to it is an @dfn{ancestor} of those replies. There are several commands that you can use to navigate and operate on threads. @table @kbd @kindex T ? @findex mh-prefix-help @item T ? Display cheat sheet for the commands of the current prefix in minibuffer (@code{mh-prefix-help}). @c ------------------------- @kindex T o @findex mh-thread-refile @item T o Refile (output) thread into folder (@code{mh-thread-refile}). @c ------------------------- @kindex T d @findex mh-thread-delete @item T d Delete thread (@code{mh-thread-delete}). @c ------------------------- @kindex T t @findex mh-toggle-threads @item T t Toggle threaded view of folder (@code{mh-toggle-threads}). @c ------------------------- @kindex T n @findex mh-thread-next-sibling @item T n Display next sibling (@code{mh-thread-next-sibling}). @c ------------------------- @kindex T p @findex mh-thread-previous-sibling @item T p Display previous sibling (@code{mh-thread-previous-sibling}). @c ------------------------- @kindex T u @findex mh-thread-ancestor @item T u Display ancestor of current message (@code{mh-thread-ancestor}). @end table @cindex @samp{mh-thread} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-thread} The @samp{mh-thread} customization group contains one option. @vtable @code @item mh-show-threads-flag On means new folders start in threaded mode (default: @samp{off}). @end vtable @findex mh-toggle-threads @kindex T t @vindex mh-large-folder @vindex mh-show-threads-flag Threading large number of messages can be time consuming so the option @code{mh-show-threads-flag} is turned off by default. If you turn on this option, then threading will be done only if the number of messages being threaded is less than @code{mh-large-folder}. In any event, threading can be turned on (and off) with the command @kbd{T t} (@code{mh-toggle-threads}). @findex mh-thread-ancestor @findex mh-thread-next-sibling @findex mh-thread-previous-sibling @kindex T n @kindex T p @kindex T u There are a few commands to help you navigate threads. If you do not care for the way a particular thread has turned, you can move up the chain of messages with the command @kbd{T u} (@code{mh-thread-ancestor}. At any point you can use @kbd{T n} (@code{mh-thread-next-sibling} or @kbd{T p} (@code{mh-thread-previous-sibling}) to jump to the next or previous sibling, skipping the sub-threads. The command @kbd{T u} can also take a prefix argument to jump to the message that started everything. @findex mh-delete-subject-or-thread @findex mh-thread-delete @findex mh-thread-refile @kindex k @kindex T d @kindex T o There are threaded equivalents for the commands that delete and refile messages. For example, @kbd{T o} (@code{mh-thread-refile}) refiles the current message and all its children. Similarly, the command @kbd{T d} (@code{mh-thread-delete}) deletes the current message and all its children. These commands do not refile or delete sibling messages. @xref{Navigating}, for a description of the similar command @kbd{k} (@code{mh-delete-subject-or-thread}). @vindex mh-large-folder If you find that threading is too slow, it may be that you have @code{mh-large-folder} set too high. Also, threading is one of the few features of MH-E that really benefits from compiling. If you haven't compiled MH-E, I encourage you to do so@footnote{If you're not sure if MH-E has been byte-compiled, you could try running @samp{locate mh-thread.elc} or otherwise find MH-E on your system and ensure that @file{mh-thread.elc} exists. If you have multiple versions and you find that one is compiled but the other is not, then go into your @samp{*scratch*} buffer in Emacs, enter @kbd{load-path C-j}, and ensure that the byte-compiled version appears first in the @code{load-path}. If you find that MH-E is not compiled and you installed MH-E yourself, please refer to the installation directions in the file @file{README} in the distribution.}. @node Limits, Sequences, Threading, Top @chapter Limiting Display @cindex limits @cindex filters Another way to organize messages in a folder besides threading (@pxref{Threading}) or using full-text indexed searches (@pxref{Searching}) is by limiting the folder display to messages that are similar to the current message. @table @kbd @kindex / ? @findex mh-prefix-help @item / ? Display cheat sheet for the commands of the current prefix in minibuffer (@code{mh-prefix-help}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Sequence > Narrow to Tick Sequence} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > Narrow to Tick Sequence} @kindex / ' @findex mh-narrow-to-tick @item / ' Limit to messages in the @samp{tick} sequence (@code{mh-narrow-to-tick}). @c ------------------------- @kindex / c @findex mh-narrow-to-cc @item / c Limit to messages with the same @samp{Cc:} field (@code{mh-narrow-to-cc}). @c ------------------------- @kindex / m @findex mh-narrow-to-from @item / m Limit to messages with the same @samp{From:} field (@code{mh-narrow-to-from}). @c ------------------------- @kindex / g @findex mh-narrow-to-range @item / g Limit to range (@code{mh-narrow-to-range}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Sequence > Narrow to Subject Sequence} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > Narrow to Subject Sequence} @kindex / s @findex mh-narrow-to-subject @item / s Limit to messages with the same @samp{Subject:} field (@code{mh-narrow-to-subject}). @c ------------------------- @kindex / t @findex mh-narrow-to-to @item / t Limit to messages with the same @samp{To:} field (@code{mh-narrow-to-to}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Sequence > Widen from Sequence} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > Widen from Sequence} @kindex / w @findex mh-widen @item / w Remove last restriction (@code{mh-widen}). @end table All of the limiting commands above refine the display in some way. @cindex @command{pick} @cindex MH commands, @command{pick} @findex mh-narrow-to-cc @findex mh-narrow-to-from @findex mh-narrow-to-subject @findex mh-narrow-to-to @kindex / c @kindex / m @kindex / s @kindex / t The commands @kbd{/ c} (@code{mh-narrow-to-cc}), @kbd{/ m} (@code{mh-narrow-to-from}), @kbd{/ s} (@code{mh-narrow-to-subject}), and @kbd{/ t} (@code{mh-narrow-to-to}) restrict the display to messages matching the content of the respective field in the current message. However, you can give any of these a prefix argument to edit the @command{pick} expression used to narrow the view@footnote{See @command{pick}(1) or the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/finpic.html, Finding Messages with pick} in the MH book.}. @cindex @samp{tick} sequence @cindex sequence, @samp{tick} @cindex ticked messages, viewing @findex mh-narrow-to-range @findex mh-narrow-to-tick @kindex / ' @kindex / g You can also limit the display to messages in the @samp{tick} sequence with the command @kbd{/ '} (@code{mh-narrow-to-tick}). @xref{Sequences}, for information on putting message into the @samp{tick} sequence. Use the @kbd{/ g} (@code{mh-narrow-to-range}) command to limit the display to messages in a range (@pxref{Ranges}). @findex mh-widen @kindex / w Each limit can be undone in turn with the @kbd{/ w} (@code{mh-widen}) command. Give this command a prefix argument to remove all limits. @node Sequences, Junk, Limits, Top @chapter Using Sequences @cindex @samp{Sequence} menu @cindex menu, @samp{Sequence} @cindex sequences For the whole scoop on MH sequences, refer to @samp{mh-sequence}(5)@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/morseq.html, More About Sequences} in the MH book.}. As you've read, several of the MH-E commands can operate on a sequence, which is a shorthand for a range or group of messages. For example, you might want to forward several messages to a friend or colleague. Here's how to manipulate sequences. These commands are also available in the @samp{Sequence} menu. @table @kbd @cindex @samp{Sequence > Toggle Tick Mark} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > Toggle Tick Mark} @kindex ' @findex mh-toggle-tick @item ' Toggle tick mark of range (@code{mh-toggle-tick}). @c ------------------------- @kindex S ? @findex mh-prefix-help @item S ? Display cheat sheet for the commands of the current prefix in minibuffer (@code{mh-prefix-help}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Sequence > Narrow to Tick Sequence} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > Narrow to Tick Sequence} @kindex S ' @findex mh-narrow-to-tick @item S ' Limit to ticked messages (@code{mh-narrow-to-tick}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Sequence > Delete Message from Sequence...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > Delete Message from Sequence...} @kindex S d @findex mh-delete-msg-from-seq @item S d Delete range from sequence (@code{mh-delete-msg-from-seq}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Sequence > Delete Sequence...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > Delete Sequence...} @kindex S k @findex mh-delete-seq @item S k Delete sequence (@code{mh-delete-seq}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Sequence > List Sequences in Folder...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > List Sequences in Folder...} @kindex S l @findex mh-list-sequences @item S l List all sequences in folder (@code{mh-list-sequences}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Sequence > Narrow to Sequence...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > Narrow to Sequence...} @kindex S n @findex mh-narrow-to-seq @item S n Restrict display to messages in sequence (@code{mh-narrow-to-seq}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Sequence > Add Message to Sequence...} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > Add Message to Sequence...} @kindex S p @findex mh-put-msg-in-seq @item S p Add range to sequence (@code{mh-put-msg-in-seq}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Sequence > List Sequences for Message} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > List Sequences for Message} @kindex S s @findex mh-msg-is-in-seq @item S s Display the sequences in which the current message appears (@code{mh-msg-is-in-seq}). @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{Sequence > Widen from Sequence} menu item @cindex menu item, @samp{Sequence > Widen from Sequence} @kindex S w @findex mh-widen @item S w Remove last restriction (@code{mh-widen}). @c ------------------------- @findex mh-update-sequences @item M-x mh-update-sequences Flush MH-E's state out to MH@. @end table @cindex @samp{mh-sequences} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-sequences} The @samp{mh-sequences} customization group contains the options associated with sequences. @vtable @code @item mh-refile-preserves-sequences-flag On means that sequences are preserved when messages are refiled (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-tick-seq The name of the MH sequence for ticked messages (default: @samp{'tick}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-update-sequences-after-mh-show-flag On means flush MH sequences to disk after message is shown (default: @samp{on}). @item mh-whitelist-preserves-sequences-flag On means that sequences are preserved when messages are whitelisted (default: @samp{on}). @end vtable The following hook is available. @vtable @code @item mh-unseen-updated-hook Hook run after the unseen sequence has been updated (default: @code{nil}). @end vtable @cindex @command{pick} @cindex MH commands, @command{pick} @findex mh-put-msg-in-seq @kindex S p To place a message in a sequence, use @kbd{S p} (@code{mh-put-msg-in-seq}). Give @kbd{S p} a range and you can add all the messages in a sequence to another sequence (for example, @kbd{C-u S p SourceSequence @key{RET} DestSequence @key{RET}}, @pxref{Ranges}). @cindex @samp{tick} sequence @cindex sequence, @samp{tick} @cindex ticking messages @findex mh-index-ticked-messages @findex mh-toggle-tick @kindex ' @kindex F ' @kindex S p One specific use of the @kbd{S p} command is @kbd{'} (@code{mh-toggle-tick}) which adds messages to the @samp{tick} sequence. This sequence can be viewed later with the @kbd{F '} (@code{mh-index-ticked-messages}) command (@pxref{Folders}). @vindex mh-tick-seq You can customize the option @code{mh-tick-seq} if you already use the @samp{tick} sequence for your own use. You can also disable all of the ticking functions by choosing the @samp{Disable Ticking} item but there isn't much advantage to that. @cindex MH-Folder mode @cindex modes, MH-Folder @findex mh-narrow-to-seq @findex mh-narrow-to-tick @findex mh-widen @kindex S ' @kindex S n @kindex S w Once you've placed some messages in a sequence, you may wish to narrow the field of view to just those messages in the sequence you've created. To do this, use @kbd{S n} (@code{mh-narrow-to-seq}). You are prompted for the name of the sequence. What this does is show only those messages that are in the selected sequence in the MH-Folder buffer. In addition, it limits further MH-E searches to just those messages. To narrow the view to the messages in the @samp{tick} sequence, use @kbd{S '} (@code{mh-narrow-to-tick}). When you want to widen the view to all your messages again, use @kbd{S w} (@code{mh-widen}). @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Sequences*} @cindex @samp{*MH-E Sequences*} @findex mh-list-sequences @findex mh-msg-is-in-seq @kindex S l @kindex S s You can see which sequences in which a message appears with the command @kbd{S s} (@code{mh-msg-is-in-seq}). Use a prefix argument to display the sequences in which another message appears (as in @kbd{C-u 42 S s @key{RET}}). Or, you can list all sequences in a selected folder (default is current folder) with @kbd{S l} (@code{mh-list-sequences}). The list appears in a buffer named @samp{*MH-E Sequences*} (@pxref{Miscellaneous}). @cindex MH profile component, @samp{Previous-Sequence:} @cindex @samp{cur} sequence @cindex @samp{Previous-Sequence:} MH profile component @cindex sequence, @samp{cur} @cindex sequence, @samp{Previous-Sequence} @vindex mh-refile-preserves-sequences-flag If a message is in any sequence (except @samp{Previous-Sequence:}@footnote{See @samp{mh-profile}(5)).} and @samp{cur}) when it is refiled, then it will still be in those sequences in the destination folder. If this behavior is not desired, then turn off the option @code{mh-refile-preserves-sequences-flag}. @findex mh-delete-msg-from-seq @findex mh-delete-seq @kindex d @kindex S d @kindex S k If you want to remove a message (or range, @pxref{Ranges}) from a sequence, use @kbd{S d} (@code{mh-delete-msg-from-seq}). If you want to delete an entire sequence, use @kbd{S k} (@code{mh-delete-seq}). In the latter case you are prompted for the sequence to delete. Note that this deletes only the sequence, not the messages in the sequence. If you want to delete the messages, use @kbd{C-u d} (@pxref{Reading Mail}). @cindex @samp{Unseen-Sequence:} MH profile component @cindex @samp{cur} sequence @cindex @samp{tick} sequence @cindex MH profile component, @samp{Unseen-Sequence:} @cindex sequence, @samp{Unseen-Sequence} @cindex sequence, @samp{cur} @cindex sequence, @samp{tick} @findex mh-update-sequences @kindex M-x mh-update-sequences @kindex q @kindex x @vindex mh-tick-seq @vindex mh-update-sequences-after-mh-show-flag Three sequences are maintained internally by MH-E and pushed out to MH when a message is shown. They include the sequence specified by your @samp{Unseen-Sequence:} profile component, @samp{cur}, and the sequence listed by the option @code{mh-tick-seq} which is @samp{tick} by default. If you do not like this behavior, turn off the option @code{mh-update-sequences-after-mh-show-flag}. You can then update the state manually with the @kbd{x}, @kbd{q}, or @kbd{M-x mh-update-sequences} commands. @vindex mh-seen-list @vindex mh-unseen-updated-hook The hook @code{mh-unseen-updated-hook} is run after the unseen sequence has been updated. The variable @code{mh-seen-list} can be used by this hook to obtain the list of messages which were removed from the unseen sequence. @cindex @command{mark} @cindex MH commands, @command{mark} @kindex S n @kindex S w With the exceptions of @kbd{S n} and @kbd{S w}, the underlying MH command dealing with sequences is @command{mark}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/mmbwm.html, Make Message Bookmarks with mark} in the MH book.}. @node Junk, Miscellaneous, Sequences, Top @chapter Dealing With Junk Mail @cindex Marshall Rose @cindex junk mail @cindex spam Marshall Rose once wrote a paper on MH entitled, @cite{How to process 200 messages a day and still get some real work done}. This chapter could be entitled, @cite{How to process 1000 spams a day and still get some real work done}. @cindex blacklisting @cindex ham @cindex viruses @cindex whitelisting @cindex worms We use the terms @dfn{junk mail} and @dfn{spam} interchangeably for any unwanted message which includes spam, @dfn{viruses}, and @dfn{worms}. The opposite of spam is @dfn{ham}. The act of classifying a sender as one who sends junk mail is called @dfn{blacklisting}; the opposite is called @dfn{whitelisting}. @table @kbd @kindex J ? @findex mh-prefix-help @item J ? Display cheat sheet for the commands of the current prefix in minibuffer (@code{mh-prefix-help}). @c ------------------------- @kindex J b @findex mh-junk-blacklist @item J b Blacklist range as spam (@code{mh-junk-blacklist}). @c ------------------------- @kindex J w @findex mh-junk-whitelist @item J w Whitelist range as ham (@code{mh-junk-whitelist}). @c ------------------------- @item @code{mh-spamassassin-identify-spammers} Identify spammers who are repeat offenders. @end table @cindex @samp{mh-junk} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-junk} The following table lists the options from the @samp{mh-junk} customization group. @vtable @code @item mh-junk-background If on, spam programs are run in background (default: @samp{off}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-junk-disposition Disposition of junk mail (default: @samp{Delete Spam}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-junk-program Spam program that MH-E should use (default: @samp{Auto-detect}). @end vtable @cindex @samp{mh-sequences} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-sequences} The following option in the @samp{mh-sequences} customization group is also available. @vtable @code @item mh-whitelist-preserves-sequences-flag On means that sequences are preserved when messages are whitelisted (default: @samp{on}). @end vtable The following hooks are available. @vtable @code @item mh-blacklist-msg-hook Hook run by @kbd{J b} (@code{mh-junk-blacklist}) after marking each message for blacklisting (default: @code{nil}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-whitelist-msg-hook Hook run by @kbd{J w} (@code{mh-junk-whitelist}) after marking each message for whitelisting (default @samp{nil}). @end vtable The following faces are available. @vtable @code @item mh-folder-blacklisted Blacklisted message face. @c ------------------------- @item mh-folder-whitelisted Whitelisted message face @end vtable @cindex SpamProbe @cindex Spamassassin @cindex bogofilter @cindex spam filters, SpamProbe @cindex spam filters, Spamassassin @cindex spam filters, bogofilter MH-E depends on @uref{http://spamassassin.apache.org/, SpamAssassin}, @uref{http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/, bogofilter}, or @uref{http://spamprobe.sourceforge.net/, SpamProbe} to throw the dreck away. This chapter describes briefly how to configure these programs to work well with MH-E and how to use MH-E's interface that provides continuing education for these programs. @vindex mh-junk-program The default setting of the option @code{mh-junk-program} is @samp{Auto-detect} which means that MH-E will automatically choose one of SpamAssassin, bogofilter, or SpamProbe in that order. If, for example, you have both SpamAssassin and bogofilter installed and you want to use bogofilter, then you can set this option to @samp{Bogofilter}. @findex mh-junk-blacklist @kindex J b @vindex mh-junk-disposition The command @kbd{J b} (@code{mh-junk-blacklist}) trains the spam program in use with the content of the range (@pxref{Ranges}) and then handles the message(s) as specified by the option @code{mh-junk-disposition}. By default, this option is set to @samp{Delete Spam} but you can also specify the name of the folder which is useful for building a corpus of spam for training purposes. @findex mh-junk-whitelist @kindex J w In contrast, the command @kbd{J w} (@code{mh-junk-whitelist}) reclassifies a range of messages (@pxref{Ranges}) as ham if it were incorrectly classified as spam. It then refiles the message into the @file{+inbox} folder. @cindex MH profile component, @samp{Previous-Sequence:} @cindex @samp{cur} sequence @cindex @samp{Previous-Sequence:} MH profile component @cindex sequence, @samp{cur} @cindex sequence, @samp{Previous-Sequence} @vindex mh-whitelist-preserves-sequences-flag If a message is in any sequence (except @samp{Previous-Sequence:} and @samp{cur}) when it is whitelisted, then it will still be in those sequences in the destination folder. If this behavior is not desired, then turn off the option @code{mh-whitelist-preserves-sequences-flag}. @cindex @samp{*MH-E Log*} @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Log*} @findex call-process @vindex mh-junk-background By default, the programs are run in the foreground, but this can be slow when junking large numbers of messages. If you have enough memory or don't junk that many messages at the same time, you might try turning on the option @code{mh-junk-background}. @footnote{Note that the option @code{mh-junk-background} is used as the @code{display} argument in the call to @code{call-process}. Therefore, turning on this option means setting its value to @samp{0}. You can also set its value to @samp{t} to direct the programs' output to the @samp{*MH-E Log*} buffer; this may be useful for debugging.} The following sections discuss the various counter-spam measures that MH-E can work with. @cindex @file{.procmailrc} @cindex files, @file{.procmailrc} @subheading SpamAssassin @cindex Spamassassin @cindex spam filters, Spamassassin SpamAssassin is one of the more popular spam filtering programs. Get it from your local distribution or from the @uref{http://spamassassin.apache.org/, SpamAssassin web site}. To use SpamAssassin, add the following recipes to @file{~/.procmailrc}: @cindex @command{spamc} @cindex @samp{X-Spam-Level:} header field @cindex @samp{X-Spam-Status:} header field @cindex header field, @samp{X-Spam-Level:} @cindex header field, @samp{X-Spam-Status:} @smallexample PATH=$PATH:/usr/bin/mh MAILDIR=$HOME/`mhparam Path` # Fight spam with SpamAssassin. :0fw | spamc # Anything with a spam level of 10 or more is junked immediately. :0: * ^X-Spam-Level: .......... /dev/null :0: * ^X-Spam-Status: Yes spam/. @end smallexample If you don't use @command{spamc}, use @samp{spamassassin -P -a}. Note that one of the recipes above throws away messages with a score greater than or equal to 10. Here's how you can determine a value that works best for you. First, run @samp{spamassassin -t} on every mail message in your archive and use @command{gnumeric} to verify that the average plus the standard deviation of good mail is under 5, the SpamAssassin default for ``spam''. Using @command{gnumeric}, sort the messages by score and view the messages with the highest score. Determine the score which encompasses all of your interesting messages and add a couple of points to be conservative. Add that many dots to the @samp{X-Spam-Level:} header field above to send messages with that score down the drain. In the example above, messages with a score of 5--9 are set aside in the @samp{+spam} folder for later review. The major weakness of rules-based filters is a plethora of false positives so it is worthwhile to check. @findex mh-junk-blacklist @findex mh-junk-whitelist @kindex J b @kindex J w If SpamAssassin classifies a message incorrectly, or is unsure, you can use the MH-E commands @kbd{J b} (@code{mh-junk-blacklist}) and @kbd{J w} (@code{mh-junk-whitelist}). @cindex @command{sa-learn} @cindex @file{.spamassassin/user_prefs} @cindex files, @file{.spamassassin/user_prefs} The command @kbd{J b} (@code{mh-junk-blacklist}) adds a @samp{blacklist_from} entry to @file{~/spamassassin/user_prefs}, deletes the message, and sends the message to the Razor, so that others might not see this spam. If the @command{sa-learn} command is available, the message is also recategorized as spam. The command@kbd{J w} (@code{mh-junk-whitelist}) adds a @samp{whitelist_from} rule to @samp{~/.spamassassin/user_prefs}. If the @command{sa-learn} command is available, the message is also recategorized as ham. Over time, you'll observe that the same host or domain occurs repeatedly in the @samp{blacklist_from} entries, so you might think that you could avoid future spam by blacklisting all mail from a particular domain. The utility function @code{mh-spamassassin-identify-spammers} helps you do precisely that. This function displays a frequency count of the hosts and domains in the @samp{blacklist_from} entries from the last blank line in @file{~/.spamassassin/user_prefs} to the end of the file. This information can be used so that you can replace multiple @samp{blacklist_from} entries with a single wildcard entry such as: @smallexample blacklist_from *@@*amazingoffersdirect2u.com @end smallexample In versions of SpamAssassin (2.50 and on) that support a Bayesian classifier, @kbd{J b} @code{(mh-junk-blacklist}) uses the program @command{sa-learn} to recategorize the message as spam. Neither MH-E, nor SpamAssassin, rebuilds the database after adding words, so you will need to run @samp{sa-learn --rebuild} periodically. This can be done by adding the following to your @file{crontab}: @smallexample 0 * * * * sa-learn --rebuild > /dev/null 2>&1 @end smallexample @subheading Bogofilter @cindex bogofilter @cindex spam filters, bogofilter Bogofilter is a Bayesian spam filtering program. Get it from your local distribution or from the @uref{http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/, bogofilter web site}. Bogofilter is taught by running: @smallexample bogofilter -n < good-message @end smallexample on every good message, and @smallexample bogofilter -s < spam-message @end smallexample @cindex full training on every spam message. This is called a @dfn{full training}; three other training methods are described in the FAQ that is distributed with bogofilter. Note that most Bayesian filters need 1000 to 5000 of each type of message to start doing a good job. To use bogofilter, add the following recipes to @file{~/.procmailrc}: @cindex @samp{X-Bogosity:} header field @cindex header field, @samp{X-Bogosity:} @smallexample PATH=$PATH:/usr/bin/mh MAILDIR=$HOME/`mhparam Path` # Fight spam with Bogofilter. :0fw | bogofilter -3 -e -p :0: * ^X-Bogosity: Yes, tests=bogofilter spam/. :0: * ^X-Bogosity: Unsure, tests=bogofilter spam/unsure/. @end smallexample @findex mh-junk-blacklist @findex mh-junk-whitelist @kindex J b @kindex J w If bogofilter classifies a message incorrectly, or is unsure, you can use the MH-E commands @kbd{J b} (@code{mh-junk-blacklist}) and @kbd{J w} (@code{mh-junk-whitelist}) to update bogofilter's training. The @cite{Bogofilter FAQ} suggests that you run the following occasionally to shrink the database: @smallexample bogoutil -d wordlist.db | bogoutil -l wordlist.db.new mv wordlist.db wordlist.db.prv mv wordlist.db.new wordlist.db @end smallexample The @cite{Bogofilter tuning HOWTO} describes how you can fine-tune bogofilter. @subheading SpamProbe @cindex SpamProbe @cindex spam filters, SpamProbe SpamProbe is a Bayesian spam filtering program. Get it from your local distribution or from the @uref{http://spamprobe.sourceforge.net, SpamProbe web site}. To use SpamProbe, add the following recipes to @file{~/.procmailrc}: @cindex @command{formail} @cindex @samp{X-SpamProbe:} header field @cindex header field, @samp{X-SpamProbe:} @smallexample PATH=$PATH:/usr/bin/mh MAILDIR=$HOME/`mhparam Path` # Fight spam with SpamProbe. :0 SCORE=| spamprobe receive :0 wf | formail -I "X-SpamProbe: $SCORE" :0: *^X-SpamProbe: SPAM spam/. @end smallexample @findex mh-junk-blacklist @findex mh-junk-whitelist @kindex J b @kindex J w If SpamProbe classifies a message incorrectly, you can use the MH-E commands @kbd{J b} (@code{mh-junk-blacklist}) and @kbd{J w} (@code{mh-junk-whitelist}) to update SpamProbe's training. @subheading Other Things You Can Do There are a couple of things that you can add to @file{~/.procmailrc} in order to filter out a lot of spam and viruses. The first is to eliminate any message with a Windows executable (which is most likely a virus). The second is to eliminate mail in character sets that you can't read. @cindex @samp{Content-Transfer-Encoding:} header field @cindex @samp{Content-Type:} header field @cindex @samp{Subject:} header field @cindex header field, @samp{Content-Transfer-Encoding:} @cindex header field, @samp{Content-Type:} @cindex header field, @samp{Subject:} @smallexample PATH=$PATH:/usr/bin/mh MAILDIR=$HOME/`mhparam Path` # # Filter messages with w32 executables/virii. # # These attachments are base64 and have a TVqQAAMAAAAEAAAA//8AALg # pattern. The string "this program cannot be run in MS-DOS mode" # encoded in base64 is 4fug4AtAnNIbg and helps to avoid false # positives (Roland Smith via Pete from the bogofilter mailing list). # :0 B: * ^Content-Transfer-Encoding:.*base64 * ^TVqQAAMAAAAEAAAA//8AALg * 4fug4AtAnNIbg spam/exe/. # # Filter mail in unreadable character sets (from the Bogofilter FAQ). # UNREADABLE='[^?"]*big5|iso-2022-jp|ISO-2022-KR|euc-kr|gb2312|ks_c_5601-1987' :0: * 1^0 $ ^Subject:.*=\?($UNREADABLE) * 1^0 $ ^Content-Type:.*charset="?($UNREADABLE) spam/unreadable/. :0: * ^Content-Type:.*multipart * B ?? $ ^Content-Type:.*^?.*charset="?($UNREADABLE) spam/unreadable/. @end smallexample @node Miscellaneous, Scan Line Formats, Junk, Top @chapter Miscellaneous Commands, Variables, and Buffers This chapter covers the following command and the various MH-E buffers, @ftable @code @item mh-version Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system. @end ftable @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Info*} @cindex MH-E version @cindex @samp{*MH-E Info*} @cindex version @kindex M-x mh-version One command worth noting is @kbd{M-x mh-version}. You can compare the version this command prints to the latest release (@pxref{Getting MH-E}). The output of @kbd{M-x mh-version}, found in a buffer named @samp{*MH-E Info*}, should usually be included with any bug report you submit (@pxref{Bug Reports}). @subheading MH-E Buffers Besides the MH-Folder, MH-Show, and MH-Letter buffers, MH-E creates several other buffers. They are: @table @samp @cindex @samp{*MH-E Folders*} @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Folders*} @findex mh-list-folders @item *MH-E Folders* @kindex F l This buffer contains the output of @kbd{F l} (@code{mh-list-folders}). @xref{Folders}. @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{*MH-E Help*} @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Help*} @findex mh-help @item *MH-E Help* @kindex ? @kindex C-c ? This buffer contains the output of @kbd{?} (@code{mh-help}) and @kbd{C-c ?} in MH-Letter mode. @xref{Using This Manual}. @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{*MH-E Info*} @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Info*} @item *MH-E Info* This buffer contains the output of @kbd{M-x mh-version @key{RET}}. @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{*MH-E Log*} @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Log*} @item *MH-E Log* This buffer contains the last 100 lines of the output of the various MH commands. @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{*MH-E Mail Delivery*} @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Mail Delivery*} @item *MH-E Mail Delivery* This buffer contains the transcript of a mail delivery. @xref{Sending Message}. @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{*MH-E Recipients*} @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Recipients*} @findex mh-check-whom @item *MH-E Recipients* @kindex C-c C-w This buffer contains the output of @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{mh-check-whom}) and is killed when draft is sent. @xref{Checking Recipients}. @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{*MH-E Sequences*} @cindex buffers, @samp{*MH-E Sequences*} @item *MH-E Sequences* This buffer contains the output of @kbd{S l} (@code{mh-list-sequences}). @xref{Sequences}. @c ------------------------- @cindex @samp{*mh-temp*} @cindex buffers, @samp{*mh-temp*} @item *mh-temp* This is a scratch, ephemeral, buffer used by MH-E functions. Note that it is hidden because the first character in the name is a space. You'll generally not have any need for this buffer. @end table @node Scan Line Formats, Procmail, Miscellaneous, Top @appendix Scan Line Formats @cindex scan line formats This appendix discusses how MH-E creates, parses, and manipulates scan lines. If you have your own MH scan or inc format files, you @strong{can} teach MH-E how to handle them, but it isn't easy as you'll see. @cindex @samp{mh-scan-line-formats} customization group @cindex customization group, @samp{mh-scan-line-formats} This table lists the options in the @samp{mh-scan-line-formats} customization group. @vtable @code @item mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag On means that the message number width is determined dynamically (default: @samp{on}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-scan-format-file Specifies the format file to pass to the scan program (default: @samp{Use MH-E scan Format}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-scan-prog Program used to scan messages (default: @code{"scan"}). @end vtable @vindex mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag There are a couple of caveats when creating your own scan format file. First, MH-E will not work if your scan lines do not include message numbers. It will work poorly if you don't dedicate a column for showing the current message and notations. It is also best to keep the first column empty to make room for the cursor and so that text isn't obscured by the current message's overlay arrow when running in a terminal. You won't be able to use the option @code{mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag} or the threading features (@pxref{Threading}). @cindex message numbers @findex mh-set-cmd-note @vindex mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag @vindex mh-scan-format-file If you've created your own format to handle long message numbers, you'll be pleased to know you no longer need it since MH-E adapts its internal format based upon the largest message number if @code{mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag} is on (the default). If you prefer fixed-width message numbers, turn off @code{mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag} and call @code{mh-set-cmd-note} with the width specified by your format file (see @code{mh-scan-format-file}). For example, the default width is 4, so you would use @samp{(mh-set-cmd-note 4)}. @vindex mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag @vindex mh-scan-format-file @vindex mh-scan-format-mh @vindex mh-scan-format-nmh The default setting for @code{mh-scan-format-file} is @samp{Use MH-E scan Format}. This means that the format string will be taken from the either @code{mh-scan-format-mh} or @code{mh-scan-format-nmh} depending on whether MH or nmh (or GNU mailutils MH) is in use. This setting also enables you to turn on the option @code{mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag}. You can also set this option to @samp{Use Default scan Format} to get the same output as you would get if you ran @command{scan} from the shell. If you have a format file that you want MH-E to use but not MH, you can set this option to @samp{Specify a scan Format File} and enter the name of your format file. @vindex mh-scan-format-file @vindex mh-scan-format-mh @vindex mh-scan-format-nmh The scan format that MH-E uses when @code{mh-scan-format-file} is set to its default of @samp{Use MH-E scan Format} is held in the variables @code{mh-scan-format-nmh} and @code{mh-scan-format-mh} depending on whether you are using nmh (or GNU mailutils MH) or not. Typically, you create your own format files rather than modifying these variables. The value of @code{mh-scan-format-nmh} is: @smallexample (concat "%4(msg)" "%<(cur)+%| %>" "%<@{replied@}-" "%?(nonnull(comp@{to@}))%<(mymbox@{to@})t%>" "%?(nonnull(comp@{cc@}))%<(mymbox@{cc@})c%>" "%?(nonnull(comp@{bcc@}))%<(mymbox@{bcc@})b%>" "%?(nonnull(comp@{newsgroups@}))n%>" "%<(zero) %>" "%02(mon@{date@})/%02(mday@{date@})%<@{date@} %|*%>" "%<(mymbox@{from@})%<@{to@}To:%14(decode(friendly@{to@}))%>%>" "%<(zero)%17(decode(friendly@{from@}))%> " "%(decode@{subject@})%<@{body@}<<%@{body@}%>") @end smallexample @cindex decoding RFC 2047 @cindex RFC 2047, decoding @vindex mh-scan-format-mh The setting for @code{mh-scan-format-mh} is similar, except that MH doesn't have the function @code{decode} (which is used to decode RFC 2047 encodings). @cindex notations, scan line @cindex scan line notations These strings are passed to the @command{scan} program via the @option{-format} argument. The formats are identical to the defaults except that additional hints for fontification have been added to the existing notations in the fifth column (remember that in Emacs, the columns start at 0). The values of the fifth column, in priority order, are: @samp{-} if the message has been replied to, @samp{t} if an address in the @samp{To:} field matches one of the mailboxes of the current user, @samp{c} if the @samp{Cc:} field matches, @samp{b} if the @samp{Bcc:} field matches, and @samp{n} if a non-empty @samp{Newsgroups:} field is present. @cindex @command{scan} @cindex MH commands, @command{scan} @vindex mh-progs @vindex mh-scan-prog The name of the program that generates a listing of one line per message is held in @code{mh-scan-prog} (default: @code{"scan"}). Unless this variable contains an absolute pathname, it is assumed to be in the @code{mh-progs} directory (@pxref{Getting Started}). You may link another program to @command{scan} (see @samp{mh-profile}(5)) to produce a different type of listing@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/faswsprs.html, Find and Specify with scan pick Ranges Sequences} in the MH book.}. @cindex regular expressions, scan line formats @findex mh-set-cmd-note @findex setq If you change the format of the scan lines you'll need to tell MH-E how to parse the new format. As you will see, quite a lot of variables are involved to do that. Use @kbd{M-x apropos @key{RET} mh-scan.*regexp @key{RET}} to obtain a list of these variables. You will also have to call @code{mh-set-cmd-note} if your notations are not in column 4 (columns in Emacs start with 0). Note that unlike most of the user options described in this manual, these are variables and must be set with @code{setq} instead of in a customization buffer. For help with regular expressions, see @ifnothtml @ref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifnothtml @ifhtml section @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Regexps.html, Syntax of Regular Expressions} in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}. @end ifhtml The first variable has to do with pruning out garbage. @vtable @code @cindex @command{inc} @cindex MH commands, @command{inc} @cindex @command{scan} @cindex MH commands, @command{scan} @item mh-scan-valid-regexp This regular expression describes a valid scan line. This is used to eliminate error messages that are occasionally produced by @command{inc}@footnote{See the section @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/reapre.html, Reading Mail: inc show next prev} in the MH book.} or @command{scan} (default: @code{"^ *[0-9]"}). @end vtable Next, many variables control how the scan lines are parsed. @vtable @code @vindex mh-folder-body @vindex mh-folder-font-lock-keywords @item mh-scan-body-regexp This regular expression matches the message body fragment. Note that the default setting of @code{mh-folder-font-lock-keywords} expects this expression to contain at least one parenthesized expression which matches the body text as in the default of @code{"\\(<<\\([^\n]+\\)?\\)"}. If this regular expression is not correct, the body fragment will not be highlighted with the face @code{mh-folder-body}. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-folder-cur-msg-number @vindex mh-folder-font-lock-keywords @vindex mh-note-cur @item mh-scan-cur-msg-number-regexp This regular expression matches the current message. It must match from the beginning of the line. Note that the default setting of @code{mh-folder-font-lock-keywords} expects this expression to contain at least one parenthesized expression which matches the message number as in the default of @w{@code{"^\\( *[0-9]+\\+\\).*"}}. This expression includes the leading space and current message marker @samp{+} within the parenthesis since it looks better to highlight these items as well. The highlighting is done with the face @code{mh-folder-cur-msg-number}. This regular expression should be correct as it is needed by non-fontification functions. See also @code{mh-note-cur}. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-folder-date @vindex mh-folder-font-lock-keywords @vindex mh-scan-sent-to-me-sender-regexp @item mh-scan-date-regexp This regular expression matches a valid date. It must @strong{not} be anchored to the beginning or the end of the line. Note that the default setting of @code{mh-folder-font-lock-keywords} expects this expression to contain only one parenthesized expression which matches the date field as in the default of @code{"\\([0-9][0-9]/[0-9][0-9]\\)"}. If this regular expression is not correct, the date will not be highlighted with the face @code{mh-folder-date}. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-folder-deleted @vindex mh-folder-font-lock-keywords @vindex mh-note-deleted @item mh-scan-deleted-msg-regexp This regular expression matches deleted messages. It must match from the beginning of the line. Note that the default setting of @code{mh-folder-font-lock-keywords} expects this expression to contain at least one parenthesized expression which matches the message number as in the default of @code{"^\\( *[0-9]+\\)D"}. This expression includes the leading space within the parenthesis since it looks better to highlight it as well. The highlighting is done with the face @code{mh-folder-deleted}. This regular expression should be correct as it is needed by non-fontification functions. See also @code{mh-note-deleted}. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-folder-font-lock-keywords @vindex mh-folder-msg-number @item mh-scan-good-msg-regexp This regular expression matches ``good'' messages. It must match from the beginning of the line. Note that the default setting of @code{mh-folder-font-lock-keywords} expects this expression to contain at least one parenthesized expression which matches the message number as in the default of @w{@code{"^\\( *[0-9]+\\)[^D^0-9]"}}. This expression includes the leading space within the parenthesis since it looks better to highlight it as well. The highlighting is done with the face @code{mh-folder-msg-number}. This regular expression should be correct as it is needed by non-fontification functions. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-scan-format-file @item mh-scan-msg-format-regexp This regular expression finds the message number width in a scan format. Note that the message number must be placed in a parenthesized expression as in the default of @code{"%\\([0-9]*\\)(msg)"}. This variable is only consulted if @code{mh-scan-format-file} is set to @samp{Use MH-E scan Format}. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-scan-format-file @item mh-scan-msg-format-string This is a format string for the width of the message number in a scan format. Use @samp{0%d} for zero-filled message numbers. This variable is only consulted if @code{mh-scan-format-file} is set to @samp{Use MH-E scan Format} (default: @code{"%d"}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-scan-msg-number-regexp This regular expression extracts the message number. It must match from the beginning of the line. Note that the message number must be placed in a parenthesized expression as in the default of @w{@code{"^ *\\([0-9]+\\)"}}. @c ------------------------- @item mh-scan-msg-overflow-regexp This regular expression matches overflowed message numbers (default: @code{"^[?0-9][0-9]"}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-scan-msg-search-regexp This regular expression matches a particular message. It is a format string; use @samp{%d} to represent the location of the message number within the expression as in the default of @code{"^[^0-9]*%d[^0-9]"}. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-folder-address @vindex mh-folder-font-lock-keywords @vindex mh-folder-to @item mh-scan-rcpt-regexp This regular expression specifies the recipient in messages you sent. Note that the default setting of @code{mh-folder-font-lock-keywords} expects this expression to contain two parenthesized expressions. The first is expected to match the @samp{To:} that the default scan format file generates. The second is expected to match the recipient's name as in the default of @code{"\\(To:\\)\\(..............\\)"}. If this regular expression is not correct, the @samp{To:} string will not be highlighted with the face @code{mh-folder-to} and the recipient will not be highlighted with the face @code{mh-folder-address}. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-folder-font-lock-keywords @vindex mh-folder-refiled @vindex mh-note-refiled @item mh-scan-refiled-msg-regexp This regular expression matches refiled messages. It must match from the beginning of the line. Note that the default setting of @code{mh-folder-font-lock-keywords} expects this expression to contain at least one parenthesized expression which matches the message number as in the default of @w{@code{"^\\( *[0-9]+\\)\\^"}}. This expression includes the leading space within the parenthesis since it looks better to highlight it as well. The highlighting is done with the face @code{mh-folder-refiled}. This regular expression should be correct as it is needed by non-fontification functions. See also @code{mh-note-refiled}. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-folder-font-lock-keywords @vindex mh-folder-sent-to-me-sender @vindex mh-mh-folder-sent-to-me-hint @vindex mh-scan-format-nmh @item mh-scan-sent-to-me-sender-regexp This regular expression matches messages sent to us. Note that the default setting of @code{mh-folder-font-lock-keywords} expects this expression to contain at least two parenthesized expressions. The first should match the fontification hint (see @code{mh-scan-format-nmh}) and the second should match the user name as in the default of @w{@code{"^ *[0-9]+.\\([bct]\\).....[ ]*\\(..................\\)"}}. If this regular expression is not correct, the notation hints will not be highlighted with the face @code{mh-mh-folder-sent-to-me-hint} and the sender will not be highlighted with the face @code{mh-folder-sent-to-me-sender}. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-folder-followup @vindex mh-folder-font-lock-keywords @vindex mh-folder-subject @item mh-scan-subject-regexp This regular expression matches the subject. It must match from the beginning of the line. Note that the default setting of @samp{mh-folder-font-lock-keywords} expects this expression to contain at least three parenthesized expressions. The first is expected to match the @samp{Re:} string, if any, and is highlighted with the face @code{mh-folder-followup}. The second matches an optional bracketed number after @samp{Re:}, such as in @samp{Re[2]:} (and is thus a sub-expression of the first expression). The third is expected to match the subject line itself which is highlighted with the face @code{mh-folder-subject}. For example, the default is @w{@code{"^ *[0-9]+........[ ]*...................}}@* @w{@code{\\([Rr][Ee]\\(\\[[0-9]+\\]\\)?:\\s-*\\)*\\([^<\n]*\\)"}}. This regular expression should be correct as it is needed by non-fontification functions. Note that this example is broken up on two lines for readability, but is actually a single string. @end vtable Finally, there are a slew of variables that control how MH-E annotates the scan lines. @vtable @code @findex mh-set-cmd-note @vindex mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag @item mh-cmd-note Column for notations (default: 4). This variable should be set with the function @code{mh-set-cmd-note}. This variable may be updated dynamically if @code{mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag} is on. The following variables contain the notational characters. Note that columns in Emacs start with 0. @c ------------------------- @item mh-note-copied Messages that have been copied are marked by this character (default: @code{?C}). @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-scan-cur-msg-number-regexp @item mh-note-cur The current message (in MH, not in MH-E) is marked by this character (default: @code{?+}). See also @code{mh-scan-cur-msg-number-regexp}. @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-scan-deleted-msg-regexp @item mh-note-deleted Messages that have been deleted are marked by this character (default: @code{?D}). See also @code{mh-scan-deleted-msg-regexp}. @c ------------------------- @item mh-note-dist Messages that have been redistributed are marked by this character (default: @code{?R}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-note-forw Messages that have been forwarded are marked by this character (default: @code{?F}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-note-printed Messages that have been printed are marked by this character (default: @code{?P}). @c ------------------------- @vindex mh-scan-refiled-msg-regexp @item mh-note-refiled Messages that have been refiled are marked by this character (default: @code{?^}). See also @code{mh-scan-refiled-msg-regexp}. @c ------------------------- @item mh-note-repl Messages that have been replied to are marked by this character (default: @code{?-}). @c ------------------------- @item mh-note-seq Messages in a user-defined sequence are marked by this character (default: @code{?%}). Messages in the @samp{search} sequence are marked by this character as well. @end vtable For example, let's say I have the following in @file{scan.format} which displays the sender, the subject, and the message number. This format places a @samp{+} after the message number for the current message according to MH; it also uses that column for notations. @smallexample %20(decode(friendly@{from@})) %50(decode@{subject@}) %4(msg)%<(cur)+%| %> @end smallexample @vindex mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag @vindex mh-scan-format-file @vindex mh-scan-format-file, example The first thing you have to do is tell MH-E to use this file. Customize @code{mh-scan-format-file} and set its value to @samp{Use Default scan Format}. If you didn't get already turn off @code{mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag}, you'll need to do that first. Next, tell MH-E what a valid scan line looks like so that you can at least display the output of scan in your MH-Folder buffer. @vindex mh-scan-valid-regexp, example @smalllisp (setq mh-scan-valid-regexp "[0-9]+[+D^ ]$") @end smalllisp Now, in order to get rid of the @samp{Cursor not pointing to message} message, you need to tell MH-E how to access the message number. You should also see why MH-E requires that you include a message number in the first place. @vindex mh-scan-msg-number-regexp, example @vindex mh-scan-msg-search-regexp, example @smalllisp (setq mh-scan-msg-number-regexp "^.* \\([0-9]+\\)[+D^ ]$") (setq mh-scan-msg-search-regexp " %d[+D^ ]$") @end smalllisp In order to get the next and previous commands working, add this. @vindex mh-scan-good-msg-regexp, example @smalllisp (setq mh-scan-good-msg-regexp "^.* \\([0-9]+\\)[+D^ ]$") @end smalllisp Note that the current message isn't marked with a @samp{+} when moving between the next and previous messages. Here is the code required to get this working. @vindex set-mh-cmd-note, example @vindex mh-scan-cur-msg-number-regexp, example @smalllisp (set-mh-cmd-note 76) (setq mh-scan-cur-msg-number-regexp "^.* \\([0-9]+\\)\\+$") @end smalllisp Finally, add the following to delete and refile messages. @vindex mh-scan-deleted-msg-regexp, example @vindex mh-scan-refiled-msg-regexp, example @smalllisp (setq mh-scan-deleted-msg-regexp "^.* \\([0-9]+\\)D$") (setq mh-scan-refiled-msg-regexp "^.* \\([0-9]+\\)\\^$") @end smalllisp This is just a bare minimum; it's best to adjust all of the regular expressions to ensure that MH-E and highlighting perform well. @node Procmail, Odds and Ends, Scan Line Formats, Top @appendix Reading Mailing Lists Effectively @cindex @command{procmail} @cindex @command{slocal} @cindex Gnus @cindex MH commands, @command{slocal} @cindex Unix commands, @command{procmail} @cindex mailing lists, reading This appendix explains how to use @uref{http://www.procmail.org/, procmail} to file mail from mailing lists into folders which can then be read easily with MH-E@footnote{The MH equivalent, @command{slocal}, can be used as well, but procmail is more flexible and more packages exist for procmail than for slocal.}. Some mailing lists have such high traffic that Gnus must be used and I discuss how to use Gnus side-by-side with MH-E. @cindex @file{.procmailrc} @cindex files, @file{.procmailrc} First, I'll describe how to put mail from your mailing lists directly into an MH folder using @command{procmail}. First, add the following to @file{~/.procmailrc}. While the logging variables aren't strictly necessary, they are extremely useful. @smallexample [1] # Update PATH so procmail can find myrcvstore, rcvstore and mhparam. [2] PATH=$PATH:/usr/lib/mh:/usr/bin/mh:$HOME/bin [3] [4] # Point LOGFILE at the actual log file. [5] LOGFILE=$HOME/.procmail.log [6] [7] # This setting provides just the right amount of information. [8] LOGABSTRACT=all [9] [10] # Uncomment the following line to see how your patterns match. [11] #VERBOSE=yes [12] [13] # Place mail sent to any MH-E mailing list in +mh-e. [14] :0 w: mh-e$LOCKEXT [15] * ^TO.*mh-e-.*@@.*sourceforge.net [16] | myrcvstore -create +mh-e @end smallexample @cindex @command{rcvstore} @cindex MH commands, @command{rcvstore} Line 14 creates a lock file in your mail directory based upon the name of the folder. This is done because @command{rcvstore} does not perform locking. While this lock file will prevent @command{procmail} from writing to a folder concurrently, there is a slight chance that you might lose a message if you're performing operations on a folder at the same time @command{rcvstore} is placing a message there. You have been warned. Now that that disclaimer is out of the way, note that I've been using this set-up for over a decade and haven't lost anything to my knowledge@footnote{See @uref{https://savannah.nongnu.org/bugs/?func=detailbug&bug_id=4361&group_id=2166, Savannah issue #4361} to see if @command{rcvstore} locking is still an issue.}. @cindex @samp{Unseen-Sequence:} MH profile component @cindex MH profile component, @samp{Unseen-Sequence:} Line 16 uses the following script, @code{myrcvstore}, to massage the message as described in the comment and file the message in the given folder@footnote{The @samp{-create} argument wasn't always the default to @command{rcvstore}.}. @smallexample #! /bin/sh # Accepts a message on standard input and passes it through rcvstore # after first passing it through any filters. All arguments are passed # on to rcvstore. # Force the "From user date" to become part of header. One reason this # is done is because the presence of the From field confuses dist so # that dist adds a new header, rather than using the existing header. # Note that this should not be done for any message that goes into a # Gnus incoming file (Gnus will thrown an error) nor should it be # applied to any message that goes to the system mailbox because the # entire mailbox will be incorporated as a single message. formail -c -z -R 'From ' X-Envelope-From: | rcvstore $@@ @end smallexample If your version of @command{rcvstore} doesn't add messages to the @samp{unseen} sequence by default, add the following line to your MH profile: @smallexample Unseen-Sequence: unseen @end smallexample Now view your new messages with the speedbar (@pxref{Speedbar}) or with @kbd{F n} (@code{mh-index-new-messages}). @xref{Folders}. If you're on a mailing list that is so voluminous that it is impossible to read every message, it usually better to read the mailing list like a newsgroup in a news reader. Emacs has a built-in newsreader called Gnus. The remainder of this appendix talks about how to use Gnus with an MH message store. The version of Gnus that was used to prepare this manual was 5.10. Versions 5.8 through 5.10 should work but versions prior to 5.8 use different options. This table contains a list of Gnus options that you will have to modify. Note that for them to become accessible, you'll have to load @file{nnml.el} first. This can be done with @kbd{M-x load-library @key{RET} nnml @key{RET}}. @vtable @code @item gnus-secondary-select-methods Select the @samp{nnml} value. This select method uses directories for folders and individual files for messages, just like MH@. You do not have to set an address. @c ------------------------- @item mail-sources Select the @samp{Several files in a directory} value, check the @samp{Path} box and enter @file{~/Mail} to tell Gnus where to find your mail. @c ------------------------- @vindex mail-user-agent @item message-mail-user-agent In order to send mail within Gnus using MH-E, set this option to @samp{mail-user-agent} and set the @code{mail-user-agent} option to @samp{Emacs interface to MH}. @c ------------------------- @item nnmail-keep-last-article Since Gnus keeps track of which messages you have read, it would be bad if Gnus expired the last message, for example, message 100, and @command{rcvstore} gave the next new message number 1. Gnus would then ignore it since it thinks that you've read messages 1--100. Turning on this option ensures that the last message is never removed thereby eliminating this problem. @end vtable Next add the following to @file{~/.procmailrc}. If you don't subscribe to the GnuCash mailing list, substitute one to which you are subscribed. @smallexample PATH=$PATH:/usr/bin/mh MAILDIR=$HOME/`mhparam Path` # Place mail sent to the GnuCash mailing list in gnucash.spool, where # Gnus will pick it up. :0: * ^TO.*gnucash.*@@.*gnucash.org gnucash.spool @end smallexample Wait for some messages to appear in @file{gnucash.spool} and run Gnus with @kbd{M-x gnus @key{RET}}. To view the folder created in the example above, you would tell Gnus about it the first time only with @kbd{G m gnucash @key{RET} nnml @key{RET}}. In MH-E, this folder is known as @samp{+gnucash}. @node Odds and Ends, History, Procmail, Top @appendix Odds and Ends This appendix covers a few topics that don't fit elsewhere. Here I tell you how to report bugs and how to get on the MH-E mailing lists. I also point out some additional sources of information. @menu * Bug Reports:: * Mailing Lists:: * MH FAQ and Support:: * Getting MH-E:: @end menu @node Bug Reports, Mailing Lists, Odds and Ends, Odds and Ends @appendixsec Bug Reports @cindex bugs @cindex SourceForge @kindex M-x mh-version Bug reports should be filed at @uref{https://sourceforge.net/p/mh-e/bugs/, SourceForge}. You need to be a SourceForge user to submit bug reports, but this is easy enough to do that it shouldn't be a restriction for you. Please include the output of @kbd{M-x mh-version} (@pxref{Miscellaneous}) in any bug report you send unless you're 110% positive we won't ask for it. @node Mailing Lists, MH FAQ and Support, Bug Reports, Odds and Ends @appendixsec MH-E Mailing Lists @cindex SourceForge @cindex mailing lists There are several mailing lists for MH-E@. They are @i{mh-e-users at lists.sourceforge.net}, @i{mh-e-announce at lists.sourceforge.net}, and @i{mh-e-devel at lists.sourceforge.net}. You can subscribe or view the archives at @uref{https://sourceforge.net/p/mh-e/mailman/, SourceForge}. Do not report bugs on these lists; please submit them via SourceForge (@pxref{Bug Reports}). @node MH FAQ and Support, Getting MH-E, Mailing Lists, Odds and Ends @appendixsec MH FAQ and Support @cindex FAQ @cindex MH FAQ The article @uref{http://www.newt.com/faq/mh.html, @cite{MH Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) with Answers}} appears monthly in the newsgroup @samp{comp.mail.mh}. While very little is there that deals with MH-E specifically, there is an incredible wealth of material about MH itself which you will find useful. @cindex support You can find FAQs on MH-E by searching for @i{labels:support} on the @uref{https://sourceforge.net/p/mh-e/bugs/search/?q=labels%3Asupport, Tickets} page on SourceForge. If you don't find the answer to your question, file a ticket and your question will become a new FAQ! @node Getting MH-E, , MH FAQ and Support, Odds and Ends @appendixsec Getting MH-E @cindex MH-E, obtaining @cindex getting MH-E @cindex obtaining MH-E Because MH-E is undergoing a phase of sustained growth, the version of MH-E in your Emacs is likely to be out of date although it is most likely to be more up to date than the copy that comes with the MH distribution in @file{miscellany/mh-e}. @cindex change log @cindex release notes New MH-E releases are always available for downloading at @uref{https://sourceforge.net/projects/mh-e/files/, SourceForge} before they appear in an Emacs release. You can read the release notes on that page to determine if the given release of MH-E is already installed in your version of Emacs. You can also read the change log to see if you are interested in what the given release of MH-E has to offer (although we have no doubt that you will be extremely interested in all new releases). @cindex Debian If you use Debian, you can install the Debian @uref{http://packages.debian.org/unstable/mail/mh-e, mh-e package} instead. @cindex files, @samp{MH-E-NEWS} @cindex files, @samp{README} @cindex news @cindex @samp{MH-E-NEWS} @cindex @samp{README} @kindex M-x mh-version After you download and extract the MH-E tarball, read the @file{README} file and @file{MH-E-NEWS}. These correspond to the release notes and change log mentioned above. The file @file{README} contains instructions on installing MH-E@. If you're already running Emacs, please quit that session and start again to load in the new MH-E@. Check that you're running the new version with the command @kbd{M-x mh-version}. @cindex contributed software @cindex manual @cindex documentation In addition to the mh-e package, the @uref{https://sourceforge.net/projects/mh-e/files/, SourceForge} site also contains doc and contrib packages. The former is the latest release of this manual, and the latter contains a few contributed packages you might find useful. @node History, GFDL, Odds and Ends, Top @appendix History of MH-E @cindex Bill Wohler @cindex Brian Reid @cindex Gildea, Stephen @cindex Jim Larus @cindex Larus, Jim @cindex MH-E, versions @cindex Reid, Brian @cindex SourceForge @cindex Stephen Gildea @cindex Wohler, Bill @cindex history of MH-E @cindex versions of MH-E MH-E was originally written by Brian Reid in 1983 and has changed hands several times since then. Jim Larus wanted to do something similar for GNU Emacs, and ended up completely rewriting it that same year. In 1989, Stephen Gildea picked it up and added many improvements. Bill Wohler then took over in 2000 and moved its development to @uref{http://sourceforge.net/, SourceForge} where it lives today. @menu * From Brian Reid:: * From Jim Larus:: * From Stephen Gildea:: * From Bill Wohler:: @end menu @node From Brian Reid, From Jim Larus, History, History @appendixsec From Brian Reid @cindex Brian Reid @cindex Reid, Brian One day in 1983 I got the flu and had to stay home from work for three days with nothing to do. I used that time to write MHE@. The fundamental idea behind MHE was that it was a ``puppeteer'' driving the MH programs underneath it. MH had a model that the editor was supposed to run as a sub-process of the mailer, which seemed to me at the time to be the tail wagging the dog. So I turned it around and made the editor drive the MH programs. I made sure that the UCI people (who were maintaining MH at the time) took in my changes and made them stick. Today, I still use my own version of MHE because I don't at all like the way that GNU MH-E works and I've never gotten to be good enough at hacking Emacs Lisp to make GNU MH-E do what I want. The Gosling-emacs version of MHE and the GNU Emacs version of MH-E have almost nothing in common except similar names. They work differently, have different conceptual models, and have different key bindings@footnote{After reading this article, I questioned Brian about his version of MHE, and received some great ideas for improving MH-E such as a dired-like method of selecting folders; and removing the prompting when sending mail, filling in the blanks in the draft buffer instead. I passed them on to Stephen Gildea, the current maintainer, and he was excited about the ideas as well. Perhaps one day, MH-E will again resemble MHE (draft form editing was introduced in version 7.4).}. Brian Reid, June 1994 @node From Jim Larus, From Stephen Gildea, From Brian Reid, History @appendixsec From Jim Larus @cindex Jim Larus @cindex Larus, Jim Brian Reid, while at CMU or shortly after going to Stanford wrote a mail reading program called MHE for Gosling Emacs. It had much the same structure as MH-E (i.e., invoked MH programs), though it was simpler and the commands were slightly different. Unfortunately, I no longer have a copy so the differences are lost in the mists of time. In '82--83, I was working at BBN and wrote a lot of mlisp code in Gosling Emacs to make it look more like Tennex Emacs. One of the packages that I picked up and improved was Reid's mail system. In '83, I went back to Berkeley. About that time, Stallman's first version of GNU Emacs came out and people started to move to it from Gosling Emacs (as I recall, the transition took a year or two). I decided to port Reid's MHE and used the mlisp to Emacs Lisp translator that came with GNU Emacs. It did a lousy job and the resulting code didn't work, so I bit the bullet and rewrote the code by hand (it was a lot smaller and simpler then, so it took only a day or two). Soon after that, MH-E became part of the standard Emacs distribution and suggestions kept dribbling in for improvements. MH-E soon reached sufficient functionality to keep me happy, but I kept on improving it because I was a graduate student with plenty of time on my hands and it was more fun than my dissertation. In retrospect, the one thing that I regret is not writing any documentation, which seriously limited the use and appeal of the package. @cindex @command{xmh}, in MH-E history In '89, I came to Wisconsin as a professor and decided not to work on MH-E@. It was stable, except for minor bugs, and had enough functionality, so I let it be for a few years. Stephen Gildea of BBN began to pester me about the bugs, but I ignored them. In 1990, he went off to the X Consortium, said good bye, and said that he would now be using @command{xmh}. A few months later, he came back and said that he couldn't stand @command{xmh} and could I put a few more bug fixes into MH-E@. At that point, I had no interest in fixing MH-E, so I gave the responsibility of maintenance to him and he has done a fine job since then. Jim Larus, June 1994 @node From Stephen Gildea, From Bill Wohler, From Jim Larus, History @appendixsec From Stephen Gildea @cindex Gildea, Stephen @cindex Stephen Gildea In 1987 I went to work for Bolt Beranek and Newman, as Jim had before me. In my previous job, I had been using RMAIL, but as my folders tend to run large, I was frustrated with the speed of RMAIL@. However, I stuck with it because I wanted the GNU Emacs interface. I am very familiar and comfortable with the Emacs interface (with just a few modifications of my own) and dislike having to use applications with embedded editors; they never live up to Emacs. MH is the mail reader of choice at BBN, so I converted to it. Since I didn't want to give up using an Emacs interface, I started using MH-E@. As is my wont, I started hacking on it almost immediately. I first used version 3.4m. One of the first features I added was to treat the folder buffer as a file-visiting buffer: you could lock it, save it, and be warned of unsaved changes when killing it. I also worked to bring its functionality a little closer to RMAIL@. Jim Larus was very cooperative about merging in my changes, and my efforts first appeared in version 3.6, distributed with Emacs 18.52 in 1988. Next I decided MH-E was too slow and optimized it a lot. Version, 3.7, distributed with Emacs 18.56 in 1990, was noticeably faster. When I moved to the X Consortium I became the first person there to not use xmh. (There is now one other engineer there using MH-E@.) About this point I took over maintenance of MH-E from Jim and was finally able to add some features Jim hadn't accepted, such as the backward searching undo. My first release was 3.8 (Emacs 18.58) in 1992. Now, in 1994, we see a flurry of releases, with both 4.0 and 5.0. Version 4.0 added many new features, including background folder collection and support for composing @sc{mime} messages. (Reading @sc{mime} messages remains to be done, alas.) While writing this book, Bill Wohler gave MH-E its closest examination ever, uncovering bugs and inconsistencies that required a new major version to fix, and so version 5 was released. Stephen Gildea, June 1994 @node From Bill Wohler, , From Stephen Gildea, History @appendixsec From Bill Wohler @cindex Wohler, Bill @cindex Bill Wohler The preface originally included the following text which I use to begin my story: @quotation But it's important to note a brief history of MH-E. @w{Version 3} was prevalent through the @w{Emacs 18} and early @w{Emacs 19} years. Then @w{Version 4} came out (@w{Emacs 19.23}), which introduced several new and changed commands. Next, @w{Version 5.0} was released, which fixed some bugs and incompatibilities, and was incorporated into @w{Emacs 19.29}. @end quotation After a long break, Stephen handed the reins over to me in 2000. I moved the project to a new site called SourceForge and organized a great team of developers. Our first release in late 2001 was version 6. It appeared around the time of Emacs 21.2 and had menus and tool bar buttons. Then, indexed searches, improved MIME handling, a speedbar, multiple identities, alias completion, an index view of unseen messages, spam software support, Face and X-Image-URL header field support, Fcc completion, arbitrary range handling, and draft form editing were introduced in the version 7 series around the time of Emacs 21.4 (2004). Still, Emacs itself contained version 5 of MH-E released back in 1994. Version 8 development was mostly driven by the rewrite of the manual. It also brought GNU mailutils MH support, S/MIME support, picon support, and an improved interface for hiding header fields. The CVS repository was migrated from SourceForge to Savannah (only for those files that were already part of Emacs) and the software was completely reorganized to push back two decades of entropy. Version 8 appeared in Emacs 22.1 in 2006. Development was then quiet for a couple of years. Emacs 23.1, which is due out in 2009, will contain version 8.1. This version includes a few new features and several bug fixes. Bill Wohler, August 2008 @node GFDL, GPL, History, Top @appendix GNU Free Documentation License @include doclicense.texi @node GPL, Key Index, GFDL, Top @appendix GNU General Public License @include gpl.texi @node Key Index, Command Index, GPL, Top @unnumbered Key (Character) Index @printindex ky @node Command Index, Option Index, Key Index, Top @unnumbered Command Index @printindex fn @node Option Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top @unnumbered Option (Variable) Index @printindex vr @node Concept Index, , Option Index, Top @unnumbered Concept Index @printindex cp @bye @c Ispell Helpers @c @c The following are words that ispell should ignore that would not @c normally be in a dictionary (global or personal). Be careful not to @c include words here that could potentially be typos of other words @c (such as url, elisp, or MHE). @c @c LocalWords: CTRL ESC SPC f's @c LocalWords: addr Aliasfile alist @c LocalWords: Baushke Bcc BBN Beranek bogofilter bogofilter's @c LocalWords: cmd CMU contrib cron @c LocalWords: DesBrisay Dcc devel dir dired docstring filll forw @c LocalWords: GECOS Gildea Gildea's Ginnean GnuCash goto gnuserv htm @c LocalWords: ImageMagick inbox ispell keychain @c LocalWords: Larus licensor LocalWords lookup lpr @c LocalWords: makeinfo mairix mbox mh mhbuild mhl mhpath mlisp @c LocalWords: MML msg multipart @c LocalWords: Namazu NIS nenscript nnml num @c LocalWords: packmbox passphrase pathname prev procmail prog repl @c LocalWords: slocal sortm SpamAssassin spammers SpamProbe SpamProbe's @c LocalWords: sublicense supercite speedbar @c LocalWords: Tennex texi texinfo Thelen thelenm @c LocalWords: UCI undeleted whatnow wohler xmh ypcat @c @c See http://www.oreilly.com/oreilly/author/stylesheet.html. @c See http://en.wikipedia.org/. @c @c Note the lowercase mh which is needed to avoid hits in the @c functions and variables. Occasionally, check for accidental @c inclusion of mh in text by uncommenting the following and executing @c it with C-x C-e. You want to see "Search failed" @c (let ((case-fold-search nil)) @c (goto-char (point-min)) @c (search-forward-regexp "^mh\\( \\|$\\)")) @c @c An extremely useful setting for texinfo-mode-hook is: @c (add-to-list @c 'ispell-skip-region-alist @c (list @c (concat "\\(@\\(small\\)?\\(example\\|lisp\\)" @c "\\(@\\([irw]\\|code\\|var\\){[^}]+}\\|" @c "@[@{}.]\\|" @c "[^@]\\|" @c "@\\(end \\)?group\\|" @c "@\\(end \\)?cartouche\\)+" @c "@end \\(small\\)?\\(example\\|lisp\\)\\|" @c "@\\(code\\|command\\|file\\|kbd\\|sc\\){[^}]+}\\|" @c "^@end [a-z]+$\\|" @c "^@\\([fv]\\|print\\)index .*$\\|" @c "@uref{[^,]+,\\|" @c "@[a-z]+\\|" @c "/[a-z.]+[/}]\\)"))))) @c @c Cross References @c @c See existing cross-references to the Emacs manual and the Emacs @c Lisp manual (search for ``GNU Emacs Manual'' and ``GNU @c Emacs Lisp Reference Manual'' respectively). @c @ftable Sorting @c @c As per index (sort of): Punctuation, keyboard characters (such as @c RET and BS) upper and lowercase mixed (lower comes before @c uppercase), control characters go with uppercase C, meta characters @c go with uppercase M. @c In some cases, the sort isn't strictly ASCII. @c For example, SPC (mh-page-msg) reads better before BS @c (mh-previous-page) and . (mh-show) is better before , @c (mh-header-display). @c @vtable Sorting @c @c Alphabetical, pull hooks into their own table. @c Local Variables: @c sentence-end-double-space: nil @c End: mh-e-doc-8.5/doc/misc/ChangeLog0000644000175000000620000117035212114520053015413 0ustar wohlerstaff2013-03-02 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.5. * mh-e.texi (VERSION, EDITION, UPDATED, UPDATE-MONTH): Update for release 8.5. * mh-e.texi (Preface, Conventions, Getting Started) (Using This Manual, Folder Selection, Viewing, Aliases) (Identities, Speedbar, Menu Bar, Tool Bar, Scan Line Formats) (Bug Reports, Mailing Lists, MH FAQ and Support, Getting MH-E): Update URLs. 2013-03-01 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Inline methods): Remove "ssh1", "ssh2", "plink1" and "plink2" entries. "plink2" is obsolete for a long time. (External methods): Remove "scp1" and "scp2" entries. Explain user name and host name specification for "adb". 2013-02-28 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (External methods): Mention `tramp-adb-program'. 2013-02-28 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Visibility cycling): Suggest to set `org-agenda-inhibit-startup' to nil if user wants the startup visibility settings to be honored in any circumstances. (Progress logging, Checkboxes): Fix typos. 2013-02-28 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (top) [xxx, yyy, trampfn]: Provide two versions of the macros, for Texinfo 4.13 and 5.0. 2013-02-24 Michael Albinus Port Tramp documentation to Texinfo 5.0. * tramp.texi (top) [xxx, yyy, trampfn]: Remove superfluous @c. (Filename Syntax): Do not use @trampfn{} in @item. (Filename completion): Use @columnfractions in @multitable. 2013-02-22 Glenn Morris * flymake.texi (Syntax check statuses): Fix multitable continued rows. 2013-02-21 Paul Eggert * Makefile.in (html): New rule. 2013-02-20 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Android shell setup): Improve. Reported by Thierry Volpiatto . 2013-02-16 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Top, Configuration): Insert section `Android shell setup' in menu. (Android shell setup): New section. (Connection types, Default Method) (Frequently Asked Questions): Mention "scp" instead of "scpc". (External methods): Remove "scpc" and "rsyncc" entries. (Frequently Asked Questions): Remove entry about ControlPersist. 2013-02-13 Glenn Morris * message.texi (News Headers): Don't mention yow any more. 2013-02-09 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Basic Operations on Units): (Customizing Calc): Mention the variable `calc-allow-units-as-numbers'. 2013-02-08 Aidan Gauland * eshell.texi: Fill most of the missing sections. 2013-02-07 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (References): Clarify an example. (Installation): Fix instructions. (Org-Plot): Fix link. (Checkboxes, Radio lists): Fix typos. 2013-02-07 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (Equality Predicates): Mention memql. 2013-02-07 Eric Ludlam * doc/misc/ede.texi (Creating a project): Make ede-new doc less specific, and only about items it supports, indicating that there might be more. Remove refs to simple project and direct automake from ede new. (Simple projects): Re-write to not talk about ede-simple-project which is deprecated, and instead use the term to mean projects that don't do much management, just project wrapping. Add ede-generic-project link. (ede-generic-project): New node (bug#11441). 2013-02-07 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (Equality Predicates): Fix eq/eql pedantry. 2013-02-01 Glenn Morris * calc.texi (Help Commands): Update calc-view-news description. Mention etc/CALC-NEWS. 2013-01-24 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Filename Syntax): Filenames must be unibyte strings. 2013-01-13 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Installation): Simplify. 2013-01-13 François Allisson (tiny change) * org.texi (Handling links): Update the mention to the obsolete variable `org-link-to-org-use-id' with a mention to the newer variable `org-id-link-to-org-use-id'. Mention the need to load the org-id library. 2013-01-10 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Default Host): Introduce `tramp-default-host-alist'. 2013-01-09 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Pushing to MobileOrg): Add footnote about using symbolic links in `org-directory'. (Timestamps, Deadlines and scheduling): Use `diary-float' instead of the now obsolete alias `org-float'. (TODO basics): Add `org-use-fast-todo-selection' to the variable index. Fix description of TODO keywords cycling. (Advanced features): Add missing argument for @item. (Storing searches): Add index entries and a note about *-tree agenda views. (Structure editing): Document `org-mark-element' and `org-mark-subtree'. (Tag inheritance): Document `org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance'. 2013-01-08 Juri Linkov * info.texi (Go to node): Mention the abbreviated format `(FILENAME)' equal to `(FILENAME)Top'. (Bug#13365) 2013-01-06 Andreas Schwab * autotype.texi: Remove undefined command @subtitlefont. * cc-mode.texi: Likewise. * org.texi (Advanced features): Use `@w{ }' instead of `@ ' in @item argument. (Property searches): Use \\ instead of @backslashchar{}. * pgg.texi (VERSION): Move @set below @setfilename. 2013-01-05 Andreas Schwab * ada-mode.texi: Remove braces from @title argument. * eudc.texi: Likewise. * smtpmail.texi: Likewise. * auth.texi (VERSION): Set before first use. * emacs-gnutls.texi (VERSION): Likewise. * pgg.texi (VERSION): Likewise. * ede.texi (Top): Rename from top, all uses changed. * eshell.texi: Add missing argument to @sp. * forms.texi (Top): Reorder menu to match structure. * htmlfontify.texi (Customisation): Add missing @item in @enumerate. * org.texi (Advanced features): Add missing argument for @item. (Property searches): Use @backslashchar{} in macro argument. * pcl-cvs.texi: Add missing argument to @sp. (Movement commands): Fix use of @itemx. * vip.texi (Misc Commands, Viewing the Buffer): Likewise. * reftex.texi (Options (Creating Citations)): Add missing newline before @end. * tramp.texi (Obtaining Tramp): Remove extra dots. (Configuration): Reorder menu to match structure. (Remote shell setup): Replace literal NUL character by \0. * viper.texi (Marking): Add missing argument for @item. 2013-01-04 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, PDF_TARGETS): Add htmlfontify. (htmlfontify, $(buildinfodir)/htmlfontify$(INFO_EXT)) (htmlfontify.dvi, htmlfontify.pdf): New targets. * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add htmlfontify. ($(infodir)/htmlfontify$(INFO_EXT), htmlfontify.dvi): New targets. * htmlfontify.texi: Miscellaneous fixes and updates. Set copyright to FSF, update license to GFDL 1.3+. 2013-01-04 Vivek Dasmohapatra * htmlfontify.texi: New file. 2013-01-02 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Free-Form Dates): Expand on the date reading algorithm. 2012-12-27 Glenn Morris * viper.texi (Rudimentary Changes, Key Bindings, Key Bindings): Avoid some overfull lines. * widget.texi (Programming Example): Break some long lines. * wisent.texi (Wisent Overview): Fix xref. (Grammar format, Understanding the automaton): Avoid overfill. * bovine.texi (Optional Lambda Expression): Allow line break. * auth.texi (Help for users): Break long lines. * ada-mode.texi (Project file variables): Reword to reduce underfull hbox. (No project files, Use GNAT project file): Use smallexample to make some overfull lines less terrible. * autotype.texi, bovine.texi, ede.texi, eieio.texi, pcl-cvs.texi: Fix cross-references to separate manuals. * Makefile.in (gfdl): New variable. Use throughout where appropriate so that targets depend on doclicense.texi. 2012-12-25 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Customizing the IMAP Connection): Mention the other authenticators. 2012-12-24 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Browse Foreign Server): Document `gnus-browse-delete-group'. 2012-12-22 Glenn Morris * ada-mode.texi, ebrowse.texi, ediff.texi, ert.texi, eshell.texi: * eudc.texi, idlwave.texi, pcl-cvs.texi, rcirc.texi, reftex.texi: * remember.texi, ses.texi, speedbar.texi, vip.texi, viper.texi: * widget.texi, wisent.texi: Nuke hand-written node pointers. * Makefile.in (gfdl): New variable. Use throughout where appropriate so that targets depend on doclicense.texi. 2012-12-22 Eli Zaretskii * makefile.w32-in ($(INFO_TARGETS), $(DVI_TARGETS)): Depend on doclicense.texi. Remove doclicense.texi from all targets that mentioned it explicitly. ($(infodir)/woman$(INFO_EXT), woman.dvi): Depend on $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi. ($(infodir)/erc$(INFO_EXT), erc.dvi): Don't depend on gpl.texi. 2012-12-21 Glenn Morris * woman.texi (UPDATED, VERSION): Remove in favor of EMACSVER. Include emacsver.texi. Nuke hand-written node pointers. * Makefile.in ($(buildinfodir)/woman$(INFO_EXT), woman.dvi, woman.pdf): Depend on emacsver.texi. * auth.texi, emacs-gnutls.texi, epa.texi, ert.texi: * gnus-coding.texi, info.texi, nxml-mode.texi, sasl.texi: May as well just include doclicense.texi in everything. * ede.texi, eieio.texi, mairix-el.texi: Include a copy of GFDL, which @copying says is included. * ada-mode.texi, auth.texi, autotype.texi, bovine.texi, calc.texi: * cc-mode.texi, cl.texi, dbus.texi, dired-x.texi, ebrowse.texi: * ede.texi, ediff.texi, edt.texi, eieio.texi, emacs-gnutls.texi: * emacs-mime.texi, epa.texi, erc.texi, ert.texi, eshell.texi: * eudc.texi, flymake.texi, forms.texi, gnus-coding.texi, gnus.texi: * idlwave.texi, info.texi, mairix-el.texi, message.texi, mh-e.texi: * newsticker.texi, nxml-mode.texi, pcl-cvs.texi, pgg.texi: * rcirc.texi, reftex.texi, remember.texi, sasl.texi, sc.texi: * semantic.texi, ses.texi, sieve.texi, smtpmail.texi, speedbar.texi: * srecode.texi, tramp.texi, url.texi, vip.texi, viper.texi: * widget.texi, wisent.texi, woman.texi: Do not mention buying copies from the FSF, which does not publish these manuals. * erc.texi: No need to include gpl in this small manual. * org.texi (copying): Include a copy of the GFDL. (GNU Free Documentation License): New section. 2012-12-21 Bastien Guerry * org.texi: Fix typos. 2012-12-16 Paul Eggert * calc.texi (ISO 8601): Rename from ISO-8601, as it's typically spelled without a hyphen. 2012-12-16 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (ISO-8601): New section. (Date Formatting Codes): Mention new codes. (Standard Date Formats): Mention new formats. 2012-12-14 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (External methods): Move `adb' method here. 2012-12-13 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (Modify Macros, Obsolete Macros): Now letf == cl-letf. * wisent.texi: Small edits. Set copyright to FSF, update license to GFDL 1.3+. * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, PDF_TARGETS): Add wisent. (wisent, $(buildinfodir)/wisent$(INFO_EXT), wisent.dvi, wisent.pdf): New targets. * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add wisent. ($(infodir)/wisent$(INFO_EXT), wisent.dvi): New targets. * bovine.texi: Small edits. Set copyright to FSF, update license to GFDL 1.3+, remove empty index. * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, PDF_TARGETS): Add bovine. (bovine, $(buildinfodir)/bovine$(INFO_EXT), bovine.dvi, bovine.pdf): New targets. * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add bovine. ($(infodir)/bovine$(INFO_EXT), bovine.dvi): New targets. 2012-12-13 Eric Ludlam David Ponce Richard Kim * bovine.texi, wisent.texi: New files, imported from CEDET trunk. 2012-12-13 Glenn Morris * flymake.texi (Customizable variables, Locating the buildfile): Remove refs to flymake-buildfile-dirs, removed 2007-07-20. (Bug#13148) * srecode.texi: Small edits. Set copyright to FSF, add explicit GFDL 1.3+ license, fix up index. * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, PDF_TARGETS): Add srecode. (srecode, $(buildinfodir)/srecode$(INFO_EXT), srecode.dvi) (srecode.pdf): New targets. * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add srecode. ($(infodir)/srecode$(INFO_EXT), srecode.dvi): New targets. 2012-12-13 Eric Ludlam * srecode.texi: New file, imported from CEDET trunk. 2012-12-13 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Summary, Code block specific header arguments) (Code block specific header arguments) (Header arguments in function calls, var, noweb) (Results of evaluation, Code evaluation security): Small reformatting: add a blank line before some example. * org.texi (System-wide header arguments) (Header arguments in Org mode properties, Conflicts) (Dynamic blocks, Using the mapping API): Fix indentation of Elisp code examples. * org.texi (Comment lines): Fix description of the comment syntax. * org.texi (Installation): Mention "make test" in the correct section. 2012-12-06 Paul Eggert * doclicense.texi, gpl.texi: Update to latest version from FSF. These are just minor editorial changes. 2012-12-04 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (History): Mention ADB. (Inline methods): Add `adb' method. 2012-12-03 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Top, Obtaining Tramp): Replace CVS by Git. (External methods): Fix typo. 2012-12-03 Glenn Morris * rcirc.texi (Notices): Fix typo. 2012-11-25 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.4. * mh-e.texi: (VERSION, EDITION, UPDATED, UPDATE-MONTH, Preface): Update for release 8.4. * mh-e.texi (Sequences): Add mh-whitelist-preserves-sequences-flag. (Junk): Add mh-whitelist-preserves-sequences-flag, mh-blacklist-msg-hook, mh-whitelist-msg-hook, mh-folder-blacklisted, mh-folder-whitelisted (closes SF #2945712). 2012-11-25 Paul Eggert * mh-e.texi (Procmail): Fix two @ typos. 2012-11-24 Paul Eggert * doclicense.texi, gpl.texi: Update to latest version from FSF. These are just minor editorial changes. 2012-11-23 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Date Formatting Codes): Mention the new beginning of the date numbering system. 2012-11-22 Paul Eggert * calc.texi: Fix TeX issues with capitals followed by ".", "?", "!". (Date Forms): Correct off-by-one error in explanation of Julian day numbers. Give Gregorian equivalent of its origin. 2012-11-22 Jay Belanger * doc/misc/calc.texi (Date Forms): Mention the customizable Gregorian-Julian switch. (Customizing Calc): Mention the variable `calc-gregorian-switch'. 2012-11-17 Paul Eggert Calc now uses the Gregorian calendar for all dates (Bug#12633). It also uses January 1, 1 AD as its day number 1. * calc.texi (Date Forms): Document this. 2012-11-16 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (Function Bindings): Clarify that cl-flet is lexical. (Obsolete Macros): Move example here from Function Bindings. * erc.texi: Use @code{nil} rather than just "nil". (Modules): Undocument obsolete "hecomplete". Add "notifications". (Connecting): Add brief section on passwords. (Options): Make a start by adding erc-hide-list, erc-lurker-hide-list. 2012-11-13 Glenn Morris * flymake.texi (Customizable variables) (Highlighting erroneous lines): Mention flymake-error-bitmap, flymake-warning-bitmap, and flymake-fringe-indicator-position. 2012-11-12 Vincent Belaïche * ses.texi: Doc for ses-rename-cell, ses-repair-cell-reference-all & ses-range. In all file place SES into @acronym{...}. (Advanced Features): Add key index and function index for ses-set-header-row. Add description for function ses-rename-cell. Add description for function ses-repair-cell-reference-all. (Ranges in formulas): Add description for ses-range flags. 2012-11-12 Paul Eggert * texinfo.tex: Merge from gnulib. 2012-11-10 Chong Yidong * url.texi (Introduction): Move url-configuration-directory to Customization node. (Parsed URIs): Split into its own node. (URI Encoding): New node. (Defining New URLs): Remove empty chapter. (Retrieving URLs): Add an introduction. Doc fix for url-retrieve. Improve docs for url-queue-*. (Supported URL Types): Copyedits. Delete empty subnodes. * url.texi (Introduction): Rename from Getting Started. Rewrite the introduction. (URI Parsing): Rewrite. Omit the obsolete attributes slot. 2012-11-10 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (Obsolete Setf Customization): Revert defsetf example to the more correct let rather than prog1. Give define-modify-macro, defsetf, and define-setf-method gv.el replacements. * cl.texi (Overview): Mention EIEIO here, as well as the appendix. (Setf Extensions): Remove obsolete reference. (Obsolete Setf Customization): Move note on lack of setf functions to lispref/variables.texi. Undocument get-setf-method, since it no longer exists. Mention simple defsetf replaced by gv-define-simple-setter. 2012-11-03 Glenn Morris * cl.texi: Further general copyedits. (List Functions): Remove copy-tree, standard elisp for some time. (Efficiency Concerns): Comment out examples that no longer apply. (Compiler Optimizations): Rename from "Optimizing Compiler"; reword. (Creating Symbols, Random Numbers): De-emphasize internal variables cl--gensym-counter and cl--random-state. (Bug#12788) (Naming Conventions, Type Predicates, Macros) (Predicates on Numbers): No longer mention cl-floatp-safe. 2012-11-02 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Mail Source Specifiers): Document :leave keyword used for pop mail source. 2012-11-01 Glenn Morris * cl.texi: General copyedits for style, line-breaks, etc. (Time of Evaluation, Iteration): Add xref to Emacs Lisp manual. (Macro Bindings, Blocks and Exits): Acknowledge existence of lexical-binding. (Iteration): Mainly defer to doc of standard dolist, dotimes. 2012-10-31 Glenn Morris * ert.texi (Introduction, The @code{should} Macro): Refer to "cl-assert" rather than "assert". * cl.texi (Function Bindings): Update for cl-flet and cl-labels. (Obsolete Lexical Binding): Rename section from "Lexical Bindings". (Obsolete Macros): Rename section from "Obsolete Lexical Macros". Reword, and add details of flet and labels. (Modify Macros, Function Bindings): Add some xrefs. 2012-10-30 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (Modify Macros): Update for cl-letf changes. (Obsolete Lexical Macros): Say a little more about letf/cl-letf. (Setf Extensions): Partially restore note about cl-getf, mainly moved to lispref/variables.texi. (Property Lists): Fix cl-getf typos. (Mapping over Sequences): Mention cl-mapc naming oddity. 2012-10-29 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (Organization): More details on cl-lib.el versus cl.el. (Setf Extensions): Remove `apply' setf since it seems to be disabled. (Customizing Setf): Move contents to "Obsolete Setf Customization". (Modify Macros, Multiple Values, Other Clauses): Remove mentions of obsolete features. (Obsolete Setf Customization): Don't mention `apply' setf. 2012-10-28 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (Multiple Values, Common Lisp Compatibility): More namespace updates. (Obsolete Features): Copyedits. (Obsolete Lexical Macros, Obsolete Setf Customization): New subsections. * cl.texi (Porting Common Lisp, Lexical Bindings): Add some xrefs to the Elisp manual. * cl.texi (Lexical Bindings): Move to appendix of obsolete features. (Porting Common Lisp): Emacs Lisp can do true lexical binding now. (Obsolete Features): New appendix. Move Lexical Bindings here. 2012-10-27 Glenn Morris * cl.texi: Use defmac for macros rather than defspec. (Efficiency Concerns): Related copyedit. * cl.texi (Control Structure): Update for setf now being in core. (Setf Extensions): Rename from Basic Setf. Move much of the former content to lispref/variables.texi. (Modify Macros): Move pop, push details to lispref/variables.texi. (Customizing Setf): Copyedits for setf etc being in core. (Modify Macros, Efficiency Concerns, Porting Common Lisp): Further namespaces updates. 2012-10-26 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Installation): Update the link to Org's ELPA. Also don't mention org-install.el anymore as the replacement file org-loaddefs.el is now loaded by org.el. 2012-10-25 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Mention `tramp-completion-reread-directory-timeout' for performance improvement. 2012-10-25 Glenn Morris * cl.texi: Don't mess with the TeX section number counter. Use Texinfo recommended convention for quotes+punctuation. (Overview, Sequence Functions): Rephrase for better line-breaking. (Time of Evaluation, Type Predicates, Modify Macros, Function Bindings) (Macro Bindings, Conditionals, Iteration, Loop Basics) (Random Numbers, Mapping over Sequences, Structures) (Porting Common Lisp): Further updates for cl-lib namespace. (Modify Macros, Declarations, Macro Bindings, Structures): Break long lines in examples. (Dynamic Bindings): Update for changed progv behavior. (Loop Examples, Efficiency Concerns): Markup fixes. (Structures): Remove TeX margin change. (Declarations): Fix typos. 2012-10-24 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (Overview, Multiple Values, Creating Symbols) (Numerical Functions): Say less/nothing about the original cl.el. (Old CL Compatibility): Remove. (Assertions): Remove ignore-errors (standard Elisp for some time). * cl.texi (Basic Setf, Macros, Declarations, Symbols, Numbers) (Sequences, Lists, Structures, Assertions, Efficiency Concerns) (Efficiency Concerns, Efficiency Concerns) (Common Lisp Compatibility, Old CL Compatibility): Further updates for cl-lib namespace. 2012-10-24 Paul Eggert Update manual for new time stamp format (Bug#12706). * emacs-mime.texi (time-date): Update for new format. Also, fix bogus time stamp and modernize a bit. 2012-10-23 Glenn Morris * cl.texi: Include emacsver.texi. Use Emacs version number rather than unchanging cl.el version number. End all menu descriptions with a period. Do not use @dfn{CL} for every instance of "CL". (Overview): Remove no-runtime caveat, and note about foo* names. (Usage): Use cl-lib rather than cl. (Organization, Naming Conventions): Update for cl-lib.el. (Installation): Remove long-irrelevant node. (Program Structure, Predicates, Control Structure): Start updating for cl-lib namespace. * Makefile.in ($(buildinfodir)/cl$(INFO_EXT), cl.dvi, cl.pdf): Depend on emacsver.texi. 2012-10-09 Michael Albinus * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2012-10-06 Glenn Morris * erc.texi: Include emacsver.texi, and use EMACSVER rather than ERC version. (Introduction): ERC is distributed with Emacs. (Obtaining ERC, Installation): Remove chapters, no longer relevant. (Getting Started): Simplify. (Getting Help and Reporting Bugs): Refer to general Emacs lists. (History): Mention ERC maintained as part of Emacs now. * Makefile.in ($(buildinfodir)/erc$(INFO_EXT), erc.dvi, erc.pdf): Add dependency on emacsver.texi. * erc.texi: Remove hand-written node pointers. 2012-10-05 Glenn Morris * newsticker.texi (Overview, Requirements, Usage, Configuration): Copyedits. 2012-10-01 Eric Ludlam * ede.texi (Quick Start, Project Local Variables) (Miscellaneous commands, ede-java-root, Development Overview) (Detecting a Project): New nodes. (Simple projects): Node deleted. * eieio.texi (Building Classes): Some slot attributes cannot be overridden. (Slot Options): Remove an example. (Method Invocation, Documentation): New nodes. 2012-10-01 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in ($(buildinfodir)/reftex$(INFO_EXT)), reftex.dvi) (reftex.pdf): Add dependency on emacsver.texi. * reftex.texi: Don't include directory part for emacsver.texi; the Makefile's -I handles it. 2012-09-30 Ralf Angeli Merge from standalone RefTeX repository. * reftex.texi: Express TeX, LaTeX, AUCTeX, BibTeX and RefTeX with macros. (Imprint): Mention Wolfgang in list of contributors. (Creating Citations): Give a hint about how to auto-revert the BibTeX database file when using external editors. (Referencing Labels): Simplify section about reference macro cycling. (Options (Referencing Labels)): Adapt to new structure of `reftex-ref-style-alist'. (Referencing Labels, Reference Styles): Document changes in the referencing functionality. (Commands): Mention options for definition of header and footer in BibTeX files. (Options (Creating Citations)): Document `reftex-create-bibtex-header' and `reftex-create-bibtex-footer'. (Reference Styles): New section. (varioref (LaTeX package), fancyref (LaTeX package)): Remove. (Options (Referencing Labels)): Remove descriptions of deprecated variables `reftex-vref-is-default' and `reftex-fref-is-default'. Add descriptions for `reftex-ref-style-alist' and `reftex-ref-style-default-list'. (Referencing Labels): Update regarding reference styles. (Citation Styles): Mention support for ConTeXt. (Options (Defining Label Environments)): Fix typo. (Options (Creating Citations)): Document `reftex-cite-key-separator'. 2012-09-30 Achim Gratz * org.texi: Add description of ORG_ADD_CONTRIB to info documentation. Add link to Worg for more details. * org.texi: Clarify installation procedure. Provide link to the build system description on Worg. * org.texi: Remove reference to utils/, x11idle.c is now in contrib/scripts. * org.texi: Re-normalize to "Org mode" in manual. * org.texi (Installation): Adapt documentation to new build system. Mention GNU ELPA (since it needs to be handled like Emacs built-in Org). 2012-09-30 Adam Spiers (tiny change) * org.texi: Fix typo in description of the 'Hooks' section. * org.texi: Add ID to the list of special properties. 2012-09-30 Andrew Hyatt (tiny change) * org.texi (Moving subtrees): Document the ability to archive to a datetree. 2012-09-30 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Installation, Feedback, Batch execution): Use (add-to-list 'load-path ... t) for the contrib dir. * org.texi (results): Update documentation for ":results drawer" and ":results org". * org.texi (Column width and alignment): Fix typo. * org.texi (Activation): Point to the "Conflicts" section. * org.texi (Conflicts): Mention filladapt.el in the list of conflicting packages. * org.texi (Activation): Adding org-mode to `auto-mode-alist' is not needed for versions of Emacs > 22.1. * org.texi (History and Acknowledgments): Fix typo. * org.texi (History and Acknowledgments): Add my own acknowledgments. * org.texi (Agenda commands): Document the new command and the new option. * org.texi (Agenda commands): Delete `org-agenda-action' section. (Agenda commands): Reorder. Document `*' to toggle persistent marks. * org.texi (Agenda dispatcher): Mention `org-toggle-agenda-sticky'. (Agenda commands, Exporting Agenda Views): Fix typo. * org.texi (Templates in contexts, Setting Options): Update to reflect changes in how contexts options are processed. * org.texi (Templates in contexts): Document the new structure of the variables `org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts' and `org-capture-templates-contexts'. * org.texi (Templates in contexts): Document the new option `org-capture-templates-contexts'. (Storing searches): Document the new option `org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts'. * org.texi (Formula syntax for Lisp): Reformat. * org.texi (Special properties, Column attributes) (Agenda column view): Document the new special property CLOCKSUM_T. * org.texi (Template expansion): Document the new %l template. * org.texi (Fast access to TODO states): Fix documentation about allowed characters for fast todo selection. * org.texi (Weekly/daily agenda): Mention APPT_WARNTIME and its use in `org-agenda-to-appt'. * org.texi (Comment lines): Update wrt comments. * org.texi (Resolving idle time): Document new keybinding. * org.texi (Clocking commands): Document the use of S-M- on clock timestamps. * org.texi (Fast access to TODO states): Explicitely says only letters are supported as fast TODO selection keys. * org.texi (Link abbreviations): Illustrate the use of the "%h" specifier. Document the new "%(my-function)" specifier. * org.texi (Clocking commands): New cindex. (Clocking commands): Update documentation for `org-clock-in'. Document `org-clock-in-last'. Mention `org-clock-out' and `org-clock-in-last' as commands that can be globally bound. (Resolving idle time): Document continuous clocking. * org.texi (Top, Introduction): Fix formatting. (Activation): Add index entries. (Conventions): Update section. (Embedded @LaTeX{}): Fix formatting. * org.texi (Visibility cycling): Document `show-children'. * org.texi (Using capture): Mention the `org-capture-last-stored' bookmark as a way to jump to the last stored capture. * org.texi (Uploading files): Fix typo. * org.texi (Using capture): Document `C-0' as a prefix argument for `org-capture'. * org.texi (Agenda commands): Document persistent marks. * org.texi (Template expansion): Update doc to reflect change. * org.texi (Radio tables): Document the :no-escape parameter. * org.texi (Repeated tasks): Document repeat cookies for years, months, weeks, days and hours. * org.texi (Export options): State that you can use the d: option by specifying a list of drawers. * org.texi (HTML preamble and postamble): Small doc improvement. 2012-09-30 Brian van den Broek (tiny change) * org.texi: The sections in the Exporting section of the manual left out articles in the description of the org-export-as-* commands, among other places. This patch adds them, adds a few missing prepositions, and switches instances of "an HTML" to "a html" for internal consistency. * org.texi: Alter several examples of headings with timestamps in them to include the timestamps in the body instead of the heading. 2012-09-30 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Agenda dispatcher): Document sticky agenda views and the new key for them. 2012-09-30 Charles (tiny change) * org.texi (Advanced features): Fix error in table. 2012-09-30 Feng Shu * org.texi (@LaTeX{} fragments): Document imagemagick as an alternative to dvipng. 2012-09-30 François Allisson (tiny change) * org.texi: Remove extra curly bracket. 2012-09-30 Giovanni Ridolfi (tiny change) * org.texi (org-clock-in-last and org-clock-cancel): Update the defkeys. 2012-09-30 Ippei FURUHASHI (tiny change) * org.texi (Agenda commands): Fix two typos by giving corresponding function names, according to `org-agenda-view-mode-dispatch'. 2012-09-30 Jan Bäcker * org.texi (The spreadsheet): Fix typo. 2012-09-30 Memnon Anon (tiny change) * org.texi (Tracking your habits): Point to the "Tracking TODO state changes" section. 2012-09-30 Nicolas Goaziou * org.texi (Literal examples): Remove reference to unknown `org-export-latex-minted' variable. Also simplify footnote since `org-export-latex-listings' documentation is exhaustive already. * org.texi (Plain lists): Remove reference to now hard-coded `bullet' automatic rule. 2012-09-30 Toby S. Cubitt * org.texi: Updated documentation accordingly. 2012-09-13 Paul Eggert * texinfo.tex: Merge from gnulib. 2012-09-12 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.2.6. * tramp.texi (Bug Reports): Cleanup caches before a test run. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2012-09-12 Paul Eggert * texinfo.tex: Merge from gnulib. 2012-08-06 Aurélien Aptel * url.texi (Parsed URLs): Adjust to the code's use of defstruct (bug#12096). 2012-08-01 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Simplification modes, Conversions) (Operating on Selections): Mention "basic" simplification. (The Calc Mode Line): Mention the mode line display for Basic simplification mode. (Simplify Formulas): Refer to 'algebraic' rather than 'default' simplifications. (Basic Simplifications): Rename from "Limited Simplifications" Replace "limited" by "basic" throughout. (Algebraic Simplifications): Indicate that the algebraic simplifications are done by default. (Unsafe Simplifications): Mention `m E'. (Simplification of Units): Mention `m U'. (Trigonometric/Hyperbolic Functions, Reducing and Mapping) (Kinds of Declarations, Functions for Declarations): Mention "algebraic simplifications" instead of `a s'. (Algebraic Entry): Remove mention of default simplifications. 2012-07-30 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Getting Started, Tutorial): Change simulated Calc output to match actual output. (Simplifying Formulas): Mention that algebraic simplification is now the default. 2012-07-28 Eli Zaretskii * faq.texi (Right-to-left alphabets): Update for Emacs 24. (Bug#12073) 2012-07-25 Paul Eggert Prefer typical American spelling for "acknowledgment". * calc.texi (History and Acknowledgments): Rename from History and Acknowledgements. * idlwave.texi (Acknowledgments): * ses.texi (Acknowledgments): * woman.texi (Acknowledgments): Rename from Acknowledgements. 2012-07-09 Paul Eggert Rename configure.in to configure.ac (Bug#11603). * ede.texi (Compiler and Linker objects, ede-proj-project) (ede-step-project): Prefer the name configure.ac to configure.in. 2012-07-06 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Multi-hops): Introduce `tramp-restricted-shell-hosts-alist'. 2012-06-26 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (POP before SMTP): POP-before-SMTP works with all sending methods, so don't mention smtpmail here. 2012-06-26 Wolfgang Jenkner * gnus.texi (Picons): Document gnus-picon-properties. 2012-06-26 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi: Remove mention of compilation, as that's no longer supported. 2012-06-26 Christopher Schmidt * gnus.texi (Archived Messages): Mention gnus-gcc-pre-body-encode-hook and gnus-gcc-post-body-encode-hook. 2012-06-26 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Various Summary Stuff): Remove mention of `gnus-propagate-marks'. 2012-06-26 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi: Remove mentions of nnml/nnfolder/nntp backend marks, which no longer exist. 2012-06-26 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Archived Messages): Document gnus-gcc-self-resent-messages. 2012-06-26 Lars Ingebrigtsen * message.texi (Mail Variables): Mention the optional user parameter for X-Message-SMTP-Method. 2012-06-26 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Posting Styles): Mention X-Message-SMTP-Method. * message.texi (Mail Variables): Document X-Message-SMTP-Method. 2012-06-26 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Key Index): Change encoding to utf-8. 2012-06-21 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in: Rename infodir to buildinfodir throughout. (Bug#11737) 2012-06-11 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Group Timestamp): Mention where to find documentation for the `gnus-tmp-' variables (bug#11601). 2012-06-11 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.2.6-pre. * tramp.texi (all): Use consequently @command{}, @env{} and @kbd{} where appropriate. (Ad-hoc multi-hops): New section. (Remote processes): New subsection "Running remote processes on Windows hosts". (History): Add remote commands on Windows, and ad-hoc multi-hop methods. (External methods): "ControlPersist" must be set to "no" for the `scpc' method. (Remote processes): Add a note about `auto-revert-tail-mode'. (Frequently Asked Questions): Use "scpx" in combination with "ControlPersist". Reported by Adam Spiers . * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2012-06-10 Chong Yidong * sc.texi: Remove bogus @ifinfo commands which prevent makeinfo compilation for html-mono. 2012-06-08 Paul Eggert * texinfo.tex: Merge from gnulib. 2012-05-29 Katsumi Yamaoka * Makefile.in (echo-info): Don't try to install info files named just ".info". 2012-05-28 Glenn Morris * calc.texi, dired-x.texi: Use @LaTeX rather than La@TeX. (Bug#10910) * sc.texi: Nuke hand-written node pointers. Fix top-level menu to match actual node order. 2012-05-27 Glenn Morris * cl.texi, dired-x.texi: Nuke hand-written node pointers. Some associated fixes, including not messing with chapno in cl.texi. 2012-05-27 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Durations and time values): Fix typo. 2012-05-19 Jay Belanger * doc/misc/calc.texi (Basic Operations on Units, Customizing Calc): Mention `calc-ensure-consistent-units'. 2012-05-14 Andreas Schwab * cc-mode.texi: Avoid space before macro in 4th argument of cross reference commands. (Bug#11461) * Makefile.in (gnus.dvi): Use $@ instead of $*.dvi. 2012-05-12 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Add more TeX intermediates. * Makefile.in: Make it look more like the other doc Makefiles. Use explicit $srcdir in all dependencies. Remove cd $srcdir from rules. (VPATH): Remove. (infodir): Set to an absolute path. (INFO_TARGETS): Use short names. (mkinfodir): infodir is now absolute. (echo-info, maintainer-clean): Update for new format of INFO_TARGETS. * Makefile.in (info.info): Rename from info, to avoid duplication. (.SUFFIXES): Disable implicit rules. * Makefile.in (MKDIR_P): New, set by configure. (mkinfodir): Use $MKDIR_P. 2012-05-07 Glenn Morris * forms.texi (Long Example): Update for changed location of files. 2012-05-04 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (INFO_EXT, INFO_OPTS): New, set by configure. (INFO_TARGETS): Use $INFO_EXT. Make all rules generating info files use $INFO_EXT, $INFO_OPT, and -o. * makefile.w32-in (INFO_EXT, INFO_OPTS): New. (INFO_TARGETS): Use $INFO_EXT. Make all rules generating info files use $INFO_EXT, $INFO_OPT, and -o. 2012-05-02 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (echo-info): New phony target, used by top-level. * viper.texi: Make direntry shorter (also it is no longer "newest"). * emacs-gnutls.texi, ert.texi, org.texi: Fix dircategory, direntry to match info/dir. * faq.texi: Convert @inforefs to @xrefs. Fix some malformed cross-references. (File-name conventions): Shorten section name to avoid overfull line. (How to add fonts): Use smallexample to avoid overfull lines. 2012-05-01 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi (Help for users): Update for .gpg file being second. 2012-04-27 Ippei Furuhashi (tiny change) * org.texi (Agenda commands): Fix two typos: give corresponding function names, according to `org-agenda-view-mode-dispatch'. 2012-04-27 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Major packages and programs): Remove section. There is no point listing 6 packages (cf etc/MORE.STUFF). (Finding Emacs and related packages): Move "Spell-checkers" here. 2012-04-22 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Version): New node. (Properties and Annotations): Mention the object manager interface. Describe dbus-get-all-managed-objects. (Type Conversion): Floating point numbers are allowed, if an anteger does not fit Emacs's integer range. (Synchronous Methods): Remove obsolete dbus-call-method-non-blocking. (Asynchronous Methods): Fix description of dbus-call-method-asynchronously. (Receiving Method Calls): Fix some minor errors. Add dbus-interface-emacs. (Signals): Describe unicast signals and the new match rules. (Alternative Buses): Add the PRIVATE optional argument to dbus-init-bus. Describe its new return value. Add dbus-setenv. 2012-04-20 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (New in Emacs 24): New section. (Packages that do not come with Emacs): Mention M-x list-packages. 2012-04-14 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi (c-offsets-alist): Correct a typo. 2012-04-14 Jérémie Courrèges-Anglas (tiny change) * org.texi (Deadlines and scheduling): Fix the example: the DEADLINE item should come right after the headline. We enforce this convention, so it is a bug not to illustrate it correctly in the manual. 2012-04-14 Ippei FURUHASHI (tiny change) * org.texi (Agenda commands): Fix documentation bug by swapping the equivalent keybindings to `org-agenda-next-line' with the ones to `org-agenda-previous-line'. 2012-04-14 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in: Replace non-portable use of $< in ordinary rules. 2012-04-09 Eli Zaretskii * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add emacs-gnutls. ($(infodir)/emacs-gnutls, emacs-gnutls.dvi): New targets. 2012-04-09 Teodor Zlatanov * Makefile.in: Add emacs-gnutls.texi to build. * emacs-gnutls.texi: Add documentation for the GnuTLS integration. 2012-04-05 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi (Secret Service API): Edit further and give examples. (Secret Service API): Adjust @samp to @code for collection names. 2012-04-04 Glenn Morris * auth.texi (Secret Service API): Copyedits. (Help for developers): Fill in some missing function doc-strings. (Help for users, Help for developers) (GnuPG and EasyPG Assistant Configuration): Markup fixes. 2012-04-04 Michael Albinus * auth.texi (Secret Service API): Add the missing text. 2012-04-04 Chong Yidong * message.texi (Using PGP/MIME): Note that epg is now the default. * gnus.texi: Reduce references to obsolete pgg library. (Security): Note that epg is now the default. * gnus-faq.texi (FAQ 8-2): Mention EasyPG. * nxml-mode.texi (Completion): C-RET is no longer bound to nxml-complete. 2012-04-01 Jambunathan K * org.texi (Customizing tables in ODT export): Correct few errors. 2012-04-01 Jambunathan K * org.texi (Links in ODT export): Update. (Labels and captions in ODT export): New node. 2012-04-01 Jambunathan K * org.texi (Literal examples in ODT export): htmlfontify.el in Emacs-24.1 now supports fontification. So ODT source blocks will be fontified by default. 2012-04-01 Julian Gehring (tiny change) * org.texi (Refiling notes): Remove duplicated keybinding. 2012-04-01 Eric Schulte * org.texi (noweb): Documentation of this new option to the :noweb header argument. 2012-04-01 Suvayu Ali * org.texi (Header and sectioning): Add example demonstrating how to use "LaTeX_CLASS_OPTIONS". 2012-04-01 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Noweb reference syntax): Describe the ability to execute noweb references in the manual. 2012-04-01 Eric Schulte * org.texi (cache): Improve cache documentation when session evaluation is used. 2012-04-01 Nicolas Goaziou * org.texi (Plain lists): Document removal. 2012-04-01 Michael Brand * org.texi: Decapitalize file name in references to Calc manual. 2012-04-01 Nicolas Goaziou * org.texi (Plain lists): Document removal. 2012-04-01 Jambunathan K * org.texi (Top, OpenDocument Text export) (ODT export commands, Extending ODT export) (Images in ODT export, Tables in ODT export) (Configuring a document converter): Add or Update. 2012-04-01 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (MobileOrg): Change the wording to reflect that the Android Version is no longer just the little brother of the iOS version. 2012-04-01 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Key bindings and useful functions): Updated babel key binding documentation in manual. 2012-04-01 Eric Schulte * org.texi (noweb): Document new noweb header value. 2012-04-01 Eric Schulte * org.texi (noweb-sep): Document new header argument. 2012-04-01 Eric Schulte * org.texi (noweb-ref): Documentation of this new custom variable. 2012-04-01 Eric Schulte * org.texi (wrap): Update the new :wrap documentation to match the current implementation. 2012-04-01 Thomas Dye * org.texi: Added documentation for :wrap. 2012-04-01 Thomas Dye * org.texi: #+RESULTS now user-configurable. 2012-04-01 Thomas Dye * org.texi: Documented :noweb no-export. 2012-04-01 Thomas Dye * org.texi: Edit :noweb no header argument for correctness. 2012-04-01 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Customization): Update the approximate number of Org variables. 2012-04-01 Thomas Dye * org.texi: The :results wrap produces a drawer instead of a begin_results block. 2012-03-22 Peder O. Klingenberg (tiny change) * gnus.texi (Archived Messages): Update `gnus-message-archive-group' to reflect the new default. 2012-03-10 Eli Zaretskii * info.texi (Expert Info): Move the index entry for "Texinfo" from "Getting Started" to this node. (Bug#10450) 2012-03-10 Chong Yidong * flymake.texi (Example -- Configuring a tool called via make): Mention the Automake COMPILE variable (Bug#8715). * info.texi (Getting Started): Add an index entry (Bug#10450). 2012-03-02 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Signals): Known names will be mapped onto unique names, when registering for signals. 2012-02-29 Glenn Morris * url.texi: Fix quote usage in body text. * sem-user.texi, url.texi, woman.texi: Use "" quotes in menus. * cl.texi: Use @code{} in menus when appropriate. 2012-02-28 Glenn Morris * calc.texi, cc-mode.texi, cl.texi, ebrowse.texi, ediff.texi: * eshell.texi, gnus-faq.texi, gnus-news.texi, gnus.texi: * idlwave.texi, info.texi, newsticker.texi, nxml-mode.texi: * org.texi, sc.texi, vip.texi, viper.texi: Standardize possessive apostrophe usage. 2012-02-26 Chong Yidong * ediff.texi (Quick Help Commands): Add a couple of index entries (Bug#10834). 2012-02-17 Glenn Morris * gnus.texi (Posting Styles): * remember.texi (Org): Fix cross-refs to other manuals. 2012-02-15 Glenn Morris * smtpmail.texi (Emacs Speaks SMTP): General update for 24.1. (Encryption): New chapter, split out from previous. 2012-02-13 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Customizing the IMAP Connection): Mention nnimap-record-commands. 2012-02-10 Glenn Morris * url.texi (Retrieving URLs): Update url-retrieve arguments. Mention url-queue-retrieve. 2012-02-09 Glenn Morris * sem-user.texi (Semantic mode user commands): Typo fix. * info.texi (Create Info buffer): Mention info-display-manual. 2012-02-07 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Mail Source Specifiers): Add a pop3 via an SSH tunnel example (modified from an example by Michael Albinus). 2012-01-30 Philipp Haselwarter (tiny change) * gnus.texi (Agent Basics): Fix outdated description of `gnus-agent-auto-agentize-methods'. 2012-01-28 Andreas Schwab * cc-mode.texi: Always @defindex ss. (Config Basics): Fix argument of @itemize. (Macro Backslashes): Add @code around index entry. 2012-01-23 Glenn Morris * pcl-cvs.texi (About PCL-CVS): Refer to vc-dir rather than vc-dired. 2012-01-19 Eric Hanchrow * tramp.texi (File): Tweak wording for the `scpc' option. 2012-01-06 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Really note precedence. 2012-01-04 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Note precedence. 2012-01-03 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Noweb reference syntax): Adding documentation of the `*org-babel-use-quick-and-dirty-noweb-expansion*' variable. 2012-01-03 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Plain lists): Split the table to fix the display of items. 2012-01-03 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Plain lists): Fix misplaced explanation. 2012-01-03 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Plain lists, Agenda files): Add index entries. 2012-01-03 Julian Gehring * org.texi: Use "Org mode" instead of alternatives like "Org-mode" or "org-mode". 2012-01-03 Bernt Hansen * org.texi (Agenda commands): Document `org-clock-report-include-clocking-task'. 2012-01-03 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Checkboxes): Document the new behavior of `C-u C-c C-c' on checkboxes. 2012-01-03 Julian Gehring * org.texi: End sentences with two spaces. 2012-01-03 Michael Brand * org.texi (External links): Document the link types file+sys and file+emacs, slightly narrow used page width. 2012-01-03 Eric Schulte * org.texi (colnames): Note that colnames behavior may differ across languages. 2012-01-03 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Weekly/daily agenda, Agenda commands): Fix typos. 2012-01-03 Thomas Dye * org.texi: Augmented discussion of babel property inheritance. Put footnote outside sentence ending period. 2012-01-03 Eric Schulte * org.texi (eval): Documenting the full range of :eval header argument values. 2012-01-03 Eric Schulte * org.texi (eval): Documentation of the new :eval option. 2012-01-03 Thomas Dye * org.texi: Add accumulated properties. 2012-01-03 Thomas Dye * org.texi: Documented no spaces in name=assign, another correction to :var table. 2012-01-03 Thomas Dye * org.texi: Changed DATA to NAME in Working With Source Code section. 2012-01-03 Tom Dye * org.texi: Minor change to :var table. 2012-01-03 Tom Dye * org.texi: More changes to :var table (some examples were wrong). 2012-01-03 Tom Dye * org.texi: Cleaned up :var table. 2012-01-03 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Timestamps, Weekly/daily agenda) (Weekly/daily agenda): Add @cindex for "appointment". 2012-01-03 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Literal examples): A new link to the template for inserting empty code blocks. (Structure of code blocks): A new link to the template for inserting empty code blocks. 2012-01-03 Rafael Laboissiere (tiny change) * org.texi (External links): Add footnote on how the behavior of the text search in Org files are controled by the variable `org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline'. 2012-01-03 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Buffer-wide header arguments): Update documentation to reflect removal of #+PROPERTIES. 2012-01-03 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (The clock table): Mention that ACHIVED trees contribute to the clock table. 2012-01-03 Carsten Dominik (tiny change) * org.texi (Conflicts): Better yasnippet config info. 2012-01-03 Bastien Guerry (tiny change) * org.texi (Selective export): Explicitely mention the default values for `org-export-select-tags', `org-export-exclude-tags'. 2012-01-03 Tom Dye * org.texi: Added a line to specify that header arguments are lowercase. 2012-01-03 Tom Dye * org.texi: :var requires default value when declared. 2012-01-03 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Handling links): Add a note about the `org-link-frame-setup' option. 2012-01-03 David Maus * org.texi (Exporting Agenda Views, Extracting agenda information): Fix command line syntax, quote symbol parameter values. 2012-01-03 David Maus * org.texi (Exporting Agenda Views): Fix command line syntax. 2011-12-28 Paul Eggert * gnus.texi (Mail Source Customization, Mail Back End Variables): Use octal notation for file permissions, which are normally thought of in octal. (Mail Back End Variables): Use more-plausible modes in example. 2011-12-20 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi: Update version string 5.31 -> 5.32. 2011-12-06 Juanma Barranquero * gnus-faq.texi (FAQ 2-1, FAQ 3-8, FAQ 4-14, FAQ 9-1): Fix typos. 2011-11-24 Glenn Morris * gnus.texi, smtpmail.texi: Fix case of "GnuTLS". 2011-11-24 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in: Update dependencies. 2011-11-20 Glenn Morris * gnus.texi (Group Information): Remove gnus-group-fetch-faq, command deleted 2010-09-24. 2011-11-20 Juanma Barranquero * gnus-coding.texi (Gnus Maintenance Guide): Rename from "Gnus Maintainance Guide". * ede.texi (ede-compilation-program, ede-compiler, ede-linker): * eieio.texi (Customizing): * gnus.texi (Article Washing): * gnus-news.texi: * sem-user.texi (Smart Jump): Fix typos. 2011-11-16 Juanma Barranquero * org.texi (Agenda commands, Exporting Agenda Views): Fix typos. 2011-11-15 Juanma Barranquero * ede.texi (project-am-texinfo): * gnus.texi (Sending or Not Sending): * org.texi (Template elements): Fix typos. 2011-11-14 Juanma Barranquero * ediff.texi (Hooks): * sem-user.texi (Semanticdb Roots): Fix typos. 2011-11-11 Juanma Barranquero * semantic.texi (Tag handling): Fix typo. 2011-10-31 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Other Gnus Versions): Remove. 2011-10-28 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi (Indentation Commands): Mention "macros with semicolons". (Other Special Indentations): Add an xref to "Macros with ;". (Customizing Macros): Add stuff about syntax in macros. Add an xref to "Macros with ;". (Macros with ;): New page. * cc-mode.texi (Movement Commands): Document `c-defun-tactic'. Document the new handling of nested scopes for movement by defuns. 2011-10-23 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.2.3. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2011-10-14 Glenn Morris * ert.texi (Introduction, How to Run Tests) (Running Tests Interactively, Expected Failures) (Tests and Their Environment, Useful Techniques) (Interactive Debugging, Fixtures and Test Suites): Minor rephrasings. (Running Tests Interactively, The @code{should} Macro): Add xrefs. (Running Tests in Batch Mode): Simplify loading instructions. (Test Selectors): Clarify some selectors. (Expected Failures, Useful Techniques): Make examples fit in 80 columns. 2011-10-13 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Basic Operations on Units): Discuss temperature conversion (`u t') alongside with other unit conversions ('u c'). 2011-10-12 Glenn Morris * ert.texi: Whitespace trivia to make main menu items line up better. 2011-10-08 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in: Fix ert rules. 2011-10-06 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Gnus Utility Functions): Add more references and explanations (bug#9683). 2011-09-21 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Archived Messages): Note the default (bug#9552). 2011-09-21 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.3. * mh-e.texi (VERSION, EDITION, UPDATED, UPDATE-MONTH): Update for release 8.3. (Preface): Updated support information. (From Bill Wohler): Reset text to original version. As a historical quote, the tense should be correct in the time that it was written. 2011-09-11 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Listing Groups): Explain `gnus-group-list-limit'. (Finding the News): Doc clarification. (Terminology): Mention naming. 2011-09-10 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi: Remove mentions of `recent', which are now obsolete. (Interactive): Document `quiet'. 2011-08-15 Suvayu Ali (tiny change) * org.texi (Images in LaTeX export): Rewrite. 2011-08-15 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Using the mapping API): Mention 'region as a possible scope for `org-map-entries'. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Visibility cycling): Document `org-copy-visible'. 2011-08-15 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Template expansion): Order template sequences in the proper order. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (eval): Expand discussion of the :eval header argument. 2011-08-15 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Languages): Add Lilypond and Awk as supported languages. 2011-08-15 Achim Gratz * org.texi: Document that both CLOCK_INTO_DRAWER and LOG_INTO_DRAWER can be used to override the contents of variable org-clock-into-drawer (or if unset, org-log-into-drawer). * org.texi: Replace @xref->@pxref. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Evaluating code blocks): Documenting the new option for inline call lines. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Results of evaluation): More explicit about the mechanism through which interactive evaluation of code is performed. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (noweb-ref): New header argument documentation. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Extracting source code): Documentation of the new org-babel-tangle-named-block-combination variable. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Structure of code blocks): Explicitly state that the behavior of multiple blocks of the same name is undefined. 2011-08-15 Christian Egli * org.texi (TaskJuggler export): Modify the example to reflect the new effort durations. 2011-08-15 David Maus * org.texi (Images in LaTeX export): Escape curly brackets in LaTeX example. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (The clock table): Document the :properties and :inherit-props arguments for the clocktable. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Tables in LaTeX export): Document specifying placement options for tables. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Evaluating code blocks): More specific documentation about the different types of header arguments. 2011-08-15 Manuel Giraud * org.texi (Sitemap): Document `:sitemap-sans-extension' property. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Built-in table editor): Document the table field follow mode. 2011-08-15 Robert P. Goldman * org.texi (Easy Templates): Document new template. 2011-08-15 Robert P. Goldman * org.texi (Literal examples): Add a cross-reference from "Literal Examples" to "Easy Templates." 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (The clock table): Add link to match syntax. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Agenda commands): Document clock consistency checks. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Built-in table editor): Document that \vert represents a vertical bar in a table field. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Literal examples): Link from "Markup" > "Literate Examples" to "Working with Source Code". 2011-08-15 Puneeth Chaganti * org.texi (Agenda commands): Doc for function option to bulk action. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Template expansion): Document new %<...> template escape. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Selective export): Document exclusion of any tasks from export. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Selective export): Document how to exclude DONE tasks from export. (Publishing options): Document the properties to be used to turn off export of DONE tasks. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (The date/time prompt): Document date range protection. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (padline): Documentation of the new padline header argument. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (var): Adding "[" to list of characters triggering elisp evaluation. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (var): Documentation of Emacs Lisp evaluation during variable assignment. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (colnames): Reference indexing into variables, and note that colnames are *not* removed before indexing occurs. (rownames): Reference indexing into variables, and note that rownames are *not* removed before indexing occurs. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (var): Clarification of indexing into tabular variables. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (results): Documentation of the `:results wrap' header argument. 2011-08-15 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (LaTeX and PDF export): Add a note about a limitation of the LaTeX export: the org file has to be properly structured. 2011-08-15 Bastien Guerry * org.texi (Dynamic blocks, Structure editing): Mention the function `org-narrow-to-block'. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Languages): Updating list of code block supported languages. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Special properties): CATEGORY is a special property, but it may also used in the drawer. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (mkdirp): Documentation of the :mkdirp header argument. 2011-08-15 Puneeth Chaganti * org.texi (Include files): Document :lines. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (comments): Documentation of the ":comments noweb" code block header argument. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Conflicts): Changed "yasnippets" to "yasnippet" and added extra whitespace around functions to be consistent with the rest of the section. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Evaluating code blocks): Expanded discussion of #+call: line syntax. (Header arguments in function calls): Expanded discussion of #+call: line syntax. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Evaluating code blocks): More explicit about how to pass variables to #+call lines. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Results of evaluation): Link to the :results header argument list from the "Results of evaluation" section. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Conflicts): Adding additional information about resolving org/yasnippet conflicts. 2011-08-15 David Maus * org.texi (Publishing options): Document style-include-scripts publishing project property. 2011-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Sparse trees): Document the next-error / previous-error functionality. 2011-08-15 Tom Dye * org.texi (cache): Improved documentation of code block caches. 2011-08-15 Tom Dye * org.texi (Code block specific header arguments): Documentation of multi-line header arguments. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Code evaluation security): Add example for using a function. 2011-08-15 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Tables in LaTeX export): Documentation of new attr_latex options for tables. 2011-08-03 Michael Albinus * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2011-07-30 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.2.2. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2011-07-15 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * flymake.texi (Example -- Configuring a tool called via make): Use /dev/null instead of the Windows "nul" (bug#8715). 2011-07-14 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * widget.texi (Setting Up the Buffer): Remove mention of the global keymap parent, which doesn't seem to be accurate (bug#7045). 2011-07-12 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * org.texi (Special agenda views): Fix double quoting (bug#3509). 2010-07-10 Kevin Ryde * cl.texi (For Clauses): Add destructuring example processing an alist (bug#6596). 2011-07-07 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * ediff.texi (Major Entry Points): Remove mention of `require', since that's not pertinent in the installed Emacs (bug#9016). 2011-07-05 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Expiring Mail): Document gnus-auto-expirable-marks. (Filtering New Groups): Clarify how simple the "options -n" format is. (Agent Expiry): Remove mention of `gnus-request-expire-articles', which is internal. 2011-07-04 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Cleanup remote connections): Add `tramp-cleanup-this-connection'. 2011-07-03 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Subscription Methods): Link to "Group Levels" to explain zombies. (Checking New Groups): Ditto (bug#8974). (Checking New Groups): Moved the reference to the right place. 2011-07-03 Dave Abrahams (tiny change) * gnus.texi (Startup Files): Clarify that we're talking about numbered backups, and not actual vc (bug#8975). 2011-07-03 Kevin Ryde * cl.texi (For Clauses): @items for hash-values and key-bindings to make them more visible when skimming. Add examples of `using' clause to them, examples being clearer than a description in words (bug#6599). 2011-07-01 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi (Guessing the Style): New page. (Styles): Add a short introduction to above. 2011-06-28 Deniz Dogan * rcirc.texi (Configuration): Bug-fix: `rcirc-default-user-full-name' is now `rcirc-default-full-name'. Reported by Elias Pipping . 2011-06-26 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Summary Mail Commands): Document `gnus-summary-reply-to-list-with-original'. 2011-06-20 Stefan Monnier * eshell.texi (Known problems): Fix typo. 2011-06-12 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Customizing Completion): Mention authinfo-style files. (Password handling): `auth-source-debug' is good for debug messages. 2011-05-31 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Store custom flags and keywords): Refer to `gnus-registry-article-marks-to-{chars,names}' instead of `gnus-registry-user-format-function-{M,M2}'. 2011-05-27 Paul Eggert * texinfo.tex: Merge from gnulib. 2011-05-18 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Gnus Registry Setup): Rename from "Setup". (Store custom flags and keywords): Mention `gnus-registry-user-format-function-M' and `gnus-registry-user-format-function-M2'. 2011-05-17 Paul Eggert * texinfo.tex: Sync from gnulib, version 2011-05-11.16. 2011-05-17 Glenn Morris * gnus.texi (Face): Fix typo. 2011-05-14 Glenn Morris * dired-x.texi (Omitting Examples): Minor addition. 2011-05-10 Jim Meyering * ede.texi: Fix typo "or or -> or". 2011-05-03 Peter Münster (tiny change) * gnus.texi (Summary Buffer Lines): gnus-summary-user-date-format-alist does not exist. (Sorting the Summary Buffer): More about sorting threads. 2011-04-25 Michael Albinus * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2011-04-14 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): New item for disabling Tramp in other packages. 2011-04-14 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (nnmairix caveats, Setup, Registry Article Refer Method) (Fancy splitting to parent, Store arbitrary data): Updated gnus-registry docs. 2011-04-13 Juanma Barranquero * ede.texi: Fix typos. 2011-04-12 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Window Layout): @itemize @code doesn't exist. It's @table @code. 2011-03-19 Antoine Levitt * gnus.texi (Listing Groups): Document gnus-group-list-ticked. 2011-03-17 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Logarithmic Units): Update the function names. 2011-03-15 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * message.texi (Various Commands): Document format specs in the ellipsis. 2011-03-15 Antoine Levitt * message.texi (Insertion Variables): Document message-cite-style. 2011-03-14 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Remote processes): New subsection "Running shell on a remote host". 2011-03-12 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi (Help for developers): Update docs to explain that the :save-function will only run the first time. 2011-03-12 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (emacs-faq.html): Fix some more cross-refs. (emacs-faq.text): New target. (clean): Add emacs-faq. 2011-03-12 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.2.1. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2011-03-11 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (HTML_TARGETS): New. (clean): Delete $HTML_TARGETS. (emacs-faq.html): New, for use with the gnu.org Emacs webpage. 2011-03-08 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi (Help for developers): Show example of using `auth-source-search' with prompts and :save-function. 2011-03-07 Chong Yidong * Version 23.3 released. 2011-03-07 Antoine Levitt * message.texi (Message Buffers): Update default value of message-generate-new-buffers. 2011-03-06 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Logarithmic Units): Rename calc-logunits-dblevel and calc-logunits-nplevel to calc-dblevel and calc-nplevel, respectively. (Musical Notes): New section. (Customizing Calc): Mention the customizable variable calc-note-threshold. 2011-03-03 Glenn Morris * url.texi (Dealing with HTTP documents): Remove reference to function url-decode-text-part; never seems to have existed. (Bug#6038) (Configuration): Update url-configuration-directory description. 2011-03-02 Glenn Morris * dired-x.texi (Multiple Dired Directories): Remove mentions of dired-default-directory-alist and dired-default-directory. Move dired-smart-shell-command here... (Miscellaneous Commands): ... from here. 2011-03-02 Paul Eggert * texinfo.tex: Update to version 2011-02-24.09. 2011-03-02 Glenn Morris * dired-x.texi (Omitting Variables): Refer to add-dir-local-variable instead of the obsoleted dired-omit-here-always. 2011-02-28 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Add Emacs 24 to supported systems. 2011-02-28 Glenn Morris * dbus.texi (Type Conversion): Grammar fix. 2011-02-23 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi: Use consistently "Emacs" (instead of "GNU Emacs") and "Debian GNU/Linux". * trampver.texi [xemacs]: Set emacsothername to "Emacs". 2011-02-23 Glenn Morris * dired-x.texi (Features): Minor rephrasing. (Local Variables): Fix typos. * edt.texi, erc.texi, gnus.texi, idlwave.texi, mh-e.texi: Standardize some Emacs/XEmacs terminology. * dired-x.texi (Features): Don't advertise obsolete local variables. Simplify layout. (Omitting Variables): Update local variables example. (Local Variables): Say this is obsolete. Fix description of dired-enable-local-variables possible values. 2011-02-22 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi (Help for users): Mention ~/.netrc is also searched by default now. 2011-02-21 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Article Date): Clarify gnus-article-update-date-headers. 2011-02-20 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Window Layout): Document layout names. 2011-02-19 Eli Zaretskii * ada-mode.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * auth.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * autotype.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * calc.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * cc-mode.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * cl.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * dbus.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * dired-x.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * ebrowse.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * ede.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * ediff.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * edt.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * eieio.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * emacs-mime.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * epa.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * erc.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * eshell.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * eudc.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * flymake.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * forms.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * gnus.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * idlwave.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * mairix-el.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * message.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * mh-e.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * newsticker.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * nxml-mode.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * org.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * pcl-cvs.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * pgg.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * rcirc.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * reftex.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * remember.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * sasl.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * sc.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * semantic.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * ses.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * sieve.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * smtpmail.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * speedbar.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * trampver.texi [emacs]: Set emacsname to "Emacs". * tramp.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * url.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * vip.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * viper.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * widget.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. * woman.texi: Sync @dircategory with ../../info/dir. 2011-02-19 Glenn Morris * dired-x.texi (Technical Details): No longer redefines dired-add-entry, dired-initial-position, dired-clean-up-after-deletion, dired-read-shell-command, or dired-find-buffer-nocreate. 2011-02-18 Glenn Morris * dired-x.texi (Optional Installation File At Point): Simplify. 2011-02-17 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi (Help for users): Use :port instead of :protocol for all auth-source docs. (GnuPG and EasyPG Assistant Configuration): Mention the default now is to have two files in `auth-sources'. 2011-02-16 Glenn Morris * dired-x.texi: Use emacsver.texi to get Emacs version. * Makefile.in ($(infodir)/dired-x, dired-x.dvi, dired-x.pdf): Depend on emacsver.texi. * dired-x.texi: Drop meaningless version number. (Introduction): Remove old info. (Optional Installation Dired Jump): Autoload from dired-x. Remove incorrect info about loaddefs.el. (Bugs): Just refer to M-x report-emacs-bug. * dired-x.texi (Multiple Dired Directories): Update for rename of default-directory-alist. (Miscellaneous Commands): No longer mention very old VM version 4. 2011-02-15 Paul Eggert Merge from gnulib. * texinfo.tex: Update to version 2011-02-14.11. 2011-02-14 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi (Help for users): Login collection is "Login" and not "login". 2011-02-13 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (History): Remove IMAP support. (External methods, Frequently Asked Questions): Remove `imap' and `imaps' methods. (Password handling): Remove IMAP entries for ~/.authinfo.gpg. * trampver.texi: Remove default value of `emacsimap'. 2011-02-13 Glenn Morris * ada-mode.texi, dired-x.texi, ebrowse.texi, ediff.texi, eudc.texi: * idlwave.texi, reftex.texi, sc.texi, speedbar.texi: Add @top. 2011-02-12 Glenn Morris * sc.texi (Getting Connected): Remove old index entries. 2011-02-12 Ulrich Mueller * url.texi: Remove duplicate @dircategory (Bug#7942). 2011-02-11 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi (Overview, Help for users, Help for developers): Update docs. (Help for users): Talk about spaces. 2011-02-09 Paul Eggert * texinfo.tex: Update to version 2011-02-07.16. 2011-02-07 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Bus names): Adapt descriptions for dbus-list-activatable-names and dbus-list-known-names. 2011-02-07 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Logarithmic Units): New section. 2011-02-05 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus-overrides.texi: Renamed from overrides.texi and all the relevant manuals use it now. * Makefile.in (nowebhack): Fix to use -D flag instead of overrides. 2011-02-05 Katsumi Yamaoka * overrides.texi: Remove. * sieve.texi, sasl.texi, pgg.texi, message.texi, gnus.texi: * emacs-mime.texi, auth.texi, Makefile.in: Revert last changes. 2011-02-05 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Mention problems with WinSSHD. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2011-02-05 Era Eriksson (tiny change) * tramp.texi: Replace "delimet" with "delimit" globally. Replace "explicite" with "explicit" globally. Replace "instead of" with "instead" where there was nothing after "of". Audit use of comma before interrogative pronoun, "that", or "which". Minor word order, spelling, wording changes. 2011-02-04 Teodor Zlatanov * overrides.texi: New file to set or clear WEBHACKDEVEL. * sieve.texi: Use WEBHACKDEVEL. * sasl.texi: Use WEBHACKDEVEL. * pgg.texi: Use WEBHACKDEVEL. * message.texi: Use WEBHACKDEVEL. * gnus.texi: Use WEBHACKDEVEL. * emacs-mime.texi: Use WEBHACKDEVEL. * auth.texi: Use WEBHACKDEVEL. * Makefile.in (webhack, nowebhack): Hacks to produce for-the-web manuals. 2011-02-04 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi: Add DEVEL header (suggested by Andreas Schwab). 2011-02-03 Paul Eggert * texinfo.tex: Update to version 2011-02-01.10 from gnulib, which in turn is copied from ftp://tug.org/tex/. 2011-02-03 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Contacting the FSF): Mainly just refer to the web-site. (Binding combinations of modifiers and function keys): Let's assume people reading this are not using Emacs 18. 2011-02-03 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Article Date): Remove mention of gnus-stop-date-timer, since it's run automatically. 2011-02-01 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Customizing Articles): Fix typo. 2011-01-31 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Customizing Articles): Document the new way of customizing the date headers(s). 2011-01-30 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Client-Side IMAP Splitting): Add a complete nnimap fancy splitting example. 2011-01-29 Eli Zaretskii * makefile.w32-in (MAKEINFO): Remove options, leave only program name. (MAKEINFO_OPTS): New variable. (ENVADD, $(infodir)/emacs): Use $(MAKEINFO_OPTS). ($(infodir)/info, $(infodir)/ccmode, $(infodir)/ada-mode) ($(infodir)/pcl-cvs, $(infodir)/eshell, $(infodir)/cl) ($(infodir)/dbus, $(infodir)/dired-x, $(infodir)/ediff) ($(infodir)/flymake, $(infodir)/forms, $(infodir)/gnus) ($(infodir)/message, $(infodir)/emacs-mime, $(infodir)/sieve) ($(infodir)/pgg, $(infodir)/mh-e, $(infodir)/reftex) ($(infodir)/remember, $(infodir)/sasl, $(infodir)/sc) ($(infodir)/vip, $(infodir)/viper, $(infodir)/widget) ($(infodir)/efaq, $(infodir)/autotype, $(infodir)/calc) ($(infodir)/idlwave, $(infodir)/eudc, $(infodir)/ebrowse) ($(infodir)/woman, $(infodir)/speedbar, $(infodir)/tramp) ($(infodir)/ses, $(infodir)/smtpmail, $(infodir)/org) ($(infodir)/url, $(infodir)/newsticker, $(infodir)/nxml-mode) ($(infodir)/rcirc, $(infodir)/erc, $(infodir)/ert) ($(infodir)/epa, $(infodir)/mairix-el, $(infodir)/auth) ($(infodir)/eieio, $(infodir)/ede, $(infodir)/semantic) ($(infodir)/edt): Use $(MAKEINFO_OPTS). 2011-01-26 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Article Date): Document gnus-article-update-lapsed-header. 2011-01-24 Teodor Zlatanov * message.texi (IDNA): Explain what it is. 2011-01-24 Lars Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (The Empty Backend): Document nnnil (bug #7653). 2011-01-23 Werner Lemberg * Makefile.in (MAKEINFO): Now controlled by `configure'. (MAKEINFO_OPTS): New variable. Use it where appropriate. (ENVADD): Update. 2011-01-18 Glenn Morris * ert.texi: Relicense under GFDL 1.3+, and standardize license notice. 2011-01-14 Eduard Wiebe * nxml-mode.texi (Introduction): Fix file name typos. 2011-01-13 Christian Ohler * ert.texi: New file. * Makefile.in: * makefile.w32-in: Add ert.texi. 2011-01-10 Jan Moringen * dbus.texi (Receiving Method Calls): New function dbus-register-service. Rearrange node. 2011-01-07 Paul Eggert * texinfo.tex: Update to version 2010-12-23.17 from gnulib, which in turn is copied from ftp://tug.org/tex/. 2011-01-04 Jan Moringen * dbus.texi (Receiving Method Calls): Describe new optional parameter dont-register-service of dbus-register-{method,property}. 2010-12-17 Daiki Ueno * epa.texi (Encrypting/decrypting *.gpg files): Mention epa-file-select-keys. 2010-12-16 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Archived Messages): Remove outdated text. 2010-12-16 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Foreign Groups): Add clarification of foreign groups. 2010-12-15 Andrew Cohen * gnus.texi (The hyrex Engine): Say that this engine is obsolete. 2010-12-14 Andrew Cohen * gnus.texi (The swish++ Engine): Add customizable parameters descriptions. (The swish-e Engine): Ditto. 2010-12-14 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Inline methods): Add "ksu" method. (Remote processes): Add example with remote `default-directory'. 2010-12-14 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Expanding aliases when sending mail): Now build-mail-aliases is interactive. 2010-12-13 Andrew Cohen * gnus.texi: First pass at adding (rough) nnir documentation. 2010-12-13 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Filtering New Groups): Mention gnus-auto-subscribed-categories. (The First Time): Remove, since default-subscribed-newsgroups has been removed. 2010-12-13 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (For Clauses): Small fixes for frames and windows. 2010-12-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Using capture): Document using prefix arguments for finalizing capture. (Agenda commands): Document prefix argument for the bulk scatter command. (Beamer class export): Document that also overlay arguments can be passed to the column environment. (Template elements): Document the new entry type. 2010-12-11 Puneeth Chaganti * org.texi (Include files): Document :minlevel. 2010-12-11 Julien Danjou * org.texi (Categories): Document category icons. 2010-12-11 Eric Schulte * org.texi (noweb): Fix typo. 2010-12-06 Tassilo Horn * gnus.texi (Server Commands): Point to the rest of the server commands. 2010-12-04 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Paging the Article): Note the reverse meanings of `C-u C-u g'. 2010-12-02 Julien Danjou * gnus.texi (Archived Messages): Remove gnus-outgoing-message-group. 2010-11-28 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Customizing the IMAP Connection): Note the new defaults. (Direct Functions): Note the STARTTLS upgrade. 2010-11-27 Glenn Morris James Clark * nxml-mode.texi (Introduction): New section. 2010-11-21 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Server Commands): Document gnus-server-show-server. 2010-11-20 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.2.0. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2010-11-19 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Predefined Units): Mention that the TeX specific units won't use the `tex' prefix in TeX mode. 2010-11-18 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Misc Article): Document gnus-inhibit-images. 2010-11-17 Glenn Morris * edt.texi: Remove information about Emacs 19. 2010-11-17 Michael Albinus * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2010-11-12 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Article Washing): Fix typo. 2010-11-11 Noorul Islam * org.texi: Fix typo. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Using capture): Explain that refiling is sensitive to cursor position. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Images and tables): Add cross reference to link section. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Document the cookie. 2010-11-11 Eric Schulte * org.texi: Multi-line header arguments :PROPERTIES: :ID: b77c8857-6c76-4ea9-8a61-ddc2648d96c4 :END:. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (CSS support): Document :HTML_CONTAINER_CLASS: property. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Project alist): Mention that this is a property list. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Setting up the staging area): Document that file names remain visible when encrypting the MobileOrg files. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Setting up the staging area): Document which versions are needed for encryption. 2010-11-11 Eric Schulte * org.texi (noweb): Update :noweb documentation to reflect the new "tangle" argument. 2010-11-11 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Batch execution): Improve tangling script in documentation. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Handling links): (In-buffer settings): Document inlining images on startup. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Setting up the staging area): Document use of crypt password. 2010-11-11 David Maus * org.texi (Template expansion): Add date related link type escapes. 2010-11-11 David Maus * org.texi (Template expansion): Add mew in table for link type escapes. 2010-11-11 David Maus * org.texi (Template expansion): Fix typo in link type escapes. 2010-11-11 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Structure of code blocks): Another documentation tweak. 2010-11-11 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Structure of code blocks): Documentation tweak. 2010-11-11 Eric Schulte * org.texi (Structure of code blocks): Update documentation to mention inline code block syntax. 2010-11-11 Eric Schulte * org.texi (comments): Improve wording. 2010-11-11 Eric Schulte * org.texi (comments): Document the new :comments header arguments. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Installation): Remove the special installation instructions for XEmacs. 2010-11-11 Jambunathan K (tiny change) * org.texi (Easy Templates): New section. Documents quick insertion of empty structural elements. 2010-11-11 Noorul Islam * org.texi: Fix doc. 2010-11-11 Jambunathan K (tiny change) * org.texi (The date/time prompt): Document specification of time ranges. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Internal links): Document the changes in internal links. 2010-11-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Agenda commands): Document the limitation for the filter preset - it can only be used for an entire agenda view, not in an individual block in a block agenda. 2010-11-11 Eric S Fraga * org.texi (iCalendar export): Document alarm creation. 2010-11-10 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Type Conversion): Introduce `:unix-fd' type mapping. 2010-11-09 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Article Washing): Document gnus-article-treat-non-ascii. 2010-11-09 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Use emacsver.texi to determine Emacs version. 2010-11-04 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Customizing the IMAP Connection): Remove nnir mention, since that works by default. 2010-11-03 Kan-Ru Chen (tiny change) * gnus.texi (Customizing the IMAP Connection): Document `nnimap-expunge' and remove `nnimap-expunge-inbox' from example. 2010-11-04 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Remote shell setup): New item "Interactive shell prompt". Reported by Christian Millour . (Remote shell setup, Remote processes): Use @code{} for environment variables. 2010-11-03 Glenn Morris * ediff.texi (Quick Help Commands, Miscellaneous): * gnus.texi (Agent Variables, Configuring nnmairix): Spelling fix. 2010-10-31 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Paging the Article): Document C-u g/C-u C-u g. 2010-10-31 Glenn Morris * mh-e.texi (Preface, From Bill Wohler): Change 23 to past tense. 2010-10-31 Glenn Morris * cc-mode.texi: Remove reference to defunct viewcvs URL. 2010-10-29 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Client-Side IMAP Splitting): Mention nnimap-unsplittable-articles. 2010-10-29 Julien Danjou * gnus.texi (Finding the News): Remove references to obsoletes variables `gnus-nntp-server' and `gnus-secondary-servers'. 2010-10-29 Eli Zaretskii * makefile.w32-in (MAKEINFO): Add -I$(emacsdir). (ENVADD): Remove extra -I$(emacsdir), included in $(MAKEINFO). ($(infodir)/efaq): Remove -I$(emacsdir), included in $(MAKEINFO). ($(infodir)/calc, calc.dvi): Depend on $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi. 2010-10-28 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (MAKEINFO, ENVADD): Add $emacsdir to include path. (($(infodir)/calc, calc.dvi, calc.pdf): Depend on emacsver.texi. ($(infodir)/efaq): Remove -I option now in $MAKEINFO. 2010-10-25 Daiki Ueno * epa.texi (Mail-mode integration): Add alternative key bindings for epa-mail commands; escape comma. Don't use the word "PGP", since it is a non-free program. 2010-10-24 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Use emacsver.texi to determine Emacs version. 2010-10-24 Juanma Barranquero * gnus.texi (Group Parameters, Buttons): Fix typos. 2010-10-22 Tassilo Horn * gnus.texi (Subscription Commands): Mention that you can also subscribe to new groups via the Server buffer, which is probably more convenient when subscribing to many groups. 2010-10-21 Julien Danjou * message.texi (Message Headers): Allow message-default-headers to be a function. 2010-10-21 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus-news.texi: Mention new archive defaults. 2010-10-21 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (RSS): Remove nnrss-wash-html-in-text-plain-parts. 2010-10-20 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (HTML): Document the function value of gnus-blocked-images. (Article Washing): shr and gnus-w3m, not the direct function names. 2010-10-20 Julien Danjou * emacs-mime.texi (Flowed text): Add a note about mml-enable-flowed variable. 2010-10-19 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Customizing the IMAP Connection): The port strings are strings. (Document Groups): Mention git. 2010-10-18 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus-coding.texi (Gnus Maintainance Guide): Update to mention Emacs bzr/Gnus git sync. 2010-10-15 Eli Zaretskii * auth.texi (GnuPG and EasyPG Assistant Configuration): Fix last change. 2010-10-13 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * auth.texi (GnuPG and EasyPG Assistant Configuration): Fix up the @item syntax for in-Emacs makeinfo. 2010-10-13 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi (GnuPG and EasyPG Assistant Configuration): Fix syntax and trim sentence. 2010-10-12 Daiki Ueno * epa.texi (Caching Passphrases): * auth.texi (GnuPG and EasyPG Assistant Configuration): Clarify some configurations require to set up gpg-agent. 2010-10-11 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (.texi.dvi): Remove unnecessary suffix rule. 2010-10-09 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Spam Package Introduction): Mention `$'. 2010-10-09 Eli Zaretskii * makefile.w32-in (emacsdir): New variable. ($(infodir)/efaq, faq.dvi): Depend on emacsver.texi. (ENVADD, $(infodir)/efaq): Add -I$(emacsdir). 2010-10-09 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Delete *.toc. * Makefile.in: Use $< in rules. * Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): Remove harmless, long-standing error. * Makefile.in ($(infodir)): Delete rule. (mkinfodir): New. Use it in all the info rules, rather than depending on infodir. 2010-10-09 Glenn Morris * gnus.texi (Article Washing): Fix previous change. * Makefile.in (emacsdir): New variable. ($(infodir)/efaq): Pass -I $(emacsdir) to makeinfo. Depend on emacsver.texi. * faq.texi (VER): Replace with EMACSVER from emacsver.texi. * Makefile.in (.PHONY): Declare info, dvi, pdf and the clean rules. 2010-10-08 Julien Danjou * gnus.texi: Add mm-shr. 2010-10-08 Ludovic Courtès * gnus.texi (Finding the Parent, The Gnus Registry) (Registry Article Refer Method): Update docs for nnregistry.el. 2010-10-08 Daiki Ueno * auth.texi (Help for users) (GnuPG and EasyPG Assistant Configuration): Update docs. 2010-10-08 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (Organization, Installation, Old CL Compatibility): Deprecate cl-compat for new code. (Usage, Installation): Remove outdated information. * eudc.texi (CCSO PH/QI, LDAP Requirements): Remove old information. 2010-10-07 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Gravatars): Document gnus-gravatar-too-ugly. 2010-10-06 Julien Danjou * sieve.texi (Manage Sieve API): Document sieve-manage-authenticate. * message.texi (PGP Compatibility): Remove reference to gpg-2comp, broken link. * gnus-faq.texi (FAQ 8-3): Remove references to my.gnus.org. * gnus.texi (Comparing Mail Back Ends): Remove broken link and allusion to ReiserFS. * gnus-faq.texi (FAQ 5-5): Fix Flyspell URL. (FAQ 7-1): Fix getmail URL. 2010-10-06 Daiki Ueno * epa.texi (Caching Passphrases): New section. 2010-10-06 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (SHELL): Set it. (info): Move the mkdir dependency to the individual info files. (mostlyclean): Tidy up. (clean): Only delete the specific dvi and pdf files. (maintainer-clean): Be more restrictive in what we delete. ($(infodir)): Add parallel build workaround. 2010-10-04 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Misc Article): Document gnus-widen-article-window. 2010-10-03 Julien Danjou * emacs-mime.texi (Display Customization): Update mm-inline-large-images documentation and add documentation for mm-inline-large-images-proportion. 2010-10-03 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Mention remote-file-name-inhibit-cache. 2010-10-02 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Splitting Mail): Fix @xref syntax. (Splitting Mail): Really fix the @ref syntax. 2010-10-01 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Splitting Mail): Mention the new fancy splitting function. (Article Hiding): Add google banner example. Suggested by Benjamin Xu. 2010-09-30 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Spam Package Configuration Examples, SpamOracle): Remove nnimap-split-rule from examples. 2010-09-30 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Mail Source Specifiers): Remove webmail.el mentions. (NNTP): Document nntp-server-list-active-group. Suggested by Barry Fishman. (Client-Side IMAP Splitting): Add nnimap-split-fancy. 2010-09-30 Julien Danjou * gnus.texi (Gravatars): Fix documentation about gnu-gravatar-properties. 2010-09-29 Daiki Ueno * epa.texi (Bug Reports): New section. 2010-09-29 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (top_srcdir): Remove unused variable. 2010-09-29 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Using IMAP): Remove the @acronyms from the headings. (Client-Side IMAP Splitting): Document 'default. 2010-09-27 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Customizing the IMAP Connection): Document nnimap-fetch-partial-articles. 2010-09-26 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus-news.texi: Mention nnimap-inbox. * gnus.texi (Picons): Document gnus-picon-inhibit-top-level-domains. 2010-09-26 Julien Danjou * gnus.texi (Oort Gnus): Remove mention of ssl.el. 2010-09-26 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Security): Remove gpg.el mention. 2010-09-26 Andreas Seltenreich * gnus.texi (Browse Foreign Server): New variable gnus-browse-subscribe-newsgroup-method. * gnus-news.texi: Mention it. 2010-09-26 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (NoCeM): Remove. (Startup Variables): No jingle. 2010-09-25 Ulrich Mueller * woman.texi (Interface Options): xz compression is now supported. 2010-09-25 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Article Commands): Document gnus-fetch-partial-articles. (Unavailable Servers): Document gnus-server-copy-server. (Using IMAP): Document the new nnimap. 2010-09-25 Julien Danjou * gnus.texi (Customizing Articles): Remove gnus-treat-translate. 2010-09-24 Glenn Morris * url.texi (Disk Caching): Tweak previous change. 2010-09-24 Julien Danjou * url.texi (Disk Caching): Mention url-cache-expire-time, url-cache-expired, and url-fetch-from-cache. 2010-09-24 Julien Danjou * gnus.texi: Add Gravatars. 2010-09-23 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Startup Variables): Mention gnus-use-backend-marks. 2010-09-21 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Expunging mailboxes): Update name of the expunging command. 2010-09-20 Katsumi Yamaoka * emacs-mime.texi (rfc2047): Update description for rfc2047-encode-parameter. 2010-09-13 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Inline methods): Remove "ssh1_old", "ssh2_old" and "fish" methods. (External methods): Remove "scp1_old" and "scp2_old" methods. 2010-09-09 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi: Remove Japanese manual. Fix typo. * trampver.texi: Update release number. Remove japanesemanual. 2010-09-09 Glenn Morris * org.texi: Restore clobbered changes (copyright years, untabify). 2010-09-04 Julien Danjou (tiny change) * gnus.texi (Adaptive Scoring): Fix typo. 2010-09-03 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Article Display): Document gnus-html-show-images. 2010-09-02 Jan Djärv * cl.texi (Basic Setf): Remove x-get-cut-buffer and x-get-cutbuffer. 2010-09-01 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (HTML): Document gnus-max-image-proportion. 2010-08-31 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (HTML): Document gnus-blocked-images. * message.texi (Wide Reply): Document message-prune-recipient-rules. 2010-08-30 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Summary Mail Commands): Note that only the addresses from the first message are used for wide replies. (Changing Servers): Remove documentation on gnus-change-server and friends, since it's been removed. 2010-08-29 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Drafts): Mention B DEL. 2010-08-29 Tim Landscheidt (tiny change) * gnus.texi (Delayed Articles): Mention that the Date header is the original one, even if you delay. 2010-08-29 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Asynchronous Fetching): Document gnus-async-post-fetch-function. (HTML): Made into its own section. 2010-08-26 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.1.19. * tramp.texi (Inline methods, Default Method): Mention `tramp-inline-compress-start-size'. Remove "kludgy" phrase. Remove remark about doubled "-t" argument. (Auto-save and Backup): Remove reference to Emacs 21. (Filename Syntax): Describe port numbers. (Frequently Asked Questions): Adapt supported (X)Emacs versions. Adapt supported MS Windows versions. Remove obsolete URL. Recommend "sshx" and "scpx" for echoing shells. Use the $() syntax, texi2dvi reports errors with the backquotes. (External packages): File attributes cache flushing for asynchronous processes. (Traces and Profiles): Describe verbose level 9. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2010-08-23 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Alternative Buses): New chapter. 2010-08-12 Stefan Monnier * cl.texi (Mapping over Sequences): Rename mapc => cl-mapc. 2010-08-09 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Customizing Calc): Rearrange description of new variables to match the presentation of other variables. 2010-08-08 Juanma Barranquero * org.texi (Footnotes, Tables in HTML export): Fix typos. 2010-08-08 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas) (Customizing Calc): Mention how to use faces to emphasize selected sub-formulas. 2010-08-05 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (External packages): File attributes cache flushing for asynchronous processes. 2010-08-01 Alan Mackenzie Enhance the manual for the latest Java Mode. * cc-mode.texi (Syntactic Symbols): New symbols annotation-top-cont and annotation-var-cont. (Java Symbols): Page renamed from Anonymous Class Symbol. Document the two new symbols. 2010-07-28 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Traces and Profiles): Describe verbose level 9. 2010-07-27 Chong Yidong * nxml-mode.texi (Limitations): Remove obsolete discussion (Bug#6708). 2010-07-19 Juanma Barranquero * org.texi: Fix typo in previous change (revno:100847). 2010-07-19 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Add macros to get plain quotes in PDF output. List additional contributors. (Capture): New section, replaces the section about remember. (Working With Source Code): New chapter, focused on documenting Org Babel. (Code evaluation security): New section. (MobileOrg): Document DropBox support. (TaskJuggler export): Document taskjuggler and Gantt chart support. (Special symbols): Show how to display UTF8 characters for entities. (Global TODO list): Clarify the use of the "M" key and the differences to the "m" key. (RSS Feeds): Mention Atom feeds as well. (Setting tags): Remove paragraph about `org-complete-tags-always-offer-all-agenda-tags'. 2010-07-17 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Inline methods): Remove remark about doubled "-t" argument. (Frequently Asked Questions): Recommend "sshx" and "scpx" for echoing shells. 2010-07-10 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Inline methods): Remove "kludgy" phrase. (Filename Syntax): Describe port numbers. 2010-07-09 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Top): Introduce Index. Emphasize "nil" whereever forgotten. (Type Conversion): Precise conversion of natural numbers. (Errors and Events): Add "debugging" to concept index. Add variable `dbus-debug'. 2010-07-04 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Receiving Method Calls): Add optional argument EMITS-SIGNAL to `dbus-register-property'. 2010-06-27 Alex Schroeder * nxml-mode.texi (Commands for locating a schema): Fix typo. 2010-06-24 Glenn Morris * ada-mode.texi, auth.texi, autotype.texi, calc.texi, cc-mode.texi: * dired-x.texi, ebrowse.texi, ede.texi, edt.texi, eieio.texi: * emacs-mime.texi, epa.texi, erc.texi, eshell.texi, eudc.texi: * flymake.texi, gnus.texi, info.texi, mairix-el.texi, message.texi: * newsticker.texi, org.texi, pgg.texi, rcirc.texi, reftex.texi: * remember.texi, sasl.texi, semantic.texi, ses.texi, smtpmail.texi: * speedbar.texi, tramp.texi, url.texi, viper.texi, widget.texi: * woman.texi: Start direntry descriptions in column 32, per Texinfo convention. Make them end with a period. 2010-06-23 Glenn Morris * autotype.texi, cl.texi, dired-x.texi, ebrowse.texi, ede.texi: * eieio.texi, epa.texi, faq.texi, flymake.texi, forms.texi: * gnus-faq.texi, idlwave.texi, mh-e.texi, nxml-mode.texi, org.texi: * pcl-cvs.texi, pgg.texi, reftex.texi, sasl.texi, sc.texi, * sem-user.texi, semantic.texi, sieve.texi, smtpmail.texi, * speedbar.texi, vip.texi, viper.texi, widget.texi: Untabify. 2010-06-10 Glenn Morris * idlwave.texi (Load-Path Shadows): * org.texi (Handling links): Fix typos. 2010-06-07 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Interactive): Explain effect of gnus-expert-user better. 2010-05-26 Michael Albinus * eshell.texi (Built-ins): Describe, how to disable a built-in command by an alias. (Bug#6226) 2010-05-16 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Manipulating Vectors): Mention that vectors can be used to determine bins for `calc-histogram'. 2010-05-13 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Remove "\turnoffactive" commands throughout. 2010-05-08 Å tÄ›pán NÄ›mec (tiny change) * url.texi (HTTP language/coding, Customization): * message.texi (Header Commands, Responses): * cl.texi (Argument Lists): Fix typos. 2010-05-08 Chong Yidong * ede.texi (EDE Mode): Refer to init file rather than `.emacs'. Note that Development menu is always available. (Creating a project): Fix terminology. (Add/Remove files): Fix typo. 2010-05-07 Chong Yidong * Version 23.2 released. 2010-05-01 Daniel E. Doherty (tiny change) * calc.texi (Tutorial): Use "^{\prime}" to indicate primes. 2010-05-01 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Inline methods, Default Method): Mention `tramp-inline-compress-start-size'. 2010-04-18 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Gnus Versions, Oort Gnus): Mention the Git repo instead of the CVS repo. Put the Git repo in the news section. * gnus-coding.texi (Gnus Maintainance Guide): Fix title typo. Removed some mentions of CVS. Mention the new Git repo. 2010-04-18 Andreas Seltenreich * gnus.texi (Score File Format): Fix typo. Reported by Å tÄ›pán NÄ›mec. (Mail Group Commands): Add index entry. 2010-04-18 Glenn Morris * info.texi (Search Index): Mention Emacs's Info-virtual-index. 2010-04-18 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Radix modes): Mention that the option prefix will turn on twos-complement mode. (Inverse and Hyperbolic Flags): Mention the Option flag. 2010-04-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (LaTeX and PDF export): Add a footnote about xetex. (LaTeX/PDF export commands): Rename and Move section. (Sectioning structure): Update. (References): New use case for field coordinates. (The export dispatcher): Rename from ASCII export. (Setting up the staging area): Document the availability of encryption for MobileOrg. (Images and tables): Document how to reference labels. (Index entries): New section. (Generating an index): New section. (Column width and alignment): Document that now means a fixed width, not a maximum width. (Publishing options): Document the :email option. (Beamer class export): Fix bug in the BEAMER example. (Refiling notes): Document refile logging. (In-buffer settings): Document refile logging keywords. (Drawers): Document `C-c C-z' command. (Agenda commands): Mention the alternative key `C-c C-z'. (Special properties): Document the BLOCKED property. (The spreadsheet): Mention the formula editor. (References): Document field coordinates. (Publishing action): Correct the documentation for the publishing function. (The date/time prompt): Document that we accept dates like month/day/year. (Cooperation): Document the changes in table.el support. (Faces for TODO keywords, Faces for TODO keywords) (Priorities): Document the easy colors. (Visibility cycling): Document the new double prefix arg for `org-reveal'. (Cooperation): Remember.el is part of Emacs. (Clean view): Mention that `wrap-prefix' is also set by org-indent-mode. (Agenda commands): Add information about prefix args to scheduling and deadline commands. (Search view): Point to the docstring of `org-search-view' for more details. (Agenda commands): Document that `>' prompts for a date. (Setting tags): Document variable org-complete-tags-always-offer-all-agenda-tags. (Column attributes): Cross-reference special properties. 2010-04-10 Michael Albinus Synchronize with Tramp repository. * tramp.texi (Auto-save and Backup): Remove reference to Emacs 21. (Frequently Asked Questions): Adapt supported (X)Emacs versions. Adapt supported MS Windows versions. Remove obsolete URL. Use the $() syntax, texi2dvi reports errors with the backquotes. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2010-04-01 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Finding the News): Add pointers to the Server buffer because it's essential. 2010-03-31 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (MIME Commands): Update description of gnus-article-browse-html-article. 2010-03-27 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi (Secret Service API): Add TODO node. (Help for users): Explain the new source options for `auth-sources'. 2010-03-24 Michael Albinus * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2010-03-10 Chong Yidong * Branch for 23.2. 2010-03-03 Chong Yidong * faq.texi (Escape sequences in shell output): Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default. 2010-02-28 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Errors and Events): D-Bus messages are retrieved only, when Emacs runs in interactive mode. (Bug#5645) 2010-02-16 Glenn Morris * nxml-mode.texi (Commands for locating a schema): Fix keybinding. 2010-02-05 Mark A. Hershberger * ede.texi, eieio.texi, semantic.texi: Use standard direntry format. 2010-01-21 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Score File Format): Fix typo. 2010-01-19 Mark A. Hershberger * cc-mode.texi: Replace references to obsolete c-subword-mode. 2010-01-18 Juanma Barranquero * ada-mode.texi (Project File Overview): Fix typo. 2010-01-17 Chong Yidong * semantic.texi: Add Richard Y. Kim credit. * eieio.texi (Making New Objects): Fix typo (Bug#5406). 2010-01-17 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Add GNU Emacs 23 and SXEmacs 22 to the supported systems. New item for hung ssh sessions. 2010-01-17 Glenn Morris * calc.texi (Reporting Bugs): Don't mention format of repository. * woman.texi (Bugs): Make "Emacs repository" less specific, and the URL for same more specific. * faq.texi (Latest version of Emacs): The repository is now Bazaar. 2010-01-17 Juanma Barranquero * ede.texi (ede-step-project, ede-proj-target): * tramp.texi (Remote processes): Fix typos. 2010-01-16 Mario Lang * ede.texi (ede-target): * org.texi (Refiling notes): Remove duplicated words. 2010-01-04 Stefan Monnier * gnus.texi (Posting Styles): Use with-current-buffer. * calc.texi (Defining Simple Commands): Prefer save-current-buffer. 2010-01-02 Kevin Ryde * eieio.texi (Naming Conventions): Correction to xref on elisp coding conventions, is "Tips" node not "Standards". 2009-12-24 Chong Yidong * calc.texi (General Mode Commands): Calc file should be in .emacs.d. * faq.texi (New in Emacs 22): Max buffer size is now 512 MB. 2009-12-18 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Direct Functions): Add missing port number to tls method. 2009-12-15 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add edt. ($(infodir)/edt, edt.dvi): New targets. 2009-12-15 Glenn Morris * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add edt. (edt, $(infodir)/edt, edt.dvi): New targets. * edt.texi: New file (etc/edt-user.doc converted to Texinfo). * Makefile.in (PDF_TARGETS, pdf): New. (clean): Add *.pdf. Add pdf rules for all manuals. 2009-12-15 Jay Belanger * calc/calc.texi (Radix Modes): Clarify two's complement notation. 2009-12-14 Chong Yidong * sem-user.texi (Semantic mode, Idle Scheduler, Smart Completion) (Smart Jump, Analyzer Debug): Copyedits. (Semantic mode user commands): Link to new nodes. (Speedbar, SymRef, MRU Bookmarks, Sticky Func Mode) (Highlight Func Mode, Tag Decoration Mode): New nodes, from the upstream Semantic manual. * semantic.texi (Introduction): Minor fix to diagram. 2009-12-09 Michael Albinus * eshell.texi (History): Add the other built-in variables. (Built-ins): Explain built-ins, and how to apply the external commands. Add `history', `su' and `sudo'. * tramp.texi (Remote processes): Add missing in the example. 2009-12-01 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Searching): Use mh vfolder_format and fix typo in database path for mairix example. Specify -q in namazu example since namazu is excessively garrulous. 2009-11-29 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Remote processes): Improve eshell example with "su" and "sudo" commands. 2009-11-28 Chong Yidong * semantic.texi (Analyzer Internals): Rename from Analyzer. * sem-user.texi (Semantic mode user commands): Fix key syntax. Document semantic-complete-analyze-inline. (Semanticdb search debugging commands): Minor clarification. (Analyzer, Smart Completion, Smart Summary, Smart Jump) (Analyzer Debug): New nodes, adapted from the upstream Semantic user manual. (Semantic mode): Link to Idle Scheduler. 2009-11-28 Kevin Ryde * cl.texi (Porting Common Lisp): Update EIEIO dead ftp link to a @pxref, now EIEIO is in Emacs. * erc.texi (Development): Correction to git tutorial url. 2009-11-26 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Latest version of Emacs): Mention stability of development version. (Problems with very large files): Max buffer size increase in 23.2. (VM): VM has moved house again. 2009-11-22 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Radix modes): Discuss alternate bases for two's complement notations. 2009-11-20 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Column attributes): Fix documentation of new operators. 2009-11-20 Chong Yidong * sem-user.texi (Semanticdb Search Configuration): Rearrange nodes. (Search Throttle, Semanticdb Roots, Include paths, Idle Scheduler) (Idle Completions Mode): Numerous copyedits. 2009-11-17 Juanma Barranquero * semantic.texi (Semantic Internals, Glossary): * sem-user.texi (Semantic mode, Include paths, Idle Scheduler) (Semanticdb search debugging commands): Fix typos. 2009-11-16 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Radix modes): Mention twos-complement notation. 2009-11-16 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add semantic. ($(infodir)/semantic, semantic.dvi): New targets. 2009-11-16 Chong Yidong * Makefile.in: Build the Semantic manual. * semantic.texi, sem-user.texi: New files, adapted from the Semantic repository. 2009-11-16 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Receiving Method Calls): New defun `dbus-unregister-service'. 2009-11-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Speed keys): New section. 2009-11-13 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Type Conversion): Fix typo. (Asynchronous Methods): Rename `dbus-registered-functions-table' to `dbus-registered-objects-table'. (Receiving Method Calls): New defun `dbus-register-property'. Move `dbus-unregister-object' here. 2009-11-13 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Removed @Ie, @ie, @Eg, @eg macros. 2009-11-13 James TD Smith * org.texi (Column attributes): Add the new age summary operators. Also, mention the fact you can only use one summary operator per property. 2009-11-13 John Wiegley * org.texi (Tracking your habits): Add a new section in the manual about how to track habits. (Resolving idle time): Add a section on how idle and dangling clocks are resolved. 2009-11-13 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Agenda commands): Document the new `i' command. (Inserting deadline/schedule): Document logging changes of scheduling and deadline times stamps. (In-buffer settings): Document the in-buffer keywords for logging changes of scheduling and deadline times stamps. (Structure editing, Plain lists): Document indentation cycling in empty entries with TAB. (Archiving): Document the default archiving command. (Moving subtrees): Document the new keys for archiving. (Internal archiving): Fix incorrect key. (Agenda commands): Document the TODO set switching commands. (Agenda commands): Document the new archiving keys. (Clocking work time): Better description on how to save and restore a clock. (Resolving idle time): Mention the x11idle program to get true idleness also under X11. (Resolving idle time): Use @kbd instead of @key for normal letters, because this is how he rest of the manual does this. (Pushing to MobileOrg): Mention that `org-directory' should be set. (Agenda commands): Document that SPC is a filter for any tag. (Search view): Rename from "Keyword search". (Capure): New chapter. (Markup): New chapter. (Links in HTML export, Images in HTML export): Extend the section titles. (Images in HTML export): Document the align option. (Text areas in HTML export): Extend the section title. (Images in LaTeX export): Explain image placement in LaTeX. 2009-11-10 Glenn Morris * sc.texi (Hints to MUA Authors): MUA should do any decoding. 2009-11-08 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Auto-save and Backup): Disable backups just for a method. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2009-11-07 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.1.17. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2009-10-29 Glenn Morris * texinfo.tex: Update to version 2009-08-14.15 from ftp://tug.org/tex/. 2009-10-23 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (External methods): Temporary files are kept for `rsync' and `rsyncc' methods. 2009-10-09 Juanma Barranquero * eieio.texi: Fix typos. 2009-10-07 Chong Yidong * cl.texi (Argument Lists): Clarify explicit keyword arguments. 2009-10-07 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add eieio, ede. ($(infodir)/eieio, eieio.dvi, $(infodir)/ede, ede.dvi): New targets. 2009-10-07 Chong Yidong * Makefile.in: Build EIEIO and EDE manuals. 2009-10-07 Eric Ludlam * eieio.texi: * ede.texi: New files. 2009-10-05 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Remote processes): Association of a pty is not supported. 2009-10-01 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Pushing to MobileOrg): Document `org-mobile-files'. (Processing LaTeX fragments): Document that the size of images can be changes using the variable `org-format-latex-options'. (The date/time prompt, Timestamps): Be more accurate over ISO format dates and times. (Visibility cycling): Document showeverything keyword. (In-buffer settings): Document showeverything keyword. (Setting up the staging area): Fix the example. (MobileOrg): New section. (Agenda commands, Exporting Agenda Views): Document exporting the agenda view to Org files. 2009-09-28 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (History): Add IMAP support. (External methods): Add `imap' and `imaps' methods. (GVFS based methods): Add indices for `davs'. (Password handling): Rename anchors. Add IMAP entries for ~/.authinfo.gpg. * trampver.texi: Set default value of `emacsimap'. 2009-09-22 Daiki Ueno * gnus.texi (Security): Document mm-sign-option and mm-encrypt-option. 2009-09-13 Chong Yidong * dired-x.texi (Technical Details): Delete dired-up-directory (Bug#4292). 2009-09-03 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): New item for emacsclient. 2009-09-02 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Effort estimates): Document new effort setting commands. (Agenda commands): Document the new keys fro agenda time motion. Document entry text mode. Improve documentation of the keys to include inactive time stamps into the agenda view. (Feedback): Document the new bug report command. (Structure editing): Add an index entry for the sorting of subtrees. 2009-09-02 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi (Help for users): Corrected markup. 2009-09-02 Glenn Morris * emacs-mime.texi (time-date): Mention float-time. 2009-08-30 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Simplifying Formulas): Improve the wording. 2009-08-29 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi: Rewritten for coverage and clarity. 2009-08-29 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Expiring Mail): Mention gnus-mark-copied-or-moved-articles-as-expirable. (Various Various): Mention gnus-safe-html-newsgroups. * gnus-news.texi: Mention gnus-mark-copied-or-moved-articles-as-expirable. * emacs-mime.texi (Display Customization): Add xref to gnus-safe-html-newsgroups. 2009-08-28 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Version Control): Remove. (Obtaining Tramp): Update cvs checkout command. Remove nightly tarballs reference. (External methods): Correct `scpc' concept index entries. New method `rsyncc'. (External packages): New subsections "Filename completion" and "File attributes cache". 2009-08-27 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Rewrite Rules): Improve the example. (Simplifying Formulas): Explain use of the I and H flags for simplification. 2009-08-25 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Bus names): Add optional parameter TIMEOUT to dbus-ping. Describe autostart behavior of dbus-ping. (Synchronous Methods, Asynchronous Methods): Use English numeric format for timeout values. (Top): Remove footnote saying D-Bus is not enabled by default. (Bug#4256) 2009-08-23 Daiki Ueno * epa.texi (Quick start): Don't refer to nonexistent epa-mode. Reported by Jari Aalto (Bug#4211). (Mail-mode integration): Mention epa-mail-mode and epa-global-mail-mode. (Encrypting/decrypting *.gpg files): Don't refer to nonexistent epa-setup. 2009-08-16 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Asynchronous Methods): Allow nil handler. 2009-08-15 Michael Kifer * ediff.texi (ediff-current-file): Add information about this new function. * viper.texi: Add information about C-s in viper's search command. 2009-08-09 Colin Williams (tiny change) * calc.texi (Date Forms): Fix typos. 2009-08-08 Glenn Morris * org.texi (Agenda commands): Restore clobbered change. 2009-08-07 Eli Zaretskii * calc.texi (Graphics, Devices): Update with the peculiarities of operation on MS-Windows. 2009-08-06 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Publishing action): Improve documentation of file names when publishing to the source directory. (Clean view): Document `org-indent-mode'. (Clocking work time): Add documentation for the new :timetamp option when creating a clock report. (Paragraphs): Fix many typos. (Plain lists): Remove duplicate explanation about the `C-c *' command. (Literal examples): Update to reflect the new behavior of the -n -r -k switches when exporting source code examples. (Structure editing): Add information about `C-c *', converting a plain list into a list of Org items. (Remember): Small rephrasing of the paragraph describing remember.el. Also mentioned that remember.el is part of Emacs 23, not Emacs 22. (Clocking work time): Add documentation about displaying the current clocking time against the effort estimate. Also add a footnote about using `org-clock-in-prepare-hook' to add an effort estimate on the fly, just before clocking it. (Footnotes): Document automatic renumbering and sorting. (Agenda commands): Document new bulk commands. (Plain lists): Document new behavior of `org-cycle-include-plain-lists'. Hyphenation only in TeX. (Clocking work time): Document the key to update effort estimates. (Clocking work time): Document the clock time display. (Structure editing, TODO basics): Document new variables. (Column attributes): Document new colciew operators. (Publishing options): Document :xml-declaration. (Tracking TODO state changes): Document the LOG_INTO_DRAWER property. (Literal examples): Document the new implementation for editing source code. (Publishing action): Mention the new publishing function, to publish an Org source file. (Publishing links): Mention how to link to an Org source file. (Macro replacement): Document new macros. (Handling links): Document type-specific completion when inserting links. (Structure editing, Plain lists): Improve documentation on sorting. (Internal links): Document custom ids for links. (Handling links): Document custom ids for links. (CSS support): Document new class. (Refiling notes): Document the possibility to create new nodes during refiling. (Agenda commands): Document the "?" operator to find tasks without effort setting. (Exporting agenda information): Section moved. (RSS Feeds): New section. (Built-in table editor): Document M-e and M-a navigate inside table field. (Stuck projects): Docment that projects identified as un-stuck will still be searchd for stuck sub-projects. (Paragraphs): Document centering. (Creating timestamps, Agenda commands): Document new behavior when changing time stamps. (Structure editing): Document the new command `org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift'. (Publishing): Refresh this chapter. (Export options, Export options, In-buffer settings): Document the new keywords. (Matching tags and properties): Collect all documentation about tags/property matches here. (Setting tags): Document `org-tag-persistent-alist'. (Weekly/daily agenda): New section. (Orgstruct mode): Describe `orgstruct++-mode'. (Drawers): Mention the LOGBOOK drawer. (Export options, Sectioning structure): Document the #+LEATEX_HEADER in-buffer setting. (Bugs): Section removed. (Hooks): New section. (Add-on packages): Move here from old location. (Context-sensitive commands): New section. (Setting tags): Document newline option. (Global TODO list, Matching tags and properties): Mention more variables. (Checkboxes): Update to changed command behavior. 2009-08-02 Eric Yu (tiny change) * speedbar.texi (Basic Key Bindings): Fix typo. 2009-07-30 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Vector/Matrix Functions): Add index entries for both "v" and "V" key bindings. Mention that `calc-matrix-brackets' only affects matrices with more than one row. (Help Commands): Add index entries for "prefix ?" key bindings. 2009-07-29 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Stack Manipulation Commands): Add documentation for `calc-transpose-lines'. 2009-07-27 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Receiving Method Calls): Describe special return value `:ignore'. 2009-07-24 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi (Config Basics, File Styles): Document that at mode initialization, any individual variable setting now takes precedence over one done via c-file-style/c-file-offsets. 2009-07-21 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Undoing Mistakes): Mention that the undo list will be truncated when Calc is quit. (Customizing Calc): Document `calc-undo-length'. 2009-07-20 Chong Yidong * calc.texi (About This Manual): Don't mention chapter numbers in text. 2009-07-11 Kevin Ryde * pcl-cvs.texi (About PCL-CVS): * widget.texi (Basic Types): Fix cross-references. 2009-07-01 Andreas Schwab * dbus.texi (Type Conversion): Don't use literal control character. 2009-07-01 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (GVFS based methods): New section. (Remote processes): Processes for GVFS based methods run locally. 2009-06-30 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Inline methods, External methods, Gateway methods): Avoid the words "kludge" and hack". (External methods): Add `synce' method. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2009-06-22 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.1.16. * tramp.texi (History): Add GVFS support. (External methods): Precise `rsync' description. Add `dav', `davs' and `obex' methods. Add 'tramp-gvfs-methods' option. (Multi-hops): Cells of `tramp-default-proxies-alist' can also be Lisp forms. (Remote Programs): Introduce `tramp-own-remote-path'. (Remote processes): New subsection "Running remote programs that create local X11 windows". (Frequently Asked Questions): Improve code for disabling vc. * trampver.texi: Update release number. Set default value of `emacsgvfs'. 2009-06-21 Chong Yidong * Branch for 23.1. 2009-06-17 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Obtaining the FAQ): Add reference to Savannah. (Latest version of Emacs): Mention source code repository. 2009-06-16 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Top): Language tweak. (Extended commands): Most people have arrow keys. (Emacs manual): Say how to follow info links. (File-name conventions): Change title a bit. Explain about source versus installed. Condense etc description. (Guidelines for newsgroup postings): Mention Savannah list page. (Newsgroup archives): Simplify. (Contacting the FSF): Add contact URL. (Emacs Lisp documentation): Printed version not always available. (Installing Texinfo documentation): Explain how by hand installation is not normally needed. Use add-to-list. Remove duplicate reference. (Informational files for Emacs): Move info on Help menu here from "File-name conventions". (Help installing Emacs): Tweak uref. (Obtaining the FAQ): Mention repository. (Origin of the term Emacs): Explain "ITS". (Changing load-path): Use add-to-list. (Automatic indentation): Clarify this is for Text mode. Don't mention Indented Text mode. (Finding Emacs on the Internet): The FSF does not seem to offer a deluxe distribution on CD anymore. 2009-06-16 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about. Recommend the latest release. Mention how to get older FAQs. Recommend the Emacs manual. (Guidelines for newsgroup postings): Discourage cross-posts. (Underlining paragraphs): Remove. (Editing MS-DOS files): Remove pre-Emacs 20 information. (Bugs and problems): Update key-binding. (Problems with very large files): Mention 64-bit. (Shell process exits abnormally): Remove. (Problems with Shell Mode): Rename and update. (Spontaneous entry into isearch-mode) (Problems talking to certain hosts): Remove. This is old information, in etc/PROBLEMS if needed. (Emacs takes a long time to visit files, Updating Emacs): Remove. (Dired claims that no file is on this line): Update. (Installing Emacs, Problems building Emacs): Simplify. (Emacs for MS-DOS): Refer to msdos/INSTALL rather than duplicating information. (Emacs for MS-Windows): Rename from "Emacs for Windows". Simplify. (Emacs for Mac OS X): Rename from "Emacs for Apple computers". (JDEE): "JDEE", not "JDE". (Handling C-s and C-q with flow control, Binding C-s and C-q): Remove. This is old information, in etc/PROBLEMS if needed. (stty and Backspace key, Kanji and Chinese characters): Remove. (Right-to-left alphabets): Update section. (Changing the included text prefix): Gnus uses message-yank-prefix. Add cross-reference to Supercite manual. (Saving a copy of outgoing mail): Simplify output file description. (Expanding aliases when sending mail): Refer to Emacs manual. Remove old info about RFC822. Correct description of how to rebuild aliases. (Rmail writes to /var/spool/mail): Update location from /usr/spool/mail. (MIME with Emacs mail packages) (Viewing articles with embedded underlining) (Saving a multi-part Gnus posting, Gnus hangs for a long time): Remove old sections. (Killing based on nonstandard headers): Remove. Scoring is preferable, and is well-documented in the Gnus manual. (Reading news with Emacs): Merge "Learning more about Gnus" into here. (Making Gnus faster): Rename from "Starting Gnus faster". Merge "Catch-up is slow in Gnus" into here. 2009-06-14 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first. (New in Emacs 23): New section. (Handling C-s and C-q with flow control): Add xref. 2009-06-13 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix. Customize is no longer "new". (Displaying the current line or column): Line-number mode is on by default. Don't mention `column' package. Mention linum.el. (Turning on abbrevs by default): Explain how to do it for buffers, modes, and everywhere. (Associating modes with files): Use add-to-list. Don't mention Emacs 19. (Highlighting a region): On by default since 23.1. (Replacing highlighted text): Update doc quote. (Working with unprintable characters): Don't mention search-quote-char. (Using an already running Emacs process): Gnuclient is probably not an enhancement these days. (Indenting switch statements): Remove mention of pre-Emacs 20. (Horizontal scrolling): Abbreviate Emacs 20 description. (Replacing text across multiple files): Fix name of dired command. (Disabling backups): Use require not load. (Learning more about Gnus): Add cross-refs to Gnus manual and FAQ. 2009-06-13 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.2. * mh-e.texi (VERSION, EDITION, UPDATED, UPDATE-MONTH): Update for release 8.2. 2009-06-13 Glenn Morris * faq.texi: Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since in this day and age the common meaning is "on the web". (copying): Use @copyright in all cases. (Basic keys): Remove reference to deleted manual node "Text Characters". (File-name conventions): Use GNU as an example rather than SERVICE. default.el lives in site-lisp. Update Info directory location. (Real meaning of copyleft): GPL actions have been brought, but all settled out of court. (Guidelines for newsgroup postings): Shorten section title. Simplify comp.emacs description. (Newsgroup archives): Change Google URL. Describe Gmane. (Unsubscribing from Emacs lists): Remove discussion of "distribution points". Mention List-Unsubscribe header. (Contacting the FSF): Update email and URLs. (Basic editing): Mention F1 for help. (Installing Texinfo documentation): Refer to Texinfo website rather than ftp server. (Printing a Texinfo file): Mention texi2pdf. (Informational files for Emacs): Don't describe FTP or SERVICE, they are just stubs nowadays. (Latest version of Emacs): Explain version numbers. (Spell-checkers, Checking TeX and *roff documents): Remove sections. (Turning on syntax highlighting): No need to mention hilit19 any more. (Finding Emacs on the Internet): Refer to URLs rather than DISTRIB, FTP. (Modes for various languages): Remove section. (Major packages and programs): Remove most version and maintainer information - it's hard to keep up-to-date, and adds nothing. Similarly with direct links to mailing lists. (Spell-checkers): Rename node from Ispell. Mention Aspell and Hunspell. (Mailcrypt): Remove section - mailcrypt has not been updated in mnay years, and Emacs comes with tools for this now. (Patch): Remove section - this is a standard tool. (Using function keys under X): Remove section. 2009-06-12 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Viewing Info files outside of Emacs): Xinfo is no more. (Help installing Emacs): Remove reference to deleted X11 node. (Associating modes with files): Interpreter-mode-alist is no longer subservient to auto-mode-alist. (Installing Emacs): Change future Emacs version. (Linking with -lX11 fails): Remove old section. (Packages that do not come with Emacs): Update ELL location. Emacs Lisp archive is dead. (Emacs for Windows): Remove reference to old CE port. (Emacs for OS/2, Emacs for Atari ST, Emacs for the Amiga) (Emacs for VMS and DECwindows): Remove old ports. (Emacs for GNUstep): Rename from "Emacs for NeXTSTEP" and update. (Removing flashing messages): Remove section about non-existent Gnus option. * faq.texi (Top): Add @top command. Remove the optional arguments from all @node commands: makeinfo can generate these automatically, and it is easier to edit and rearrange nodes without them. 2009-06-11 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF. (The LPF): Make the updated URL the sole reference point. (Learning how to do something): Update refcard price and format. (Getting a printed manual): Sources in doc/emacs/, not man/. Also available in PDF format. Since the page count varies, be less precise. (Informational files for Emacs): Remove references to deleted files LPF and SUN-SUPPORT, and to UUCP. (Obtaining the FAQ): Refer to the service web-page rather than SERVICE. Remove many obsolete ways to get the FAQ, which now seems only to be distributed with Emacs. (Mail and news): Remove sections about Rmail Babyl that no longer apply. 2009-06-09 Chong Yidong * org.texi (Org Plot): Fix tags (Bug#3507). (Workflow states, Agenda commands): Fix tags (Bug#3508). * ada-mode.texi (Installation, Compile commands) (Project File Overview, No project files, Set compiler options) (Use GNAT project file, Use multiple GNAT project files) (Identifier completion): Use @samp for menu items, and @kbd for key sequences (Bug#3504). 2009-06-04 Daiki Ueno * gnus.texi (Security): Fix wording; add a link to epa.info. 2009-06-04 Ryan Yeske * message.texi (Header Commands): Fix descriptions to match keybindings. 2009-04-22 Daiki Ueno * gnus.texi (Security): Mention that EasyPG is the current default. 2009-04-13 Chong Yidong * ediff.texi (Session Commands): Fix typo. 2009-04-05 Reiner Steib * gnus-faq.texi (FAQ 8-4): Fix wrong group name of news.software.readers. Reported by Florian Rehnisch. 2009-04-02 Glenn Morris * auth.texi: Capitalize direntry. * mairix-el.texi: Copy the direntry from ../../info/dir, and avoid using a period in the entry name. (Bug#2797) 2009-03-03 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add auth. ($(infodir)/auth, auth.dvi): New targets. 2009-03-03 Glenn Morris * auth.texi: Fix @setfilename. * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add auth. (auth, $(infodir)/auth, auth.dvi): New rules. 2009-02-25 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452) 2009-02-23 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (NoCeM): Fix description of gnus-use-nocem. 2009-02-23 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (NoCeM): Update default values for gnus-nocem-groups, gnus-nocem-issuers, and gnus-nocem-verifyer. 2009-02-20 Juanma Barranquero * ada-mode.texi (Project files, Automatic Casing): * dbus.texi (Signals): * gnus.texi (Selecting a Group, Filtering Incoming Mail): * mh-e.texi (HTML): * nxml-mode.texi (Locating a schema) (Using the document's URI to locate a schema): * org.texi (Footnotes, Using the mapping API): * rcirc.texi (Channels): Remove duplicate words. 2009-02-20 Glenn Morris * dired-x.texi (Miscellaneous Commands): * gnus.texi: Minor updates for mbox Rmail. 2009-02-16 Karl Berry * ada-mode.texi, auth.texi, autotype.texi, calc.texi, cc-mode.texi: * cl.texi, dbus.texi, dired-x.texi, ebrowse.texi, ediff.texi: * emacs-mime.texi, epa.texi, erc.texi, eshell.texi, eudc.texi: * faq.texi, flymake.texi, forms.texi, gnus-coding.texi, gnus.texi: * idlwave.texi, info.texi, mairix-el.texi, message.texi, mh-e.texi: * newsticker.texi, nxml-mode.texi, org.texi, pcl-cvs.texi: * pgg.texi, rcirc.texi, reftex.texi, remember.texi, sasl.texi: * sc.texi, ses.texi, sieve.texi, smtpmail.texi, speedbar.texi: * tramp.texi, url.texi, vip.texi, viper.texi, widget.texi, woman.texi: Consistently use @insertcopying in the Top node, @contents at the front (after @end titlepage), and @direntry after @copying. (Bug#1988) 2009-02-13 Teodor Zlatanov * auth.texi: New file documenting auth-source. 2009-02-13 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Org Plot): Fix link. 2009-02-09 Daiki Ueno * epa.texi (Mail-mode integration): Mention the way to do "encrypt-to-self". (Bug#1807) 2009-02-05 Arni Magnusson (tiny change) * ada-mode.texi (No project files): Fix typo. (Bug#2214) 2009-02-04 Reiner Steib * gnus-news.texi: Print version about Incoming*. 2009-02-02 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Structure editing, Handling links) (Fast access to TODO states, Javascript support): Make standard docs correctly reflect default variable settings. 2009-02-02 Glenn Morris * org.texi: Fix typos. 2009-02-01 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.1.15. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2009-01-31 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (TODO dependencies): Document TODO dependencies on checkboxes. 2009-01-30 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (TODO dependencies): Document key binding for toggling ORDERED property. 2009-01-28 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Errors and Events): Fix typos. Describe second parameter of hook functions. 2009-01-28 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (TODO dependencies): New section. 2009-01-27 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Plain lists, TODO basics, Priorities) (Multiple sets in one file, Conflicts): Document interaction with `shift-selection-mode'. 2009-01-27 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Embedded Mode, Algebraic-Style Calculations): Make Calc the subject of sentences. (Rearranging Formulas using Selections): Discuss new options for `j *'. 2009-01-26 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Errors and Events): New variable dbus-event-error-hooks. 2009-01-26 Glenn Morris * org.texi: Fix typos. 2009-01-26 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (EDITION, UPDATED): Update. 2009-01-25 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (References): Add information about remote references. (Built-in table editor): Document `C-c RET' in tables. (Math symbols, Quoting LaTeX code): Mention that simple LaTeX macros survive LaTeX export. (Images in LaTeX export): Show how to create a reference to a figure. (Sectioning structure): Document that the LaTeX class can be specified in a property. (Text areas in HTML export): New section. (External links): Add examples for text search and ID links. (Built-in table editor): Remove the descriptio of `C-c C-q', it not longer works. (Literal examples): Document that a space must follow the colon in short examples. (Relative timer): Document `org-timer-stop'. (Footnotes): New section. (Footnote markup): Shorten section and refer to new Footnote section. (Literal examples): Add documentation for line numbering in and references to code examples. (CSS support): Fix the description of default CSS styles. (Capturing column view): Document "file:path/to/file.org" as an allowed value for the ID property of a dynamic block copying column view. 2009-01-23 Stephen Eglen * mh-e.texi (Getting Started): Describe $MH. 2009-01-21 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (all): Harmonize usage of "external method", "external transfer method" and "out-of-band method". (Connection types): Precise the differences of inline and external methods. Written by Adrian Phillips . 2009-01-19 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Limiting): `/ N' and `/ o' are not really limiting commands as described at the top. Reported by Allan Gottlieb . 2009-01-19 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Non-ASCII Group Names, RSS): Update description of nnmail-pathname-coding-system. 2009-01-17 Peter Tury (tiny change) * org.texi (Relative timer): Fix typo. 2009-01-15 Juanma Barranquero * org.texi (Clocking work time): Fix typo. Reported by Peter Tury . (Bug#1925) 2009-01-13 Glenn Morris * org.texi: Fix some more typos. 2009-01-13 Peter Tury (tiny change) * org.texi: Fix some typos. 2009-01-09 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Add note for local variables. 2009-01-09 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Converting Kill Files): Fix URL. Include gnus-kill-to-score.el in contrib directory. 2009-01-09 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Startup Variables): Fix gnus-before-startup-hook. Reported by Leo . (Bug#1660) (Paging the Article): Add index entry. 2009-01-03 Stephen Leake * ada-mode.texi (Examples): Delete redundant text. 2009-01-03 Michael Albinus * trampver.texi (top): Declare ipv6prefix and ipv6postfix. * tramp.texi (Filename Syntax, Filename completion): Handle IPv6 addresses. 2009-01-03 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Scan Line Formats): Indicate that first column should be kept empty. 2008-12-20 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Activation, Exporting, ASCII export, HTML export) (HTML Export commands, LaTeX/PDF export commands): Improve documentation about transient-mark-mode. (References): Document the use of special names like $LR1 to reference to fields in the last table row. 2008-12-19 Juri Linkov * info.texi (Search Text): Remove mention of removed key binding M-s. 2008-12-18 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (References): Remove mentioning of @0 as reference for the last line, this has been reverted in the Lisp sources. 2008-12-17 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, clean): Add sasl. (DVI_TARGETS): Remove duplicates. Add sasl. ($(infodir)/sasl, sasl.dvi): New targets. 2008-12-17 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version number pushed to 6.15d. 2008-12-16 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Tables in LaTeX export): New section. (Images in LaTeX export): New section. (Inlined images, Images in HTML export): Sections renamed. 2008-12-08 Reiner Steib * message.texi (Insertion Variables): Don't advertise sc-cite-original. 2008-12-04 David Engster * gnus.texi (nnmairix): Mention mairix.el. Point out the importance of nnml-get-new-mail. Change URL for mairix patch. 2008-12-02 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Using the mapping API): Fix bug in mapping example. (Publishing options): Make the list of properties complete again, in correspondence to the variable `org-export-plist-vars'. (Property searches): Document new special values for time comparisons. (Tag inheritance): Refine the description of tag inheritance. (Project alist): Add info about the publishing sequence of components. (Effort estimates): Document the new relative timer. 2008-12-01 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (About This Manual): Clarify behavior of `C-x * t'. (Using Calc): Clarify use of `C-x * o'. (Embedded Mode (Overview)): Clarify use of `C-x * e'. 2008-11-28 Richard M Stallman * dbus.texi (Receiving Method Calls): Clean up previous change. 2008-11-26 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Type Conversion): New defuns `dbus-string-to-byte-array', `dbus-escape-as-identifier', `dbus-byte-array-to-string' and `dbus-unescape-from-identifier'. (Receiving Method Calls): New constants `dbus-service-emacs' and `dbus-path-emacs'. Precise return values of `dbus-register-method'. (Signals): Use the constants in the example. 2008-11-24 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Re-apply change to FDL 1.3. 2008-11-23 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Setting up Remember): Document `org-remember-mode'. (External links): Document that bbdb links can use a regular expression. (External links): Document that elisp links can contain interactive commands. 2008-11-22 Michael Kifer * viper.texi (viper-translate-all-ESC-keysequences): Description removed. 2008-11-19 Glenn Morris * doclicense.texi: Change to FDL 1.3. Relicense all texi files under FDL 1.3 or later. 2008-11-17 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Tutorial): Clarify how to set up the on-line tutorial. 2008-11-16 Michael Kifer * viper.texi (viper-ESC-keyseq-timeout, viper-ESC-key): Remove. * ediff.texi: Version/date change. 2008-11-14 Chong Yidong * ns-emacs.texi: Moved into macos.texi in the main Emacs manual. 2008-11-14 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (About This Manual): Comment out a mention of marginal notes. 2008-11-12 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Clocking work time): Document the :formula property of clock tables. (Structure editing, Refiling notes): Document refiling regions. (Agenda commands): Document the double-prefix version of the `l' command in the agenda. (Handling links): Explain the effect of a double prefix arg to `C-c C-o'. (TODO basics): Add documentation for tag triggers. 2008-10-23 Glenn Morris * cl.texi (Function Bindings): Mention `flet' fails to deal with byte-compiling things like `+'. * ns-emacs.texi: Merge copyright years of author now with assignment into FSF years. (VER): Use it for easier automatic updating. Use Emacs version rather than standalone Emacs.app version. 2008-10-12 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Lots of minor fixes. (Capture): New chapter. (Org Plot): New section. 2008-09-30 Magnus Henoch * cl.texi (Porting Common Lisp): Fix parenthesis order in example. 2008-09-30 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (User Defined Units): Mention how to enter optional display string. 2008-09-25 Teodor Zlatanov * message.texi (Sending Variables): Fix variable documentation to avoid the "y/n" wording. 2008-09-24 Teodor Zlatanov * message.texi (Sending Variables): Add `message-confirm-send' doc. 2008-09-24 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (The Gnus Registry): Don't give argument to @item used in @enumerate section so as to be able to be formatted with MAKEINFO=no. 2008-09-22 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.1. * mh-e.texi (VERSION, EDITION, UPDATED, UPDATE-MONTH): Update for release 8.1. * mh-e.texi: Retain dual license as agreed to by the FSF. However, bump GPL to Version 3. Use @include for license text. 2008-09-19 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Top, Setup, Fancy splitting to parent) (Store custom flags and keywords, Store arbitrary data): Clean up markup. 2008-09-16 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (The Gnus Registry): Document it. 2008-09-08 David Engster * gnus.texi (nnmairix): Point out that nnml uses MH format. Clarify section about choosing back end servers. 2008-08-23 Glenn Morris * dired-x.texi (Shell Command Guessing): Mention dired-guess-shell-case-fold-search. (Bug#417) 2008-08-22 Michael Albinus * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2008-08-18 Brian Cully (tiny change) * ns-emacs.texi: Update version. (Introduction): Correct menu location for options save. (Customization): Note that defaults are stored under org.gnu.Emacs. 2008-08-11 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Getting Started): Rename variant mu-mh to gnu-mh and be explicit about GNU mailutils MH elsewhere (with thanks to Darel Henman) (closes SF #1768928). 2008-08-10 Glenn Morris * ns-emacs.texi: Use @copying. Change copyright of authors with assignment to FSF. Change license to GFDL. (Top): Remove outdated references. 2008-08-07 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Sorting the Summary Buffer, Summary Sorting): Add gnus-summary-sort-by-most-recent-number and gnus-summary-sort-by-most-recent-date. (Summary Sorting): Explain prefix argument. 2008-08-07 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Saving Articles): Mention symbolic prefix `r' for gnus-summary-pipe-output. 2008-08-03 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Receiving Method Calls): Document error handling of own D-Bus methods. 2008-08-01 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Reading Mail) (Viewing Attachments): Describe new function mh-show-preferred-alternative. (Sending Mail, Redistributing, Sending Message): Describe new hook mh-annotate-msg-hook. 2008-07-31 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Arguments and Signatures): Fix example. (Synchronous Methods): New defun `dbus-call-method-non-blocking'. (Asynchronous Methods): New node. (Errors and Events): Describe extended layout of `dbus-event'. New defun `dbus-event-message-type'. 2008-07-31 Dan Nicolaescu * ediff.texi: Remove VMS support. 2008-07-29 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add mairix-el. ($(infodir)/mairix-el), mairix-el.dvi): New targets. 2008-07-29 Chong Yidong * Makefile.in: Add mairix-el targets. 2008-07-29 David Engster * mairix-el.texi: New file. 2008-07-28 Stephen Leake * ada-mode.texi: Document using GNAT project files as Emacs Ada mode project files. Delete 'main_unit' project variable; not needed. Allow process environment variables wherever project variables are allowed. Add tutorial section on multiple GNAT project files. 2008-07-27 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.1.14. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2008-07-27 Dan Nicolaescu * ns-emacs.texi: * faq.texi: Remove mentions of Mac Carbon. 2008-07-24 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Saving Articles): Describe the 2nd argument of gnus-summary-save-in-pipe. (SpamAssassin): Use it. 2008-07-22 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (SpamAssassin): Fix gnus-summary-save-in-pipe usage. 2008-07-25 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Export options): Document the use of the creator flag. 2008-07-24 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: New version 6.06a. 2008-07-23 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add ns-emacs. ($(infodir)/ns-emacs, ns-emacs.dvi): New targets. 2008-07-23 Vincent Belaïche * calc.texi (Editing Stack Entries): (Algebraic Entry): Rewrite introductory sentences so it can be used by Calc's help functions. Mention fixing typos. (Customizing Calc): Fix typo. 2008-07-23 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (summarykey): New macro. Use to correctly format keys in the summary. 2008-07-20 Adrian Robert * ns-emacs.texi (Customization): Corrected documentation on color specification formats. 2008-07-19 Andreas Schwab * ns-emacs.texi: Moved from ../emacs. Add @direntry. * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add ns-emacs. (ns-emacs, $(infodir)/ns-emacs, ns-emacs.dvi): New rules. 2008-07-18 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Inspection): Rework, introduce submenus. (Bus names, Introspection, Nodes and Interfaces, Methods and Signal) (Properties and Annotations, Arguments and Signatures): New nodes. 2008-07-13 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Receiving Method Calls): Fix description of `dbus-register-method'. (Signals): Allow also signal arguments for filtering in `dbus-register-signal'. 2008-07-13 Vincent Belaïche * calc.texi (Manipulating Vectors): Clarify definition of `rnorm' and `cnorm'. (Arithmetic Tutorial): Simplify the verification of prime factors. 2008-07-02 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Saving Articles): Mention gnus-summary-pipe-output-default-command and gnus-summary-save-in-pipe. 2008-06-29 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Adjust mode line throughout. 2008-06-28 Juanma Barranquero * sasl.texi (Mechanisms): Fix typos. 2008-06-24 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Killing from the stack): Mention using normal Emacs copying. 2008-06-21 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Password handling): Rename from "Password caching". Add `auth-source' mechanism. (Connection caching): Tramp reopens the connection automatically, when the operating system on the remote host has been changed. 2008-06-20 Eli Zaretskii * makefile.w32-in (distclean): Remove makefile. 2008-06-17 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Using the mapping API): New section. (Agenda column view): New section. (Moving subtrees): Document archiving to the archive sibling. (Agenda commands): Document columns view in the agenda. (Using the property API): Document the API for multi-valued properties. 2008-06-17 Jason Riedy * org.texi (A LaTeX example): Note that fmt may be a one-argument function, and efmt may be a two-argument function. (Radio tables): Document multiple destinations. 2008-06-16 Glenn Morris * epa.texi, erc.texi, pgg.texi, remember.texi, sasl.texi, url.texi: Add Cover-Texts. 2008-06-15 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (VER): Update to 23.0.60. * mh-e.texi: Remove option of licensing under GPL. Add Cover-Texts to GFDL permissions notice. (GPL): Remove section. (GFDL): Include doclicense.texi rather than the actual text. * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add sasl. (sasl, $(infodir)/sasl, sasl.dvi): New rules. * sasl.texi: Fix output file name. * epa.texi, sasl.texi: Refer to license in Emacs manual. * gnus-coding.texi: Refer to license in Gnus manual. * idlwave.texi, sasl.texi: Use @copying. * org.texi: Change to GFDL 1.2. Refer to license in Emacs manual. * speedbar.texi: Update Back-Cover Text as per maintain.info. * url.texi: Use @copying, @title, @subtitle, @author. * ada-mode.texi, autotype.texi, cc-mode.texi, cl.texi, dbus.texi: * dired-x.texi, ebrowse.texi, ediff.texi, emacs-mime.texi: * erc.texi, eshell.texi, eudc.texi, flymake.texi, forms.texi, gnus.texi: * idlwave.texi, message.texi, newsticker.texi, pcl-cvs.texi: * rcirc.texi, reftex.texi, sc.texi, ses.texi, sieve.texi: * smtpmail.texi, speedbar.texi, tramp.texi, vip.texi, viper.texi: * widget.texi, woman.texi: Remove references to external license, since doclicense is included. * ada-mode.texi, autotype.texi, cc-mode.texi, dired-x.texi: * pcl-cvs.texi, speedbar.texi, url.texi, widget.texi: Remove references to non-existent Invariant Sections. 2008-06-14 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Major packages and programs): Remove references to external Supercite, Calc, VIPER, since they have been included for some time. Update VM, AUCTeX, BBDB entries. 2008-06-14 Ulf Jasper * newsticker.texi: Updated to match latest newsticker changes. 2008-06-13 Glenn Morris * ada-mode.texi, autotype.texi, calc.texi, cc-mode.texi, cl.texi * dbus.texi, dired-x.texi, ebrowse.texi, ediff.texi, emacs-mime.texi * eshell.texi, eudc.texi, flymake.texi, forms.texi, gnus-coding.texi * gnus.texi, idlwave.texi, info.texi, message.texi, newsticker.texi * nxml-mode.texi, org.texi, pcl-cvs.texi, rcirc.texi, reftex.texi * sc.texi, sieve.texi, smtpmail.texi, vip.texi, viper.texi, widget.texi * woman.texi: Update Back-Cover Text as per maintain.info. 2008-06-15 Reiner Steib * gnus-faq.texi: Generate. Change node names to "FAQ N-M". * Makefile.in (gnus-faq-clean): Don't remove gnus-faq.texi. (gnus-faq.xml): Update repository host. * gnus-faq.texi: Generate from gnus-faq.xml (sourceforge.net). 2008-06-15 Frank Schmitt * gnus-faq.texi ([5.12]): Add entry about message-kill-buffer-on-exit. Fix a typo. 2008-06-15 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Mail Source Customization): Correct values of `mail-source-delete-incoming'. Reported by Tassilo Horn. (Oort Gnus): Fix version comment for mml-dnd-protocol-alist. 2008-06-14 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (nnmairix): Eliminate wrong use of `path', cf. the GNU coding standards. 2008-06-14 David Engster * gnus.texi (nnmairix): Markup fixes. 2008-06-05 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (nnmairix): Markup and other minor fixes. 2008-06-05 David Engster * gnus.texi (nnmairix): New nodes describing nnmairix.el. 2008-06-05 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Change ~/.gnus to ~/.gnus.el. (Searching, nnir, nnmairix): New stub nodes. 2008-05-30 Felix Lee * cl.texi (Iteration Clauses): Fix incorrect "identical" examples. 2008-05-24 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Filling In Threads): Additions to gnus-fetch-old-headers. 2008-05-15 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Scoring On Other Headers): Fix typo. Rearrange. 2008-05-15 Jonathan Yavner * ses.texi (Acknowledgements): Add Shigeru Fukaya. 2008-05-06 Juanma Barranquero * info.texi (Top): Fix typo in xref. 2008-05-05 Karl Berry * info.texi (Top): @xref to stand-alone manual. 2008-05-01 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Various Summary Stuff): Add gnus-propagate-marks. (Various Summary Stuff): Fix typo in last xref. 2008-05-02 Juanma Barranquero * org.texi (Moving subtrees): Fix typo. 2008-04-28 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Explain, how to disable Tramp via `tramp-mode'. 2008-04-27 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Massive changes, in many parts of the file. 2008-04-13 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Oort Gnus): Add message-fill-column. 2008-04-12 Adrian Aichner * gnus.texi (Mail Source Specifiers): Typo fix. 2008-04-12 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Diary Headers Generation): Update key binding for `gnus-diary-check-message'. 2008-04-10 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Emacsen): Addition. 2008-04-10 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Emacsen): Give recommendations for Emacs 22 and Emacs 23. 2008-04-09 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Oort Gnus): Mention customizing of tool bars. 2008-04-09 Reiner Steib * gnus-news.texi: Update tool bar item. 2008-04-09 Sven Joachim * gnus-news.texi: Fix typos. 2008-04-11 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Calc Summary): Add mention of `kron'. 2008-04-01 Daiki Ueno * epa.texi (Encrypting/decrypting *.gpg files): Document epa-file-name-regexp. 2008-03-31 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Example Methods): Fix description about ssh-agent. (Indirect Functions): Fix the default value of nntp-telnet-command; remove link to connect.html. 2008-03-30 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Synchronous Methods): New parameter TIMEOUT for dbus-call-method. (Receiving Method Calls): The timeout can be set by the calling client. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2008-03-29 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Top): Fix version. Add SASL. 2008-03-29 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.1.13. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2008-03-29 Chong Yidong * org.texi: Update to new org-mode website. 2008-03-29 Stefan Monnier * cl.texi (For Clauses): Fix loop over key-seq to match code. 2008-03-22 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Foreign Groups): Add gnus-read-ephemeral-gmane-group, gnus-read-ephemeral-gmane-group-url, gnus-read-ephemeral-emacs-bug-group, gnus-read-ephemeral-debian-bug-group. 2008-03-21 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (MIME Commands): Add gnus-article-browse-html-article. * gnus-news.texi: Add EasyPG. Add gnus-article-browse-html-article. Add FIXMEs for Bookmarks and gnus-registry-marks. 2008-03-16 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Smileys): Document `smiley-style'. 2008-03-21 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Gnus Development): Clarify difference between ding and gnu.emacs.gnus. (MIME Commands, Using MIME, RSS): Fix markup. * gnus-faq.texi ([8.4]): Ditto. 2008-03-20 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Emacsen): Remove obsolete stuff. 2008-03-19 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Oort Gnus): Add version info WRT `mail-source-delete-incoming'. 2008-03-16 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Top): Add "Other related manuals" and version info in `iftex' output. (Formatting Fonts): Add index entries for gnus-mouse-face, gnus-face-0, gnus-balloon-face-0 and the corresponding format specifiers. 2008-03-26 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Filename completion): Remove footnote about let-bind of `partial-completion-mode'. It doesn't work this way. 2008-03-26 Stefan Monnier * pcl-cvs.texi (Contributors): Update my email. 2008-03-21 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Receiving Method Calls): Mention default D-Bus timeout. 2008-03-17 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Viewing): Update URL for adding header fields to mh-invisible-header-fields-default. 2008-03-16 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Preface): Add Gnus to requirements. (Forwarding): Note that forwarded MIME messages are now inline. 2008-03-14 Stefan Monnier * gnus.texi (Example Methods, Direct Functions, Indirect Functions) (Common Variables): Give precedence to the netcat methods over the telnet methods, and mention that they are more reliable. 2008-03-13 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Exporting Agenda Views): Document agenda export to iCalendar. (Progress logging): Document the new progress logging stuff. 2008-03-10 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Mail Source Customization, Gnus Development, Oort Gnus): Update for change of `mail-source-delete-incoming'. * gnus-news.texi: Ditto. 2008-03-10 Reiner Steib * gnus-coding.texi (Gnus Maintainance Guide): Update conventions for custom versions. 2008-03-07 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi (Limitations and Known Bugs): State that the number of parens/brackets in a k&r region is limited. 2008-02-27 Reiner Steib * gnus-news.texi: Mention problem with coding system `utf-8-emacs' when using different Emacs versions. 2008-02-27 Glenn Morris * sc.texi: Remove a lot of old and obsolete info. (titlepage): Simplify. (Emacs 19 MUAs, Emacs 18 MUAs, MH-E with any Emacsen) (VM with any Emacsen, GNEWS with any Emacsen) (Overloading for Non-conforming MUAs, Version 3 Changes) (The Supercite Mailing List): Delete nodes. (Introduction): Remove info about old packages. (Getting Connected): Simplify. Remove info about old packages. (Citing Commands): Delete Emacs 19 info. (Hints to MUA Authors): Simplify. (Thanks and History): Merge in some info from the deleted node "Version 3 Changes". 2008-02-05 Juanma Barranquero * org.texi (Setting tags, In-buffer settings): * rcirc.texi (rcirc commands): Replace `legal' with `valid'. 2008-02-24 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus-news.texi: Mention that spaces and tabs are allowed in the installation directory name. 2008-02-12 Romain Francoise * epa.texi (Overview): Fix typo. 2008-02-11 Daiki Ueno * epa.texi (Quick start): Remove the .emacs setting. 2008-02-10 Daiki Ueno * epa.texi (Quick start): Use the command `epa-enable' instead of loading `epa-setup'. 2008-02-08 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add epa. ($(infodir)/epa, epa.dvi): New targets. 2008-02-08 Daiki Ueno * Makefile.in: Add rules to build EasyPG Assistant User's Manual. * epa.texi: New manual documenting the EasyPG Assistant. 2008-02-06 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (all): Wrap Lisp code examples with @lisp ... @end lisp. (Inspection): New function dbus-ping. 2008-02-05 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Remote processes): Add `shell-command'. 2008-01-28 Michael Sperber * gnus.texi (Mail Source Specifiers): Document `group' specifier. (Group Parameters): Document `mail-source' parameter. 2008-01-27 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Inline methods): The hostname of the su(do)? methods must be a local host. 2008-01-26 Michael Olson * erc.texi: Update version for ERC 5.3 release. (Obtaining ERC): Update extras URLs for 5.3. (Development): Write instructions for git, and remove those for Arch. (History): Mention the switch to git. 2008-01-24 Karl Berry * info.texi (Search Index, Search Text): Mention the command character in the section name, a la the (Go to node) node. 2008-01-21 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Errors and Events): New macro dbus-ignore-errors. 2008-01-18 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus-news.texi: Mention gnus-article-describe-bindings. 2008-01-18 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus-news.texi: Mention gnus-article-wide-reply-with-original. 2008-01-18 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Property inheritance): New section. (Conventions): New section. (Structure editing): Document C-RET, the prefix arg to the cut/copy commands, and the new bindings for refiling. (Sparse trees): Document the new special command for sparse trees. (References): Be more clear about the counting of hilines. (Handling links): Document M-p/n for accessing links. (Fast access to TODO states): New section. (Per file keywords): New section. (Property inheritance): New section. (Column attributes): New summary types. (Capturing Column View): New section. (The date/time prompt): Cover the new features in the date/time prompt. Compactify the table of keys for the calendar remote control. (Clocking work time): Document the new :scope parameter. (Remember): Promoted to chapter. (Quoted examples): New section. (Enhancing text): New verbatim environments. 2008-01-14 Michael Albinus * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2008-01-09 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Article Keymap): Add gnus-article-wide-reply-with-original; fix descriptions of gnus-article-reply-with-original and gnus-article-followup-with-original. 2008-01-09 Glenn Morris * nxml-mode.texi: Add @copying section. 2008-01-05 Reiner Steib * message.texi (Mail Variables): Add some text from "(gnus)Posting Server". Add `message-send-mail-with-mailclient'. * gnus.texi (Posting Server): Move some text to "(message)Mail Variables" and add a reference here. 2008-01-04 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Receiving Method Calls): New chapter. (Errors and Events): Add serial number to events. Replace "signal" by "message". Introduce dbus-event-serial-number. 2008-01-03 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Type Conversion): Explain the type specification for empty arrays. Use another example. 2007-12-30 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (all): Replace "..." by @dots{}. (Type Conversion): Precise the value range for :byte types. (Signals): Rename dbus-unregister-signal to dbus-unregister-object. Mention its return value. (Errors and Events): There is no D-Bus error propagation during event processing. 2007-12-29 Jay Belanger * calc.tex (Yacas Language, Maxima Language, Giac Language): New sections. 2007-12-29 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Reorder the text and add a note about `gnus-parameters' near the beginning of the node. 2007-12-29 IRIE Tetsuya (tiny change) * gnus.texi (Score File Editing): Fix function name. 2007-12-23 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.1.12. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2007-12-22 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Type Conversion): Correct input parameters mapping. 2007-12-21 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Type Conversion): Extend for D-Bus compound types. (Errors and Events): Mention wrong-type-argument error. 2007-12-21 Alex Schroeder * rcirc.texi: Changed single spaces after sentence end to double spaces. Fixed some typos. (Internet Relay Chat): Explain relay. (Getting started with rcirc): Change items to reflect prompts. Add more explanation to rcirc-track-minor-mode and added a comment to warn future maintainers that this section is a copy. (People): Change /ignore example. (Keywords): Not keywords. 2007-12-20 Alex Schroeder * rcirc.texi (Top): Fighting Information Overload chapter added. (Getting started with rcirc): Add notice of rcirc-track-minor-mode. (rcirc commands): Move /ignore command to the new chapter. (Fighting Information Overload): New chapter documenting /keyword, /bright, /dim, channel ignore, and low priority channels. (Configuration): Document rcirc-server-alist, remove rcirc-startup-channels-alist and rcirc-default-server. 2007-12-16 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Signals): Fix example in dbus-register-signal. 2007-12-14 Sven Joachim * gnus.texi (Score Variables): Fix typo. 2007-12-07 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Synchronous Methods): Adapt dbus-call-method. (Signals): Adapt dbus-send-signal and dbus-register-signal. (Errors and Events): Adapt dbus-event. 2007-12-03 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Other Files): Add the yenc command. 2007-11-30 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (MIME Commands): Default of gnus-article-loose-mime is t since 2004-08-06. 2007-11-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Fancy Mail Splitting): Fix description of splitting based on body. 2007-11-27 Katsumi Yamaoka * emacs-mime.texi (rfc2047): Mention rfc2047-encoded-word-regexp-loose and rfc2047-allow-irregular-q-encoded-words; fix description of rfc2047-encode-encoded-words. 2007-11-24 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Fetching Mail): Remove obsoleted `nnmail-spool-file'. 2007-12-05 Michael Olson * remember.texi (Diary): Remove "require" line for remember-diary.el. Update documentation for `remember-diary-file'. 2007-12-04 Michael Albinus * dbus.texi (Signals): Precise `dbus-register-signal'. (Errors and Events): Rework events part, the internal structure of dbus-event has changed. 2007-12-03 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, clean): Add dbus. ($(infodir)/dbus, dbus.dvi): New targets. 2007-12-03 Michael Albinus * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Apply dbus and dbus.dvi unconditionally. * dbus.texi (Synchronous Methods): Show the result of the "lshal" emulation with @print{}. 2007-12-02 Richard Stallman * dbus.texi (Overview): Minor cleanup. 2007-12-02 Michael Albinus * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS): Add dbus. (DVI_TARGETS): Add dbus.dvi. (dbus, dbus.dvi): New targets. * dbus.texi: New file. 2007-11-24 Romain Francoise * nxml-mode.texi: Add description in @direntry. Fix file name to match @setfilename. 2007-11-23 Mark A. Hershberger * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add nxml-mode. ($(infodir)/nxml-mode): New rule. * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add nxml-mode. ($(infodir)/nxml-mode): New rule. (clean): Add nxml-mode*. * nxml-mode.texi: New file with nxml manual. 2007-11-18 Richard Stallman * flymake.texi (Example -- Configuring a tool called directly): Update example. 2007-11-18 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Filename completion): Simplify explanation of double-slash behavior. Explain directory contents flushing. 2007-11-16 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (TeX and LaTeX Language Modes): Put in missing braces. 2007-11-15 Richard Stallman * cl.texi (Equality Predicates): Delete `eql'. (Predicates, Naming Conventions, Top): Delete `eql'. (Common Lisp Compatibility): Delete `eql'. (Porting Common Lisp): Delete obsolete backquote info. Minor clarification about character constants. (Sequence Basics): Minor clarification. 2007-11-15 Juanma Barranquero * cc-mode.texi (Electric Keys, Custom Macros): * tramp.texi (Filename completion): Fix typos. 2007-11-15 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Basic commands): Mention the menu. 2007-11-12 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Connection caching): Tramp flushes connection properties when remote operating system has been changed. 2007-11-09 Reiner Steib * gnus-news.texi: Fix spelling. `message-insert-formatted-citation-line', not `message-insert-formated-citation-line'. * gnus.texi, gnus-faq.texi, message.texi: Bump version to 5.10.9. 2007-11-07 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Overview): Mention also the PuTTY integration under w32. Remove paragraphs about Tramp's experimental status. (Frequently Asked Questions): Add code example for highlighting the mode line. 2007-11-03 Michael Olson * remember.texi: Change mentions of remember-buffer to remember-finalize throughout. 2007-10-30 Michael Olson * remember.texi (Copying): Remove. (Mailbox): Update with non-BBDB instructions. (Diary, Org): Add. (Bibliography, Planner Page): Remove. 2007-10-30 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS): Add remember. (DVI_TARGETS): Add remember.dvi. ($(infodir)/remember): New rule. (clean): Add remember*. 2007-10-30 Michael Olson * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add remember. ($(infodir)/remember): New rule that builds the Remember Manual. * remember.texi: New file containing the Remember Mode Manual. Shuffle chapters around after initial import. (Function Reference): Split Keystrokes into separate chapter. (Keystrokes): Document C-c C-k. (Introduction): Fix typographical issue with "---". 2007-10-29 Richard Stallman * widget.texi (Introduction): Delete discussion of implementation internals. 2007-10-29 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Connection caching): Host names must be different when tunneling. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi, gnus-faq.texi, message.texi: Bump version to Gnus v5.13. 2007-10-28 Miles Bader * gnus-news.texi, gnus-coding.texi, sasl.texi: New files. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Sorting the Summary Buffer): Remove gnus-article-sort-by-date-reverse. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Non-ASCII Group Names): New node. (Misc Group Stuff): Move gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist and gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist to Non-ASCII Group Names node. 2007-10-28 Michaël Cadilhac * gnus.texi (Mail Source Specifiers, IMAP): Add a notice on the need to clean the output of the program `imap-shell-program'. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (IMAP): Mention nnimap-logout-timeout. 2007-10-28 Tassilo Horn * gnus.texi (Sticky Articles): Documentation for sticky article buffers. 2007-10-28 Michaël Cadilhac * gnus.texi (RSS): Document nnrss-ignore-article-fields. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Various Various): Mention gnus-add-timestamp-to-message. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Archived Messages): Document gnus-update-message-archive-method. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Limiting): Document gnus-summary-limit-to-address. 2007-10-28 Michaël Cadilhac * gnus.texi (Group Maneuvering): Document `gnus-summary-next-group-on-exit'. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Really Various Summary Commands): Mention gnus-auto-select-on-ephemeral-exit. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi, message.texi: Bump version number. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Group Line Specification, Misc Group Stuff) (Server Commands): Parenthesize @pxref{Mail Spool}. 2007-10-28 Didier Verna New user option: message-signature-directory. * message.texi (Insertion Variables): Document it. * gnus.texi (Posting Styles): Ditto. 2007-10-28 Didier Verna * gnus.texi (Group Line Specification): * gnus.texi (Misc Group Stuff): * gnus.texi (Server Commands): Document the group compaction feature. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus-faq.texi ([5.2]): Adjust for message-fill-column. * message.texi (Various Message Variables): Add message-fill-column. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi: Untabify. 2007-10-28 Didier Verna * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Document the posting-style merging process in topic-mode. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Scoring On Other Headers): Add gnus-inhibit-slow-scoring. 2007-10-28 Romain Francoise * gnus.texi (Mail Spool): Fix typo. Update copyright. 2007-10-28 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Limiting): Add gnus-summary-limit-to-singletons. 2007-10-28 Andreas Seltenreich * gnus.texi (Summary Generation Commands): Add gnus-summary-insert-ticked-articles. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (SpamAssassin back end): Rename spam-spamassassin-path to spam-spamassassin-program. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Mail and Post): Add gnus-message-highlight-citation. 2007-10-28 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Limiting): Add gnus-summary-limit-to-headers. 2007-10-28 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * message.texi (Mail Headers): Document `opportunistic'. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * emacs-mime.texi (Encoding Customization): Explain how to set mm-coding-system-priorities per hierarchy. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Washing Mail): Add nnmail-ignore-broken-references and nnmail-broken-references-mailers instead of nnmail-fix-eudora-headers. 2007-10-28 Didier Verna * message.texi (Wide Reply): Update documentation of message-dont-reply-to-names (now allowing a list of regexps). 2007-10-28 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Spam Package Introduction): Fix spam menu and links. 2007-10-28 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (SpamAssassin back end): Fix typo. * sieve.texi (Examples): Fix grammar. 2007-10-28 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Searching for Articles): Document M-S and M-R. (Limiting): Document / b. 2007-10-28 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Thread Commands): T M-^. 2007-10-28 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * message.texi (Mail Aliases): Document ecomplete. (Mail Aliases): Fix typo. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Face): Restore xref to gnus-face-properties-alist; fix typo. 2007-10-28 Romain Francoise * gnus.texi (Mail Spool): Grammar fix. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Mail Spool): nnml-use-compressed-files can be a string. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Fix description. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Gmane Spam Reporting): Fix spam-report-gmane-use-article-number. Add spam-report-user-mail-address. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * emacs-mime.texi (Non-MIME): x-gnus-verbatim -> x-verbatim. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Add simplified sorting example based on example for `Sorting the Summary Buffer' from Jari Aalto . (Example Methods): Add example for an indirect connection. 2007-10-28 Kevin Greiner * gnus.texi (nntp-open-via-telnet-and-telnet): Fix grammar. (Agent Parameters): Updated parameter names to match code. (Group Agent Commands): Corrected 'gnus-agent-fetch-series' as 'gnus-agent-summary-fetch-series'. (Agent and flags): New section providing a generalized discussion of flag handling. (Agent and IMAP): Remove flag discussion. (Agent Variables): Add 'gnus-agent-synchronize-flags'. 2007-10-28 Romain Francoise * gnus.texi (Exiting the Summary Buffer): Add new function `gnus-summary-catchup-and-goto-prev-group', bound to `Z p'. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Conformity): Fix typo. (Customizing Articles): Document `first'. 2007-10-28 Jari Aalto * gnus.texi (Sorting the Summary Buffer): Add `gnus-thread-sort-by-date-reverse'. Add example host to different sorting in NNTP and RSS groups. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * message.texi (Insertion): Describe prefix for message-mark-inserted-region and message-mark-insert-file. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * emacs-mime.texi (Non-MIME): Add Slrn-style verbatim marks and LaTeX documents. Describe "text/x-gnus-verbatim". 2007-10-28 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Blacklists and Whitelists, BBDB Whitelists) (Gmane Spam Reporting, Bogofilter, spam-stat spam filtering) (spam-stat spam filtering, SpamOracle) (Extending the Spam ELisp package): Remove extra quote symbol for clarity. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (MIME Commands): Add gnus-article-save-part-and-strip, gnus-article-delete-part and gnus-article-replace-part. (Using MIME): Add gnus-mime-replace-part. 2007-10-28 Romain Francoise * gnus.texi (Mail Spool): Mention that `nnml-use-compressed-files' requires `auto-compression-mode' to be enabled. Add new nnml variable `nnml-compressed-files-size-threshold'. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Sorting the Summary Buffer): Add gnus-thread-sort-by-recipient. 2007-10-28 Romain Francoise * message.texi (Insertion Variables): Mention new variable `message-yank-empty-prefix'. Change `message-yank-cited-prefix' documentation accordingly. 2007-10-28 Romain Francoise * gnus.texi (To From Newsgroups): Mention new variables `gnus-summary-to-prefix' and `gnus-summary-newsgroup-prefix'. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Using MIME): gnus-mime-copy-part supports the charset stuff; gnus-mime-inline-part does the automatic decompression. 2007-10-28 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Spam ELisp Package Configuration Examples): "training.ham" should be "training.spam". 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * message.texi (Mail Variables): Fix the default value for message-send-mail-function. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Optional Back End Functions): nntp-request-update-info always returns nil exceptionally. 2007-10-28 Simon Josefsson * gnus.texi (Article Washing): Add libidn URL. Suggested by Michael Cook . 2007-10-28 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Topic Commands): Fix next/previous. 2007-10-28 Simon Josefsson * gnus.texi (Article Washing): Mention `W i'. 2007-10-28 Jochen Küpper * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Slight extension of sieve parameter description. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Score Decays): `gnus-decay-scores' can be a regexp matching score files as well. (Picons): Describe `gnus-picon-style'. 2007-10-28 Romain Francoise * message.texi (Message Headers): Mention that headers are hidden using narrowing, and how to expose them. Update copyright. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnusref.tex: Mention `gnus-summary-limit-to-recipient' and `gnus-summary-sort-by-recipient'. 2007-10-28 Romain Francoise * gnus.texi (NNTP marks): New node. (NNTP): Move NNTP marks variables to the new node. 2007-10-28 Jesper Harder * gnus.texi, gnus-news.texi, pgg.texi, sasl.texi: backend -> back end. * gnus.texi (MIME Commands, Hashcash): Markup fix. 2007-10-28 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi: Replaced @file{spam.el} with @code{spam.el} everywhere for consistency. (Filtering Spam Using The Spam ELisp Package): Admonish again. (Spam ELisp Package Sequence of Events): This is Gnus, say so. Say "regular expression" instead of "regex." Admonish. Pick other words to sound better (s/so/thus/). (Spam ELisp Package Filtering of Incoming Mail): Mention statistical filters. Remove old TODO. (Spam ELisp Package Sorting and Score Display in Summary Buffer): New section on sorting and displaying the spam score. (BBDB Whitelists): Mention spam-use-BBDB-exclusive is not a backend but an alias to spam-use-BBDB. (Extending the Spam ELisp package): Rewrite the example using the new backend functionality. 2007-10-28 Simon Josefsson * gnus.texi (NNTP): Mention nntp-marks-is-evil and nntp-marks-directory, from Romain Francoise . 2007-10-28 Magnus Henoch * gnus.texi (Hashcash): New default value of hashcash-default-payment. 2007-10-28 Simon Josefsson * gnus.texi (Hashcash): Fix URL. Add pref to spam section. (Anti-spam Hashcash Payments): No need to load hashcash.el now. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Adaptive Scoring): Add gnus-adaptive-pretty-print. 2007-10-28 Simon Josefsson * gnus.texi (documentencoding): Add, to avoid warnings. 2007-10-28 Simon Josefsson * message.texi (Mail Headers): Add. * gnus.texi (Hashcash): Fix. 2007-10-28 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Hashcash): Change location of library, also mention that payments can be verified and fix the name of the hashcash-path variable. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Article Display): Add `gnus-picon-style'. 2007-10-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (SpamAssassin backend): Add it to the detailmenu. 2007-10-28 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Blacklists and Whitelists, BBDB Whitelists) (Bogofilter, spam-stat spam filtering, SpamOracle): Old incorrect warning about ham processors in spam groups removed. 2007-10-28 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (SpamAssassin backend): Add new node about SpamAssassin. From Hubert Chan . 2007-10-28 Jesper Harder * gnus.texi (Spam ELisp Package Sequence of Events): Index. (Mailing List): Typo. (Customizing Articles): Add gnus-treat-ansi-sequences. (Article Washing): Index. * message.texi: Use m-dash consistently. 2007-10-28 Jesper Harder * gnus.texi (GroupLens): Remove. 2007-10-28 Kevin Greiner * gnus.texi (Outgoing Messages, Agent Variables): Add gnus-agent-queue-mail and gnus-agent-prompt-send-queue. Suggested by Gaute Strokkenes 2007-10-28 Jesper Harder * gnus.texi (Limiting): Add gnus-summary-limit-to-replied. 2007-10-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Article Washing): Add `gnus-article-treat-ansi-sequences'. * gnus.texi (No Gnus): New node. Includes `gnus-news.texi'. 2007-10-28 Simon Josefsson * gnus.texi (Top): Add SASL. 2007-10-27 Emanuele Giaquinta (tiny change) * gnus-faq.texi ([5.12]): Remove reference to discontinued service. 2007-10-27 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Troubleshooting): Adjust Gnus version number. 2007-10-27 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Formulas, Composition Basics): Lower the precedence of negation. 2007-10-25 Jonathan Yavner * ses.texi (The Basics): Mention how to create a new spreadsheet. Mention the new three-letter column identifiers. (More on cell printing): Calculate-cell and truncate-cell are now `c' and `t' rather than `C-c C-c' and `C-c C-t'. Mention the stupid error message when using `c' on an empty default with default printer. (Buffer-local variables in spreadsheets): `symbolic-formulas' was renamed to `ses--symbolic-formulas' some time ago. 2007-10-25 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Default Simplifications, Making Selections) (Customizing Calc): Clarify associativity of multiplication. 2007-10-23 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Traces and Profiles): Simplify loop over `trace-function-background'. 2007-10-22 Juri Linkov * dired-x.texi (Shell Command Guessing): Default values are now available by typing M-n instead of M-p. 2007-10-21 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Cleanup remote connections): New section. (Password caching): Remove `tramp-clear-passwd'. It's not a command anymore. (Bug Reports): Add `tramp-bug' to function index. (Function Index, Variable Index): New nodes. (Remote shell setup): Describe `tramp-password-prompt-regexp'. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2007-10-20 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (History and Acknowledgements): Turn comment about integer size into past tense. (Time Zones): Remove pointer to Calc author's address. (Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions): Mention cotangent and hyperbolic cotangent. Fix typo. 2007-10-10 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.1.11. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2007-10-06 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (External packages): New section. 2007-09-29 Juri Linkov * info.texi (Help-Int): Document `L' (`Info-history'). 2007-09-26 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Change links to webpage and maintained email. (Remember): Promote to Chapter, significant changes. (Fast access to TODO states): New section. (Faces for TODO keywords): New section. (Export options): Example for #+DATE. (Progress logging): Section moved. 2007-09-26 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (HTML): Mention binding of S-mouse-2 to browse-url-at-mouse. 2007-09-20 Eduard Wiebe (tiny change) * flymake.texi (Customizable variables): Face names don't end in -face. Fix flymake-err-line-patterns template. (Example -- Configuring a tool called directly): Fix init-function. (Highlighting erroneous lines): Face names don't end in -face. 2007-09-18 Exal de Jesus Garcia Carrillo (tiny change) * erc.texi (Special-Features): Fix small typo. 2007-09-14 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Filename Syntax): Provide links to "Inline methods" and "External transfer methods". 2007-09-13 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Predefined Units): Add some history. 2007-09-08 Michael Olson * erc.texi (Copying): New section included from gpl.texi. This matches the look of the upstream ERC manual. 2007-09-07 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (History and Acknowledgements): Adjust the "thanks". (Random Numbers): Clarify the distribution of `random'. 2007-09-06 Glenn Morris Move manual sources from man/ to subdirectories of doc/. Split into the Emacs manual in emacs/, and other manuals in misc/. Change all setfilename commands to use ../../info. * Makefile.in: Move the parts of the old man/Makefile.in that do not refer to the Emacs manual here. (infodir): New variable. (INFO_TARGETS, info): Use infodir. Also used by all info targets. (cc-mode.texi, faq.texi): Update references to source file locations. * makefile.w32-in: Move the parts of the old man/makefile.w32-in that do not refer to the Emacs manual here. (infodir, MULTI_INSTALL_INFO, ENVADD): Go up one more level. * Makefile.in: Add `basename' versions of all info targets, for convenience when rebuilding just one manual. (../etc/GNU): Delete obsolete target. (.SUFFIXES): Use $(TEXI2DVI) rather than texi2dvi. (mostlyclean): Add *.op, *.ops. Move *.aux *.cps *.fns *.kys *.pgs *.vrs *.toc here... (maintainer-clean): ...from here. * makefile.w32-in (../etc/GNU): Delete obsolete target. 2007-09-01 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Date Conversions): Clarify definition of Julian day numbering. (Date Forms): Clarify definition of Julian day numbering; add some history. 2007-08-30 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version 5.07. 2007-08-24 IRIE Tetsuya (tiny change) * message.texi (MIME): Replace mml-attach with mml-attach-file. 2007-08-22 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Adding hyperlink types): New section. (Embedded LaTeX): Chapter updated because of LaTeX export. (LaTeX export): New section. (Using links out): New section. 2007-08-22 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (Learning how to do something): Refcards now in etc/refcards/ directory. 2007-08-22 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Remote Programs): Persistency file must be cleared when changing `tramp-remote-path'. (Filename Syntax): Don't use @var{} constructs inside the @trampfn macro. 2007-08-17 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Move contents to beginning of file. (Algebraic Entry): Fix the formatting of an example. 2007-08-15 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Basic Operations on Units): Mention exact versus inexact conversions. 2007-08-14 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Basic Operations on Units): Mention default values for new units. (Quick Calculator Mode): Mention that binary format will be displayed. 2007-08-14 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Selecting a Group): Mention gnus-maximum-newsgroup. 2007-08-10 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (NNTP): Mention nntp-xref-number-is-evil. 2007-08-08 Glenn Morris * gnus.texi, sieve.texi: Replace `iff'. 2007-08-03 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Basic Graphics): Mention the graphing of error forms. (Graphics Options): Mention how `g s' handles error forms. (Curve Fitting): Mention plotting the curves. (Standard Nonlinear Models): Add additional models. (Curve Fitting Details): Mention the Levenberg-Marquardt method. (Linear Fits): Correct result. 2007-08-01 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi (Mailing Lists and Bug Reports): Correct "-no-site-file" to "--no-site-file". 2007-07-29 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Point to mode line extension in Emacs 23.1. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2007-07-27 Glenn Morris * calc.texi (Copying): Include license text from gpl.texi, rather than in-line. 2007-07-25 Glenn Morris * calc.texi (Copying): Replace license with GPLv3. * Relicense all FSF files to GPLv3 or later. 2007-07-22 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.1.10. * tramp.texi (trampfn): Expand macro implementation in order to handle empty arguments. (trampfnmhl, trampfnuhl, trampfnhl): Remove macros. Replace all occurrences by trampfn. (Frequently Asked Questions): Extend example code for host identification in the modeline. Add bbdb to approaches shortening Tramp file names to be typed. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2007-07-17 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi: Move @setfilename ../info/tramp up, outside the header section. Reported by . (Remote processes): Arguments of the program to be debugged are taken literally. (Frequently Asked Questions): Simplify recentf example. 2007-07-14 Karl Berry * info.texi (@copying): New Back-Cover Text. * info.texi (Quitting Info): Move to proper place in source. (Reported by Benno Schulenberg.) 2007-07-13 Eli Zaretskii * Makefile.in (../info/emacs-mime): Use --enable-encoding. * makefile.w32-in ($(infodir)/emacs-mime): Ditto. * emacs-mime.texi: Add @documentencoding directive. 2007-07-12 Nick Roberts * tramp.texi (Remote processes): Add an anchor to the subsection "Running a debugger on a remote host". 2007-07-12 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Remote processes): Don't call it "experimental" any longer. Add subsection about running a debugger on a remote host. 2007-07-10 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Properties and columns): Chapter rewritten. 2007-07-08 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi: * trampver.texi: Migrate to Tramp 2.1. 2007-07-02 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Properties): New chapter. 2007-07-02 Reiner Steib * gnus-faq.texi ([3.2]): Fix locating of environment variables in the Control Panel. * gnus.texi (Misc Article): Add index entry for gnus-single-article-buffer. 2007-06-27 Andreas Seltenreich * gnus.texi (Starting Up): Fix typo. 2007-06-25 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Asynchronous Fetching): Fix typo. 2007-06-20 Jay Belanger * calc.texi:Change ifinfo to ifnottex (as appropriate) throughout. (About This Manual): Remove redundant information. (Getting Started): Mention author. (Basic Arithmetic, Customizing Calc): Make description of the variable `calc-multiplication-has-precedence' match its new effect. 2007-06-19 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Basic Arithmetic, Customizing Calc): Mention the variable `calc-multiplication-has-precedence'. 2007-06-19 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Tag): Section swapped with node Timestamps. (Formula syntax for Lisp): Document new `L' flag. 2007-06-06 Andreas Seltenreich * gnus.texi (Misc Group Stuff, Summary Buffer) (Server Commands, Article Keymap): Fix typo. s/function/command/. 2007-06-06 Juanma Barranquero * cc-mode.texi (Comment Commands, Getting Started, Style Variables): * gnus.texi (Article Buttons, Mail Source Customization) (Sending or Not Sending, Customizing NNDiary): * message.texi (Message Headers): * mh-e.texi (HTML): Fix typos. 2007-06-07 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.56. * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Improve ~/.zshrc settings. Reported by Ted Zlatanov . 2007-06-02 Chong Yidong * Version 22.1 released. 2007-05-26 Michael Olson * erc.texi (Modules): Fix references to completion modules. 2007-05-09 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Running NNDiary): Use ~/.gnus.el instead of gnusrc. 2007-05-09 Didier Verna * gnus.texi (Email Based Diary): New. Proper documentation for the nndiary back end and the gnus-diary library. 2007-05-03 Karl Berry * .cvsignore (*.pdf): New entry. * texinfo.tex: Update from current version for better pdf generation. 2007-04-30 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Article Highlighting): Clarify gnus-cite-parse-max-size. 2007-04-28 Glenn Morris * faq.texi (New in Emacs 22): Restore mention of python.el pending consideration of legal status. 2007-04-27 J.D. Smith * idlwave.texi: Minor updates for IDLWAVE 6.1. 2007-04-24 Chong Yidong * faq.texi (New in Emacs 22): python.el removed. 2007-04-23 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Reporting bugs): Update maintainer's address. 2007-04-22 Chong Yidong * faq.texi (New in Emacs 22): Rename "tumme" to "image-dired". 2007-04-15 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Title page): Remove the date. (Basic Arithmetic): Emphasize that / binds less strongly than *. (The Standard Calc Interface): Change trail title. (Floats): Mention that when non-decimal floats are entered, only approximations are stored. (Copying): Move to the appendices. (GNU Free Documentation License): Add as an appendix. 2007-04-15 Chong Yidong * ada-mode.texi, autotype.texi, cc-mode.texi, cl.texi: * dired-x.texi, ebrowse.texi, ediff.texi: * emacs-mime.texi, erc.texi, eshell.texi: * eudc.texi, flymake.texi, forms.texi, gnus.texi: * idlwave.texi, message.texi, newsticker.texi, org.texi: * pcl-cvs.texi, pgg.texi, rcirc.texi, reftex.texi, sc.texi: * ses.texi, sieve.texi, smtpmail.texi, speedbar.texi: * tramp.texi, url.texi, vip.texi, viper.texi, widget.texi: * woman.texi: Include GFDL. * doclicense.texi: Remove node heading, so that it can be included by other files. * dired-x.texi: Relicence under GFDL. Remove date from title page. * calc.texi (Algebraic Tutorial): Emphasize that / binds less strongly than *. 2007-04-14 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Formula syntax for Calc): Emphasize the operator precedence in Calc. 2007-04-09 Romain Francoise * faq.texi (New in Emacs 22): Mention improvements to the Windows and Mac OS ports. Make it clear that mouse-1 complements and doesn't replace mouse-2. 2007-04-08 Chong Yidong * woman.texi (Word at point, Interface Options): woman-topic-at-point renamed to woman-use-topic-at-point. Document new behavior. 2007-04-08 Richard Stallman * url.texi: Fix some indexing. (Disk Caching): Drop discussion of old/other Emacs versions. 2007-04-07 Chong Yidong * url.texi (Disk Caching): Say Emacs 21 "and later". * cc-mode.texi (Font Locking Preliminaries): Link to Emacs manual node on Font locking which now mentions JIT lock. 2007-04-01 Michael Olson * erc.texi: Update for the ERC 5.2 release. 2007-03-31 David Kastrup * woman.texi (Topic, Interface Options): Explain changes semantics of woman-manpath in order to consider MANPATH_MAP entries. 2007-03-31 Eli Zaretskii * emacs-mime.texi (Non-MIME): Postscript -> PostScript. 2007-03-26 Richard Stallman * pgg.texi (Caching passphrase): Clean up previous change. 2007-03-25 Thien-Thi Nguyen * gnus.texi (Setting Process Marks): Fix typo. 2007-03-25 Romain Francoise * faq.texi (New in Emacs 22): Reorganize using an itemized list for readability, and include various fixes by Daniel Brockman, Nick Roberts and Dieter Wilhelm. 2007-03-24 Thien-Thi Nguyen * gnus.texi (Splitting Mail): Reword "splitting"-as-adj to be -as-noun. * gnus.texi (Mail Source Specifiers): Fix typo. 2007-03-22 Ralf Angeli * reftex.texi (Imprint): Update maintainer information. 2007-03-15 Katsumi Yamaoka * message.texi (Message Buffers): Update documentation for message-generate-new-buffers. 2007-03-15 Daiki Ueno * pgg.texi (Caching passphrase): Describe pgg-passphrase-coding-system. 2007-03-21 Glenn Morris * eshell.texi (Known problems): Emacs 22 comes with eshell 2.4.2. 2007-03-19 Chong Yidong * eshell.texi (Known problems): Emacs 21 -> 22. * cc-mode.texi (Performance Issues): Update note about 21.3 to 22.1. 2007-03-18 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Time Zones): Mention that the DST rules changed in 2007. 2007-03-12 Glenn Morris * calc.texi (Time Zones): Switch to new North America DST rule. * calc.texi: Replace "daylight savings" with "daylight saving" in text throughout. 2007-03-11 Andreas Seltenreich * gnus.texi (Mail and Post): Update documentation for gnus-user-agent. The variable now uses a list of symbols instead of just a symbol. Reported by Christoph Conrad . 2007-03-06 Romain Francoise * faq.texi (New in Emacs 22): Don't say "now" too much. Add MH-E to new packages, and mention Gnus update. 2007-02-27 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (NNTP): Mention nntp-never-echoes-commands and nntp-open-connection-functions-never-echo-commands. 2007-02-27 Chong Yidong * pgg.texi (Caching passphrase): Document gpg-agent usage, gpg-agent problems on the console, and security risk in not using gpg-agent. 2007-02-25 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (The spreadsheet): Rename from "Table calculations". Completely reorganized and rewritten. (CamelCase links): Section removed. (Repeating items): New section. (Tracking TODO state changes): New section. (Agenda views): Chapter reorganized and rewritten. (HTML export): Section rewritten. (Tables in arbitrary syntax): New section. (Summary): Better feature summary. (Activation): Document problem with cut-and-paste of Lisp code from PDF files. (Visibility cycling): Document indirect buffer use. (Structure editing): Document sorting. (Remember): Section rewritten. (Time stamps): Better description of time stamp types. (Tag searches): Document regular expression search for tags. (Stuck projects): New section. (In-buffer settings): New keywords. (History and Acknowledgments): Updated description. 2007-02-24 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi (Movement Commands): Insert two missing command names. (Getting Started): Slight wording correction (use conditional). 2007-02-22 Kim F. Storm * widget.texi (User Interface, Basic Types): Document need to put some text before the %v escape in :format string in editable-field widget. 2007-02-18 Romain Francoise * pcl-cvs.texi (Miscellaneous commands): q runs `cvs-bury-buffer', not `cvs-mode-quit'. 2007-02-10 Markus Triska * widget.texi (Programming Example): Put constant strings in :format. 2007-02-07 Juanma Barranquero * faq.texi (Fullscreen mode on MS-Windows): New node. 2007-02-04 David Kastrup * faq.texi (AUCTeX): Update version number. Should probably be done for other packages as well. 2007-01-28 Andreas Seltenreich * gnus.texi (Batching Agents): Fix example. Reported by Tassilo Horn . 2007-01-27 Eli Zaretskii * msdog.texi (ls in Lisp): Document ls-lisp-format-time-list and ls-lisp-use-localized-time-format. 2007-01-20 Markus Triska * flymake.texi (Flymake mode): find-file-hook instead of ...-hooks. 2007-01-13 Michael Olson * erc.texi (Modules): Mention capab-identify module. 2007-01-05 Michael Olson * erc.texi (Getting Started): Update for /RECONNECT command. 2007-01-04 Richard Stallman * ebrowse.texi: Change C-c b to C-c C-m. 2007-01-03 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Customizing Articles): Use index entries for gnus-treat-* variables only in info to avoid redundant entries in the printed manual. 2007-01-02 Daiki Ueno * message.texi (Using PGP/MIME): Document gpg-agent usage. 2007-01-02 Reiner Steib * message.texi (Security): Split into sub-nodes. 2007-01-01 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi ("Limitations and Known Bugs"): Document problems with eval-after-load in Emacs <=21 and a workaround. Document that trigraphs are not supported. 2007-01-01 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi ("Filling and Breaking"): Amend the doc for c-context-line-break. When invoked within a string, preserve whitespace. Add a backslash only when also in a macro. 2007-01-01 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi ("Choosing a Style"): Mention c-file-style. 2007-01-01 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi ("Movement Commands", "Sample .emacs File"): C-M-[ae] are now bound by default to c-\(beginning\|end\)-of-defun by default. 2007-01-01 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi ("Other Commands"): Move c-set-style (C-c .) here from "Choosing a Style". * cc-mode.texi ("Styles"): Add @dfn{style}. 2006-12-30 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.55. * trampver.texi: Update release number. 2006-12-29 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Customizing Articles): Add index entries for all gnus-treat-* variables. 2006-12-29 Jouni K. Seppänen * gnus.texi (IMAP): Fix incorrect explanation of nnimap-search-uids-not-since-is-evil in documentation for nnimap-expunge-search-string. 2006-12-27 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (ifile spam filtering): Rename spam-ifile-database-path to spam-ifile-database. 2006-12-26 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Spam Package Configuration Examples): Don't encourage to rebind C-s. 2006-12-26 Jouni K. Seppänen * gnus.texi (Group Parameters, Group Maintenance, Topic Commands) (Mail Group Commands, Expiring Mail, IMAP): Add index entries for "expiring mail". (IMAP): Document nnimap-search-uids-not-since-is-evil and nnimap-nov-is-evil. 2006-12-25 Kevin Ryde * cl.texi (Sorting Sequences): In sort*, add a little cautionary note about the key procedure being used heavily. 2006-12-24 Chong Yidong * pgg.texi (Caching passphrase): Default for pgg-gpg-use-agent changed to t. (Prerequisites): Add explanation about gpg-agent. 2006-12-22 Kevin Ryde * cl.texi (Sorting Sequences): Typo in sort*, example showed plain "sort" instead of "sort*". 2006-12-19 Richard Stallman * calc.texi (History and Acknowledgements): Recognize that Emacs now does have floating point. 2006-12-19 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (External transfer methods): Describe new method `scpc'. 2006-12-17 Sascha Wilde * pgg.texi: Added short note on gpg-agent to the introduction. 2006-12-13 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Hiding Headers): Document that `long-to' and `many-to' also applies to Cc. 2006-12-12 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (X-Face): Clarify. Say which programs are required on Windows. 2006-12-08 Michael Olson * erc.texi (Modules): Remove documentation for list module. 2006-12-05 Michaël Cadilhac * faq.texi (^M in the shell buffer): Ditto. 2006-11-20 Michael Olson * erc.texi: Call this the 5.2 stable pre-release of ERC. 2006-11-17 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Fix typos. (Agenda commands): Document `C-k'. 2006-11-16 Eli Zaretskii * url.texi (http/https): Fix a typo in the HTTP URL. 2006-11-14 Stephen Leake * ada-mode.texi: Total rewrite. 2006-11-13 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Minor typo fixes. 2006-11-13 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.0.3. * mh-e.texi (VERSION, EDITION, UPDATED, UPDATE-MONTH): Update for release 8.0.3. * mh-e.texi (Incorporating Mail): Use output of "mhparam Path" to set MAILDIR. (Reading Mail): Document the customization of read-mail-command for MH-E. (Viewing Attachments): Document mm-discouraged-alternatives. (Tool Bar): Fix Texinfo for mh-xemacs-use-tool-bar-flag. (Junk): Add more information about the settings of mh-junk-background in a program. Add /usr/bin/mh to PATH in examples. 2006-11-12 Richard Stallman * woman.texi: Update author address but say he no longer maintains it. 2006-11-10 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (ARCHIVE tag): Document C-TAB for forcing cycling of archived trees. (Checkboxes): Section moved to chapter 5, and extended. (The date/time prompt): New section. (Link abbreviations): New section. (Presentation and sorting): New section. (Custom agenda views): Section completely rewritten. (Summary): Compare with Planner. (Feedback): More info about creating backtraces. (Plain lists): Modified example. (Breaking down tasks): New section. (Custom time format): New section. (Time stamps): Document inactive timestamps. (Setting tags): More details about fast tag selection. (Block agenda): New section. (Custom agenda views): Section rewritten. (Block agenda): New section. 2006-11-07 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Configuration): scp is the default method. (Default Method): Use ssh as example for another method. 2006-10-27 Richard Stallman * woman.texi: Downcase nroff/troff/roff. (Installation): Chapter deleted. Some xrefs deleted. (Background): woman doesn't advise man ;-). 2006-10-26 Roberto Rodríguez (tiny change) * ada-mode.texi (Project files, Identifier completion) (Automatic Casing, Debugging, Using non-standard file names) (Working Remotely): Fix typos. 2006-10-20 Masatake YAMATO * cc-mode.texi (Sample .emacs File): Add missing `)' in sample code `my-c-initialization-hook'. 2006-10-19 Stuart D. Herring * widget.texi: Fix typos. 2006-10-19 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Remove questions marked with "???". There have been no complaints for years, so the information must be appropriate. 2006-10-16 Richard Stallman * widget.texi: Use @var instead of capitalization. Clarify many widget type descriptions. 2006-10-13 Andreas Seltenreich * gnus.texi (Other modes): Fix typo. Add alternative index entry for gnus-dired-attach. (Selecting a Group): Fix typo. 2006-10-12 Roberto Rodríguez (tiny change) * widget.texi: Fix typos. 2006-10-06 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Image Enhancements): Update for Emacs 22. * gnus-faq.texi ([1.3]): Update. 2006-10-06 Richard Stallman * faq.texi (Displaying the current line or column): Delete "As of Emacs 20". 2006-10-06 Romain Francoise * faq.texi (VM): VM works with Emacs 22 too. 2006-10-06 Richard Stallman * ebrowse.texi: Remove Emacs version "21" from title. 2006-10-02 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Foreign Groups): Say where change of editing commands are stored. Add reference to `gnus-parameters'. 2006-09-15 Jay Belanger * calc.texi, mh-e.texi (GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE): Change "Library Public License" to "Lesser Public License" throughout. Use "yyyy" to represent year. 2006-09-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Setting tags): Typo fix. 2006-09-14 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Oort Gnus): Add @xref for `mm-fill-flowed'. 2006-09-12 Reiner Steib * reftex.texi (Citations Outside LaTeX): Simplify lisp example. 2006-09-12 Paul Eggert * faq.texi (Escape sequences in shell output): EMACS is now set to Emacs's absolute file name, not to "t". (^M in the shell buffer): Likewise. * misc.texi (Interactive Shell): Likewise. 2006-09-11 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Mail Source Specifiers): Mention problem of duplicate mails with pop3-leave-mail-on-server. Fix wording. (Limiting): Improve gnus-summary-limit-to-articles. (X-Face): Fix typo. 2006-09-11 Simon Josefsson * smtpmail.texi (Authentication): Explain TLS and SSL better, based on suggested by Phillip Lord . 2006-09-06 Simon Josefsson * smtpmail.texi (Authentication): Mention SSL. 2006-09-01 Eli Zaretskii * rcirc.texi (Internet Relay Chat, Useful IRC commands): Don't use @indicateurl. * cc-mode.texi (Subword Movement): Don't use @headitem. (Custom Braces, Clean-ups): Don't use @tie. 2006-08-29 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.54. * tramp.texi (Bug Reports): The Tramp mailing list is moderated now. Suggested by Adrian Phillips . 2006-08-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Installation, Activation): Split from Installation and Activation. (Clocking work time): Documented new features. 2006-08-13 Alex Schroeder * rcirc.texi (Configuration): Use correct variable in rcirc-authinfo example. 2006-08-12 Eli Zaretskii * faq.texi (How to add fonts): New node. 2006-08-05 Romain Francoise * faq.texi (New in Emacs 22): Expand. 2006-08-03 Michael Olson * erc.texi: Update for ERC 5.1.4. 2006-07-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Oort Gnus): Mention that the Lisp files are now installed in .../site-lisp/gnus/ by default. [ From gnus-news.texi in the trunk. ] 2006-07-27 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (MIME Commands): Additions for yEnc. 2006-07-24 Richard Stallman * pgg.texi, org.texi, info.texi, forms.texi, flymake.texi: * faq.texi: Move periods and commas inside quotes. 2006-07-20 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Error forms): Mention M-+ keybinding for `calc-plus-minus'. 2006-07-18 Chong Yidong * faq.texi (Security risks with Emacs): Document Emacs 22 file-local-variable mechanism. 2006-07-12 Michael Olson * erc.texi: Update for ERC 5.1.3. 2006-07-12 Alex Schroeder * rcirc.texi: Fix typos. (Getting started with rcirc): New calling convention for M-x irc. Mention #rcirc. Removed channel tracking. (Configuration): Change the names of all variables that got changed recently, eg. rcirc-server to rcirc-default-server. Added documentation for rcirc-authinfo, some background for Bitlbee, and rcirc-track-minor-mode. (Scrolling conservatively): Fix the xref from Auto Scrolling to just Scrolling. (Reconnecting after you have lost the connection): Fix example code to match code changes. 2006-07-10 Nick Roberts * gnus.texi, message.texi: Fix typos. 2006-07-07 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Exporting): Document `C-c C-e' as the prefix for exporting commands. (Global TODO list): Document the use of the variables `org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled' and `org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels'. 2006-07-05 Richard Stallman * faq.texi (Scrolling only one line): Fix xref. 2006-07-05 Thien-Thi Nguyen * faq.texi (Evaluating Emacs Lisp code): Throughout, replace eval-current-buffer with eval-buffer. 2006-07-03 Richard Stallman * rcirc.texi (Scrolling conservatively): Fix xref. * pcl-cvs.texi (Viewing differences): Usage fix. 2006-07-03 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Agenda commands): Document `s' key to save all org-mode buffers. 2006-06-30 Ralf Angeli * pcl-cvs.texi (Customizing Faces): Remove -face suffix from face names. Mention `cvs-msg' face. 2006-06-29 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Checkboxes): New section. 2006-06-28 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Embedded LaTeX): Fix typos and implement small improvements throughout this chapter. 2006-06-27 Chong Yidong * info.texi (Help-Small-Screen): Clarify placement of "All" and "Top" text for standalone vs Emacs info. (Help): Clarify header line description. Use mouse-1 for clicks. (Help-P): Use mouse-1 for clicks. (Help-^L): "Top" and "All" not displayed with dashes in Emacs. (Help-^L, Help-M, Help-Int, Search Index, Go to node) (Choose menu subtopic): Remove gratuitous Emacs command names. (Help-FOO): Put usual behavior first. (Help-Xref): Clicking on xrefs works in Emacs. (Search Text): Clarify what the default behavior is. (Create Info buffer): Fix Emacs window/X window confusion. (Emacs Info Variables): Fix for new Emacs init file behavior. 2006-06-24 Andreas Seltenreich * gnus.texi (Summary Buffer Lines): Fix typo. 2006-06-23 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Embedded LaTeX): New chapter. (Archiving): Section rewritten. (Enhancing text): Some parts moved to the new chapter about LaTeX. 2006-06-20 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.0.1. * mh-e.texi (VERSION, EDITION, UPDATED, UPDATE-MONTH): Update for release 8.0.1. (Preface): Depend on GNU mailutils 1.0 and higher. 2006-06-19 Katsumi Yamaoka * message.texi (News Headers): Update message-syntax-checks section. 2006-06-19 Karl Berry * info.texi (Advanced): Mention C-q, especially with ?. 2006-06-19 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Publishing links): Document the `:link-validation-function' property. (Extensions and Hacking): New chapter, includes some sections of the "Miscellaneous" chapter. 2006-06-10 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Progress logging): New section. 2006-06-06 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (ASCII export): Document indentation adaptation. (Setting tags): Document mutually-exclusive tags. 2006-06-05 Romain Francoise * url.texi (irc): Mention new funs `url-irc-rcirc' and `url-irc-erc'. Fix typo. * gnus-faq.texi (Question 8.6): Update reference to the Gnus channel (#gnus@irc.freenode.net). Fix typos. Update copyright notice. * cc-mode.texi (Getting Started, Indentation Commands, Config Basics) (Custom Filling and Breaking, Custom Braces, Syntactic Symbols) (Line-Up Functions, Custom Macros): * ediff.texi (Window and Frame Configuration) (Highlighting Difference Regions): * emacs-mime.texi (Display Customization): * erc.texi (History): * eshell.texi (Known problems): * eudc.texi (Overview, BBDB): * gnus.texi (NNTP, IMAP, Advanced Scoring Examples) (The problem of spam, SpamOracle, Extending the Spam package) (Conformity, Terminology): * idlwave.texi (Routine Info) (Class and Keyword Inheritance, Padding Operators) (Breakpoints and Stepping, Electric Debug Mode) (Examining Variables, Troubleshooting): * org.texi (Creating timestamps): * reftex.texi (Commands, Options, Changes): * tramp.texi (Inline methods, Password caching) (Auto-save and Backup, Issues): * vip.texi (Files, Commands in Insert Mode): * viper.texi (Emacs Preliminaries, States in Viper) (Packages that Change Keymaps, Viper Specials, Groundwork): Fix various typos. 2006-05-31 Michael Ernst * ediff.texi: Fix typos. 2006-05-30 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Small typo fixes. 2006-05-29 Stefan Monnier * viper.texi (Viper Specials): * gnus.texi (Example Setup): * faq.texi (Backspace invokes help): * dired-x.texi (Optional Installation Dired Jump): * calc.texi (Defining Simple Commands): Use ;; instead of ;;; to better follow coding conventions. 2006-05-29 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Disable zsh zle. 2006-05-27 Thien-Thi Nguyen * pcl-cvs.texi: Fix typos. (Customization): Say "us". 2006-05-26 Eli Zaretskii * org.texi: Remove bogus @setfilename. 2006-05-26 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (ASCII export): Omit command name. (HTML export): Add prefix to all lines in Local Variable example. (Acknowledgments): Typeset names in italics. 2006-05-24 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Plain lists): Add new item navigation commands. (External links): Document elisp and info links. (Custom searches): New section. (Publishing): New chapter. (HTML export): Include a list of supported CSS classes. (Setting tags): Describe the fast-tag-setting interface. 2006-05-20 Luc Teirlinck * dired-x.texi: ifinfo -> ifnottex. 2006-05-18 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Saving Articles): Clarify gnus-summary-save-article-mail. 2006-05-12 Reiner Steib * message.texi (Interface): Add tool bar customization. (MIME): Index and text additions for mml-attach. (MIME): Describe mml-dnd-protocol-alist and mml-dnd-attach-options. * gnus.texi (Oort Gnus): Reorder entries in sections. Fix some entries. (Starting Up): Add references to "Emacs for Heathens" and to "Finding the News". Add user-full-name and user-mail-address. (Group Buffer Format): Add tool bar customization and update. (Summary Buffer): Add tool bar customization. (Posting Styles): Add message-alternative-emails. 2006-05-09 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Filename completion): Improve wording. 2006-05-07 Romain Francoise * faq.texi (Using regular expressions): Fix typo. (Packages that do not come with Emacs): Fix capitalization. (Replacing text across multiple files): Expand node to explain how to use `dired-do-query-replace-regexp' in more detail, based on suggestion by Eric Hanchrow . 2006-05-06 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Filename completion): Completion of remote files' method, user name and host name is active only in partial completion mode. 2006-05-06 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 8.0. * mh-e.texi (VERSION, EDITION, UPDATED, UPDATE-MONTH): Update for release 8.0. 2006-05-06 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (MH-BOOK-HOME): Change from http://www.ics.uci.edu/~mh/book/mh to http://rand-mh.sourceforge.net/book/mh. Replace .htm suffix with .html for MH book files. (Using This Manual): Update key binding for getting relevant chapter in Info from command key. (Ranges): Fix itemx. 2006-05-05 Karl Berry * texinfo.tex (\definetextfonsizexi, \definetextfonsizex): New cmds. (\fonttextsize): New user-level command to change text font size. 2006-04-26 Reiner Steib * pgg.texi (Caching passphrase): Fix markup and typos. Simplify. 2006-04-26 Sascha Wilde (tiny change) * pgg.texi (Caching passphrase): Add pgg-gpg-use-agent. 2006-04-24 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Getting Started): Make it more explicit that you need to install MH. Add pointers to current MH implementations. 2006-04-21 Bill Wohler Release MH-E manual version 7.94. * mh-e.texi (VERSION, EDITION, UPDATED, UPDATE-MONTH): Update for release 7.94. 2006-04-21 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Many small fixes. (Handling links): Rename from "Managing links". 2006-04-20 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Spam Statistics Package): Fix typo in @pxref. (Splitting mail using spam-stat): Fix @xref. 2006-04-20 Chong Yidong * gnus.texi (Spam Package): Major revision of the text. Previously this node was "Filtering Spam Using The Spam ELisp Package". 2006-04-20 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Time stamps): Better explanation of the purpose of different time stamps. (Structure editing, Plain lists): More details on how new items and headings are inserted. 2006-04-18 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Formula syntax): Fix link to Calc Manual. 2006-04-17 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Emacsen): Don't support Emacs 20.7 and XEmacs 21.1. 2006-04-17 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Folders): Update mh-before-quit-hook and mh-quit-hook example with code that removes the buffers rather than just bury them. 2006-04-17 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.53. 2006-04-13 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Updating settings): New section. (Visibility cycling): Better names for the startup folding options. (Exporting): Completely restructured. (The very busy C-c C-c key): New section. (Summary of in-buffer settings): New section. 2006-04-11 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi, gnus-faq.texi, message.texi: Gnus v5.10.8 is released. 2006-04-10 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Misc Group Stuff, Summary Buffer, Article Keymap) (Server Commands): Key `v' is reserved for users. 2006-04-11 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Link format): New section, emphasis on bracket links. (External links): Document bracket links. (FAQ): Expand to cover shell links and the new link format. 2006-04-09 Kevin Ryde * org.texi (Formula syntax): Typo in node name of calc-eval xref. 2006-04-07 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Summary Buffer Lines): Add `*'. 2006-04-07 Jochen Küpper * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Mention gnus-permanently-visible-groups. 2006-04-06 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Face): Fix typo. 2006-04-05 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (X-Face): Clarify. (Face): Need Emacs with PNG support. 2006-04-06 Richard Stallman * idlwave.texi: Delete the blocks "not suitable for inclusion with Emacs". 2006-04-06 J.D. Smith * idlwave.texi: Updated for IDLWAVE version 6.0, factoring out blocks not suitable for inclusion with Emacs using variable PARTOFEMACS. 2006-04-04 Simon Josefsson * gnus.texi (Security): Improve. 2006-04-02 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Getting Started, Junk, Bug Reports) (MH FAQ and Support): Fix URLs. 2006-03-31 Romain Francoise * gnus.texi (Virtual Groups): `nnvirtual-always-rescan' defaults to t, not nil (and has for the past eight years). 2006-03-31 Reiner Steib * message.texi, gnus.texi: Bump version to 5.11. 2006-03-29 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Top): Add comment about version line. * message.texi (Top): Ditto. Change to take named versions into account. 2006-03-28 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Posting Styles): Add x-face-file to example. (X-Face): Refer to posting styles. * gnus-faq.texi ([5.8]): Add x-face-file. ([8.4]): Add links to gmane.emacs.gnus.user and gmane.emacs.gnus.general. 2006-03-27 Reiner Steib * gnus-faq.texi: Use .invalid. ([5.4]): Fix gnus-posting-styles example. 2006-03-27 Romain Francoise * faq.texi (Emacs/W3): Rename from `w3-mode'. Mention that Emacs/W3 needs a new maintainer. (Ispell): Update author and version info. (Mailcrypt): Mention PGG. (New in Emacs 22): Add PGG to the list of new packages. Include minor changes from "Ramprasad B" updating dead URLs. 2006-03-25 Karl Berry * ada-mode.texi, autotype.texi, calc.texi, cc-mode.texi, cl.texi, * dired-x.texi, ebrowse.texi, ediff.texi, emacs-mime.texi, erc.texi, * eshell.texi, eudc.texi, faq.texi, forms.texi, gnus.texi, idlwave.texi, * info.texi, message.texi, mh-e.texi, pcl-cvs.texi, pgg.texi, * rcirc.texi, reftex.texi, sc.texi, ses.texi, sieve.texi, * speedbar.texi, url.texi, vip.texi, viper.texi, widget.texi, * woman.texi: (1) use @copyright{} instead of (C) in typeset text; (2) do not indent copyright year list (or anything else). 2006-03-21 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Folders): Various edits. 2006-03-20 Romain Francoise * gnus.texi (Mail Folders): Grammar fix. 2006-03-19 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Replying): Document Mail-Followup-To. Change manually-formatted table to multitable. Add debugging info. Move description of mh-reply-default-reply-to into paragraph that describes its values. 2006-03-17 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi: Use smallexample and smalllisp consistently. (Sending Mail Tour): Update method of entering addresses and subject. (Sending Mail Tour, Reading Mail Tour, Processing Mail Tour) (Adding Attachments, Searching): Update screenshots for Emacs 22. 2006-03-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version number change only. 2006-03-14 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi: Add index entries around each paragraph rather than depend on entries from beginning of node. Doing so ensures that index entries are less likely to be forgotten if text is cut and pasted, and are necessary anyway if the references are on a separate page. It seems that makeinfo is now (v. 4.8) only producing one index entry per node, so there is no longer any excuse not to. Use subheading instead of heading. The incorrect use of heading produced very large fonts in Info--as large as the main heading. (From Bill Wohler): MH-E never did appear in Emacs 21--MH-E versions 6 and 7 appeared *around* the time of these Emacs releases. 2006-03-13 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Clean view): Document new startup options. 2006-03-11 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi (Preface, More About MH-E, Options, HTML, Folders) (Composing, Scan Line Formats): Fix @refs. (Getting Started): Define MH profile and MH profile components. (Incorporating Mail, Reading Mail, Viewing, Printing) (Sending Mail, Forwarding, Editing Drafts, Inserting Letter) (Signature, Aliases, Scan Line Formats): Use @code instead of @samp for string constants. (Tool Bar): Remove spurious quote. (Junk): Use ``...'' instead of "...". (Scan Line Formats): Replace @samp with @kbd. 2006-03-10 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (NoCeM): Mention gnus-use-nocem can also be a number. 2006-03-10 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Fancy Mail Splitting): Improve sentences so as to be easy to understand. 2006-03-09 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi: Markup fix. (Fancy Mail Splitting): Specify new feature. 2006-03-08 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Fancy Mail Splitting): Improve descriptions about partial-words matching. 2006-03-07 Reiner Steib * emacs-mime.texi (Display Customization): Reword image/.* stuff. * gnus.texi (Oort Gnus): Add note about `gnus-load'. (MIME Commands): Fix mm-discouraged-alternatives. 2006-03-07 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version number change only. 2006-03-06 Bill Wohler * mh-e.texi: Move from SourceForge repository to Savannah. This is version 7.93, which is a total rewrite from the previous edition 1.3 for MH-E version 5.0.2, and corresponds to MH-E version 7.93. 2006-03-03 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Oort Gnus): Add `mm-fill-flowed'. 2006-03-01 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Interaction): Add item about `org-mouse.el' by Piotr Zielinski. (Managing links): Document that also mouse-1 can be used to activate a link. (Headlines, FAQ): Add entry about hiding leading stars. (Miscellaneous): Resort the sections in this chapter to a more logical sequence. 2006-02-27 Simon Josefsson * emacs-mime.texi (Flowed text): Add mm-fill-flowed. (Sync 2004-01-27 from the trunk). 2006-02-24 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi: Rename c-hungry-backspace to c-hungry-delete-backwards, at the request of RMS. Leave the old name as an alias. 2006-02-24 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi: Correct the definition of c-beginning-of-defun, to include the function header within the defun. 2006-02-24 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi: Correct two typos. 2006-02-24 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi (Comment Commands): State that C-u M-; kills any existing comment. (Electric Keys): Add a justification for electric indentation. (Hungry WS Deletion): Clear up the names and complications of the BACKSPACE and DELETE keys. 2006-02-23 Juri Linkov * faq.texi (Common requests): Move `Turning on auto-fill by default' after `Wrapping words automatically'. Move `Working with unprintable characters' before `Searching for/replacing newlines'. Move `Replacing highlighted text' after `Highlighting a region'. Merge `Repeating commands' and `Repeating a command as many times as possible' into the former. (Packages that do not come with Emacs): Add refs to Gmane and etc/MORE.STUFF. 2006-02-23 Juri Linkov * faq.texi (Newsgroup archives): Update URLs of GNU mail archives. (Reporting bugs): Suggest using `M-x report-emacs-bug'. Add xref to `(emacs)Reporting Bugs'. (Getting a printed manual): Add URL to other formats of the manual. (Common requests): Fix menu. (Highlighting a region): Remove ref to `Turning on syntax highlighting'. (Horizontal scrolling): Mention `truncate-partial-width-windows'. (Inserting text at the beginning of each line): Add pxref to `Changing the included text prefix'. (Forcing the cursor to remain in the same column): Mention `track-eol' and `set-goal-column'. Add pxref to `(emacs)Moving Point'. (Replacing text across multiple files): Add keybinding `Q' for `dired-do-query-replace'. 2006-02-22 Carsten Dominik * reftex.texi: Version number and date change only. * org.texi (Internal Links): Rewrite to cover the modified linking system. 2006-02-17 Eli Zaretskii * faq.texi: Remove the coding cookie, it's not needed anymore. 2006-02-13 YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu * faq.texi (Colors on a TTY): Mention Mac OS port. 2006-02-12 Karl Berry * faq.texi (Emacs for Atari ST): Use Sch@"auble instead of the 8-bit accented a. 2006-02-09 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Gnus Versions): Add history beyond start of Oort. 2006-02-08 Romain Francoise * faq.texi (Top): Remove paragraph about the FAQ being a transitional document, etc. (Searching for/replacing newlines): New node. (Yanking text in isearch): New node. (Inserting text at the beginning of each line): Rename and make more general, mention `M-;' in Message mode. 2006-02-07 Luc Teirlinck * faq.texi (Meta key does not work in xterm) (Emacs does not display 8-bit characters) (Inputting eight-bit characters): Update xrefs. 2006-02-06 Romain Francoise * faq.texi (VM): VM now at version 7.19. Set myself as maintainer of this file. 2006-02-04 Michael Olson * erc.texi (History): Note that ERC is now included with Emacs. 2006-01-31 Romain Francoise * message.texi (Message Headers): Explain what `message-alternative-emails' does in more detail. Update copyright year. 2006-01-30 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (clean): Add newsticker, sieve, pgg, erc and rcirc. 2006-01-29 Richard M. Stallman * cc-mode.texi (Indentation Commands): Inserts newline, not "linefeed". 2006-01-29 Michael Olson * makefile.w32-in ($(infodir)/erc, erc.dvi): New targets. * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add ERC. * faq.texi (New in Emacs 22): Mention ERC. 2006-01-28 Luc Teirlinck * rcirc.texi: Capitalize dir entry for consistency with the entry in info/dir and other entries in the Emacs category. Fix typos. Delete trailing whitespace. 2006-01-28 Björn Lindström * rcirc.texi: Some @cindex changes, some changes from @kbd to @key. 2006-01-27 Eli Zaretskii * makefile.w32-in ($(infodir)/rcirc, rcirc.dvi): New targets. (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add rcirc. * Makefile.in (../info/rcirc, rcirc.dvi): New targets. (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add rcirc. 2006-01-27 Alex Schroeder * rcirc.texi: New file. 2006-01-23 Juri Linkov * widget.texi (User Interface): Add S-TAB for widget-backward. 2006-01-22 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.52. * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Remove Ange-FTP item. Add Tramp disabling item. New item for common connection problems. (various): Apply "ftp" as method for the download URL. (Bug Reports): Refer to FAQ for common problems. 2006-01-21 Eli Zaretskii * widget.texi (User Interface): Use @key for TAB. * ses.texi (Formulas, Printer functions): Use @key for TAB. * ebrowse.texi (Switching to Tree, Symbol Completion): Use @key for TAB. * cc-mode.texi (Indentation Calculation): Use @key for TAB. 2006-01-16 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi: Update copyright. 2006-01-13 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Article Washing): Additions. 2006-01-13 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Agenda commands): Document tags command. 2006-01-10 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (RSS): Document nnrss-wash-html-in-text-plain-parts. 2006-01-06 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (RSS): Addition. 2005-12-22 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Summary Post Commands): Fix function bound to `S O p'. 2005-12-19 Katsumi Yamaoka * emacs-mime.texi (Display Customization): Add setting example to mm-discouraged-alternatives. 2006-01-09 Stefan Monnier * flymake.texi (Obtaining Flymake): Remove chapter since Emacs's version is the canonical version. 2006-01-08 Alex Schroeder * pgg.texi (Caching passphrase): Rewording. 2006-01-06 Eli Zaretskii * flymake.texi (Obtaining Flymake): Update Flymake's CVS repository URL. 2006-01-06 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Removed the accidentally re-added empty line in the direntry. 2006-01-05 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Agenda Views): Chapter reorganized. 2005-12-29 Romain Francoise * faq.texi (Using Customize): New node. 2005-12-28 Luc Teirlinck * org.texi: Remove blank line in @direntry. It is non-standard and recursively produces blank lines all over the dir file (when using Texinfo 4.8). 2005-12-21 Luc Teirlinck * widget.texi (atoms): Delete obsolete remark about `file' widget. 2005-12-20 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Tags): Boolean logic documented. (Agenda Views): Document custom commands. 2005-12-20 David Kastrup * faq.texi (AUCTeX): Update version and mailing list info. 2005-12-17 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (MIME Commands): Mention addition of multipart/alternative to gnus-buttonized-mime-types and add xref to mm-discouraged-alternatives. * emacs-mime.texi (Display Customization): Mention addition of "image/.*" and add xref to gnus-buttonized-mime-types in the mm-discouraged-alternatives section. 2005-12-16 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Tags): New section. (Agenda Views): Chapter reorganized. 2005-12-16 Eli Zaretskii * org.texi (Internal Links): Add a missing comma after an @xref. 2005-12-14 Chong Yidong * faq.texi (Filling paragraphs with a single space): No need to change sentence-end now. 2005-12-13 Romain Francoise * faq.texi (Scrolling only one line): Use `scroll-conservatively'. 2005-12-12 Jay Belanger * faq.texi (Calc): Update version number. 2005-12-12 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Progress Logging): New section. 2005-12-10 Romain Francoise Update the Emacs FAQ for the 22.1 release. * faq.texi: Set VER to `22.1'. (Basic editing): Explain how to use localized versions of the Tutorial. Mention that `C-h r' displays the manual. Delete obsolete WWW link to an Emacs 18 tutorial. (Getting a printed manual): Point to the new locations of the manuals on the GNU Web site. (Emacs Lisp documentation): Explain that the Emacs Lisp manual is available via Info (it was previously distributed separately). (Installing Texinfo documentation): The latest version of Texinfo is 4.8, not 4.0. (Informational files for Emacs): COPYING is the GNU General Public License, not the Emacs General Public License. (Informational files for Emacs): Delete obsolete link to the GNUinfo pages as they have been removed from the GNU Web site. (New in Emacs 22): New node. (Setting up a customization file): Say that most packages support Customize nowadays. (Colors on a TTY): Delete reference to instructions on how to enable syntax highlighting, it is now enabled by default. (Turning on abbrevs by default): Emacs now reads the abbrevs file at startup automatically. (Controlling case sensitivity): Mention `M-c' in isearch. (Using an already running Emacs process): Emacs now creates the socket in `/tmp/emacsUID'. Fix typos. Change default location of gnuserv. As emacsclient can now run Lisp code as well, delete a sentence praising gnuserv for that. Simplify description of how the client/server operation works. (Compiler error messages): Delete obsolete text (compile.el has been rewritten). (Indenting switch statements): Fix typo. (Matching parentheses): Simplify setup instructions, mention the menu bar item in the Options menu. (Repeating a command as many times as possible): Mention `C-x e'. (Going to a line by number): Mention new keymap and bindings `M-g M-g', `M-g M-p' and `M-g M-n'. (Turning on syntax highlighting): Now on by default. Simplify. (Replacing highlighted text): Use `1', not `t'. (Problems with very large files): The maximum size is now 256MB on 32-bit machines. (^M in the shell buffer): Mention `comint-process-echoes'. (Emacs for Apple computers): Emacs 22 has native support for Mac OS X. (Translating names to IP addresses): Delete node. (Binding keys to commands): Fix typo. (SPC no longer completes file names): New node. (MIME with Emacs mail packages): Delete section about the Emacs MIME FAQ (it's not reachable anymore). 2005-12-08 Alan Mackenzie * cc-mode.texi: The manual has been extensively revised: the information about using CC Mode has been separated from the larger and more difficult chapters about configuration. It has been updated for CC Mode 5.31. 2005-12-05 Katsumi Yamaoka * pgg.texi (User Commands): Fix description of pgg-verify-region. (Selecting an implementation): Fix descriptions. 2005-11-30 Katsumi Yamaoka * message.texi (Various Message Variables): Addition. 2005-11-29 Katsumi Yamaoka * message.texi: Fix default values. 2005-11-25 Katsumi Yamaoka * message.texi (Header Commands): Clarify descriptions of message-cross-post-followup-to, message-reduce-to-to-cc, and message-insert-wide-reply. (Various Commands): Fix kindex for message-kill-to-signature; clarify description of message-tab. 2005-11-22 Katsumi Yamaoka * message.texi (Mailing Lists): Fix description about MFT. * gnus.texi (Emacs Lisp): Use ~/.gnus.el instead of ~/.emacs. 2005-11-17 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Slow Terminal Connection): Replace old description with new one. 2005-11-16 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Oort Gnus): Use ~/.gnus.el instead of ~/.emacs; replace X-Draft-Headers with X-Draft-From. 2005-11-14 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Various Various): Fix the default value of nnheader-max-head-length. (Gnus Versions): Fix typo. 2005-12-08 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Structure editing): Document new functionality of M-RET. 2005-12-06 Luc Teirlinck * org.texi (Internal Links): Fix Texinfo usage. 2005-12-06 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (TODO basics): Document the global todo list. (TODO items): Documents sparse tree for specific TODO keywords. 2005-11-30 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Plain Lists): Typos fixed. 2005-11-28 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Change references of `M-#' to `C-x *' prefix. 2005-11-24 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Structure editing): New item moving commands added. (Plain Lists): New section. 2005-11-18 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (FAQ): Document `org-table-tab-jumps-over-hlines'. (Agenda): Document commands `org-cycle-agenda-files' and `org-agenda-file-to-front'. (Built-in table editor): Document `org-table-sort-lines'. (HTML formatting): Export of hand-formatted lists. 2005-11-10 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (XVarious): Fix description of gnus-use-toolbar; add new variable gnus-toolbar-thickness. 2005-11-08 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (XVarious): Revert description of gnus-use-toolbar. 2005-11-07 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (X-Face): Fix description. (XVarious): Remove gnus-xmas-logo-color-alist and gnus-xmas-logo-color-style; fix description of gnus-use-toolbar. 2005-11-01 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Mention new variable gnus-parameters-case-fold-search. (Home Score File): Addition. 2005-11-04 Ulf Jasper * newsticker.texi: VERSION changed to 1.9. Updated UPDATED. (Overview): List supported feed types. (Installation): No installation necessary when using autoload. (Configuration): Rename "RSS" to "news". 2005-11-04 Ken Manheimer * pgg.texi (User Commands): Document additional passphrase argument for pgg-encrypt-*, pgg-decrypt-*, and pgg-sign-* functions. (Backend methods): Likewise for corresponding pgg-scheme-* functions. 2005-11-04 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version number changed to 3.19. 2005-10-29 Sascha Wilde * pgg.texi (How to use): Update the example to add autoload of pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region. (User Commands): Document pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region. (Backend methods): Document pgg-scheme-encrypt-symmetric-region. 2005-10-27 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Predefined Units): Fix the symbol for a TeX points, mention other TeX-related units. 2005-10-23 Lars Hansen * dired-x.texi (Miscellaneous Commands): Replace dired-do-relative-symlink by dired-do-relsymlink and dired-do-relative-symlink-regexp by dired-do-relsymlink-regexp. 2005-10-23 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Predefined Units): Use `alpha' for the fine structure constant. 2005-10-23 Michael Albinus * faq.texi (Bugs and problems): Replace `dired-move-to-filename-regexp' by `directory-listing-before-filename-regexp'. 2005-10-22 Eli Zaretskii * newsticker.texi (UPDATED): Set value. 2005-10-17 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Document Groups): Remove duplicate item. 2005-10-21 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Summary): Mention iCalendar support. (Exporting): Document iCalendar support. 2005-10-18 Romain Francoise * viper.texi (Viper Specials): Capitalize GNU. 2005-10-17 Juri Linkov * info.texi (Getting Started, Search Index, Expert Info): Fix wording. (Search Text): Replace `echo area' with `mode line'. (Search Index): Both `i' and `,' find all index entries. Replace example `C-f' with `C-l' (which exists in index of Info manual) and delete spaces in its keyboard input sequence. Delete unnecessary explanations about literal characters. 2005-10-14 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Document Server Internals): Addition. 2005-10-13 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (A note on namespaces): Fix RFC reference. 2005-10-12 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (RSS): Fix key description. 2005-10-11 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi: Emacs/w3 -> Emacs/W3. (Browsing the Web): Fix description. (Web Searches): Ditto. (Customizing W3): Ditto. 2005-10-07 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Maildir): Clarify expire-age and expire-group. 2005-10-11 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Integration): Mention using `a i' to compute definite integrals. 2005-10-11 Juri Linkov * info.texi: Rearrange nodes. (Top): Update menu. Change ref `Info for Experts' to `Advanced Info Commands'. (Getting Started): Fix description of manual's parts. (Help-Int): Change xref `Info Search' to `Search Index', and `Expert Info' to `Advanced'. (Advanced): Move node one level up. (Search Text, Search Index): New nodes split out from `Info Search'. (Go to node, Choose menu subtopic, Create Info buffer): New nodes split out from `Advanced'. (Advanced, Emacs Info Variables): De-document editing an Info file in Info. (Emacs Info Variables): Move node from `Expert Info' to `Advanced'. (Creating an Info File): Delete node and move its text to `Expert Info'. 2005-10-10 Carsten Dominik * org.texi (Workflow states): Documented that change in keywords becomes active only after restart of Emacs. 2005-10-08 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.51. 2005-10-08 Nick Roberts * speedbar.texi (Introduction): Describe new location of speedbar on menubar. (Basic Key Bindings): Remove descriptions of bindings that have been removed. 2005-10-05 Nick Roberts * speedbar.texi (GDB): Describe use of watch expressions. 2005-09-28 Simon Josefsson * message.texi (IDNA): Fix. 2005-09-28 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (NNTP): Remove nntp-buggy-select, nntp-read-timeout, nntp-server-hook, and nntp-warn-about-losing-connection; fix description of nntp-open-connection-function. (Common Variables): Fix descriptions. 2005-09-26 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Server Buffer Format): Document the %a format spec. 2005-09-22 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Mail): Fix gnus-confirm-mail-reply-to-news entry. 2005-09-23 Carsten Dominik * org.texi Version 3.16. 2005-09-19 Miles Bader * newsticker.texi: Get rid of CVS keywords. 2005-09-15 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Finding the Parent): Fix description of how Gnus finds article. 2005-09-14 Jari Aalto * gnus.texi (Advanced Scoring Examples): New examples to teach how to drop off non-answered articles. 2005-09-19 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (newsticker.dvi): Use parentheses instead of curly braces (which are unsupported by NMAKE) for macro `srcdir'. 2005-09-17 Eli Zaretskii * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add newsticker targets. (../info/newsticker, newsticker.dvi): New targets. 2005-09-17 Ulf Jasper * newsticker.texi: Replace @command with @code. Replace @example with @lisp. (Top): Add explanations to menu items. (GNU Free Documentation License): Remove. 2005-09-16 Romain Francoise Update all files to specify GFDL version 1.2. * doclicense.texi (GNU Free Documentation License): Update to version 1.2. 2005-09-15 Richard M. Stallman * newsticker.texi: Fix @setfilename. * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add newsticker targets. (../info/newsticker, newsticker.dvi): New targets. 2005-08-30 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version 3.15. 2005-08-29 Luc Teirlinck * ses.texi: Combine all three indices into one. Correct a few typos. 2005-08-19 Katsumi Yamaoka * emacs-mime.texi (time-date): Fix description of safe-date-to-time. 2005-08-18 Katsumi Yamaoka * emacs-mime.texi (Handles): Remove duplicate item. (Encoding Customization): Fix the default value for mm-coding-system-priorities. (Charset Translation): Emacs doesn't use mm-mime-mule-charset-alist. (Basic Functions): Fix reference. 2005-08-09 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (Charsets): Fj hierarchy uses iso-2022-jp. 2005-08-18 Richard M. Stallman * faq.texi (Obtaining the FAQ): Delete refs to Lerner's email and web site. * faq.texi (Swapping keys): Xref for normal-erase-is-backspace-mode, not keyboard-translate. 2005-08-11 Richard M. Stallman * faq.texi (Using regular expressions): Fix xref. 2005-08-09 Juri Linkov * info.texi (Help-P): Replace `Prev' with `Previous'. (Help-M, Help-Xref): Add S-TAB. (Help-FOO): Update `u' command. (Help-Xref): Move info about Mouse-2 from `Help-Int'. Update info about visibility of xref parts. (Help-Int): Fix `m' command. Rename `Info-last' to `Info-history-back'. Add `Info-history-forward'. (Advanced): Fix `g*' and `M-n' commands. (Info Search): Add `index-apropos' in stand-alone browser. Add isearch commands. (Emacs Info Variables): Remove `Info-fontify'. Add `Info-mode-hook'. Update face names. Add `Info-fontify-maximum-menu-size', `Info-fontify-visited-nodes', `Info-isearch-search'. 2005-08-07 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.50. * tramp.texi: Use @option{} consequently for method names. (Inline methods, External transfer methods): Remove references to Cygwin. (Issues with Cygwin ssh): Explain trouble with Cygwin's ssh implementation. 2005-07-27 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Startup Files): Fix name of gnus-site-init-file. Mention that gnus-init-file is not read when Emacs is invoked with --no-init-file or -q. 2005-07-19 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version 3.14. 2005-07-04 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version 3.13. 2005-07-18 Juri Linkov * calc.texi (Time Zones, Logical Operations): * cl.texi (Overview): * org.texi (TODO types): * sc.texi (Emacs 18 MUAs): * speedbar.texi (Top): * url.texi (History): Delete duplicate duplicate words. 2005-07-16 Johan BockgÃ¥rd (tiny change) * cl.texi (Type Predicates): Document `atom' type. 2005-07-04 Lute Kamstra Update FSF's address in GPL notices. * calc.texi (Copying): * doclicense.texi (GNU Free Documentation License): * faq.texi (Contacting the FSF): * mh-e.texi (Copying): Update FSF's address. 2005-07-03 Richard M. Stallman * flymake.texi (Example -- Configuring a tool called directly): Update name of flymake-build-relative-filename. 2005-06-29 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (NoCeM): gnus-nocem-verifyer defaults to pgg-verify. 2005-06-29 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version 3.12. 2005-06-24 Eli Zaretskii * makefile.w32-in (MAKEINFO): Use --force. (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Make identical to the lists in Makefile.in. (gnus.dvi): Use "..." to quote Sed args, so that it works with more shells. 2005-06-23 Richard M. Stallman * speedbar.texi (Creating a display): Texinfo usage fixes. * tramp.texi (Customizing Completion, Auto-save and Backup): Texinfo usage fixes. 2005-06-23 Juanma Barranquero * dired-x.texi (Miscellaneous Commands): * ediff.texi (Miscellaneous): * gnus.texi (MIME Commands, Fancy Mail Splitting, Agent Visuals) (Agent Variables): * info.texi (Help-Xref): * message.texi (Message Headers): * org.texi (Remember): * reftex.texi (Options (Defining Label Environments)): (Options (Index Support)): (Options (Viewing Cross-References)): (Options (Misc)): (Changes): * speedbar.texi (Creating a display): * tramp.texi (Customizing Completion, Auto-save and Backup): Texinfo usage fix. 2005-06-13 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version 3.11. 2005-06-12 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Getting Started): Remove extra menu item. 2005-05-31 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Notations Used in This Manual): Use @kbd for key sequence. (Demonstration of Calc): Mention another way of starting Calc. (Starting Calc): Mention long name of M-#. (Embedded Mode Overview): Remove unnecessary instruction. (Other M-# commands): Rephrase `M-# 0' explanation. (Basic Embedded Mode): Rewrite discussion of prefix arguments to reflect current behavior. 2005-05-30 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Hooks): Change description of calc-window-hook and calc-trail-window-hook to match usage. (Computational Functions): Add more constant-generating functions. (Customizable Variables): Use defvar. 2005-05-28 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Assignments in Embedded Mode): Fix variable name. (Basic Embedded Mode): Explain behavior of arguments to calc-embedded-mode. 2005-05-27 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Queries in Keyboard Macros): Rewrite to reflect current behavior. 2005-05-25 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Change Calc version number throughout. (Keypad Mode): Change location in info output. (Keypad mode overview): Move picture of keypad. 2005-05-21 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Storing variables): Mention that only most variables are void to begin with. 2005-05-21 Kevin Ryde * widget.texi (Basic Types): Update cross ref from "Enabling Mouse-1 to Follow Links" to "Links and Mouse-1" per recent lispref/text.texi change. 2005-05-20 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version 3.09. 2005-05-18 Carsten Dominik * reftex.texi: Version 4.28. 2005-05-16 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Storing Variables): Mention `calc-copy-special-constant'. 2005-05-14 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Default Simplifications): Insert missing ! (logical not operator). 2005-05-14 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.49. 2005-05-10 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Default Simplifications): Mention that 0^0 simplifies to 1. 2005-04-29 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Version 3.08, structure reorganized. 2005-04-24 Richard M. Stallman * faq.texi: Delete info about lazy-lock.el and fast-lock.el. 2005-04-15 Carsten Dominik * org.texi: Update to version 3.06. 2005-04-13 Lute Kamstra * cc-mode.texi: Prevent creating an unnecessary empty cc-mode.ss file. 2005-04-10 Thien-Thi Nguyen * cl.texi (Porting Common Lisp): Fix typo. 2005-04-06 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (RSS): Addition. 2005-04-04 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Change Calc version number. (Customizable variables): Fix description of calc-language-alist. (Copying): Put in version 2 of GPL. 2005-04-01 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Troubleshooting Commands): Remove comment about installation. (Installation): Remove section. (Customizable Variables): New section. (Basic Embedded Mode, Customizing Embedded Mode, Graphics) (Graphical Devices): Add references to Customizable Variables. 2005-03-25 Katsumi Yamaoka * emacs-mime.texi (Display Customization): Markup fixes. (rfc2047): Update. 2005-03-23 Reiner Steib * gnus-faq.texi: Replaced with auto-generated version. 2005-03-26 Stephan Stahl (tiny change) * dired-x.texi (Multiple Dired Directories): default-directory was renamed to dired-default-directory. 2005-03-26 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Simplifying Formulas, Rewrite Rules): Change description of top and bottom of fraction. (Modulo Forms): Move description of how to create modulo forms to earlier in the section. (Fraction Mode): Suggest using : to get a fraction by dividing. (Basic Arithmetic): Adjust placement of command name. (Truncating the Stack): Emphasize that "hidden" entries are still visible. (Installation): Move discussion of printing manual to "About This Manual". (About This Manual): Mention how to print the manual. (Reporting Bugs): Remove first person. (Building Vectors): Add algebraic version of append. (Manipulating Vectors): Fix algebraic version of calc-reverse-vector. (Grouping Digits): Fix typo. 2005-03-25 Werner Lemberg * calc.texi, cl.texi, gnus.texi, idlwave.texi, reftex.texi: Replace `legal' with `valid'. 2005-03-25 Werner Lemberg * calc.texi, reftex.texi: Replace `illegal' with `invalid'. 2005-03-24 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (General Mode Commands) (Mode Settings in Embedded Mode): Add some explanation of recording mode settings. 2005-03-24 Richard M. Stallman * calc.texi: Remove praise of non-free software. * idlwave.texi: Don't say where to get IDL or its non-free manual. (Installation): Node deleted. 2005-03-23 Richard M. Stallman * url.texi (HTTP language/coding): Improve last change. 2005-03-22 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Embedded Mode): Add new information on changing modes. 2005-03-20 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.48. * trampver.texi.in: Replace "Emacs" by "GNU Emacs". * tramp.texi: Replace "Emacs" by "GNU Emacs". Replace "Linux" by "GNU/Linux". Change all addresses to .gnu.org. (Default Method): Offer shortened syntax for "su" and "sudo" methods. 2005-03-07 Richard M. Stallman * url.texi: Fix usage of "e.g.". (HTTP language/coding): Explain the rules for these strings. 2005-03-06 Richard M. Stallman * woman.texi (Introduction): Minor cleanups. * url.texi (HTTP language/coding): Get rid of "Emacs 21". * pcl-cvs.texi (About PCL-CVS): Get rid of "Emacs 21". (Installation): Node deleted. * mh-e.texi (Preface): Get rid of "Emacs 21". * eshell.texi (Installation): Delete node (for Emacs 20). 2005-03-05 Thien-Thi Nguyen * flymake.texi: Refill and tweak style in @lisp blocks. 2005-03-03 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Slow/Expensive Connection): Don't abbreviate "very". 2005-03-01 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions): Mention additional functions. (Algebraic Simplifications): Mention additional simplifications. 2005-02-18 Jonathan Yavner * ses.texi: Add concept/function/variable indices (this work was donated by Brad Collins , copyright-assignment papers on file at FSF). 2005-02-10 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Change @LaTeX to La@TeX throughout. Redefine @expr as @math for TeX output. Redefine @texline as a no-op for TeX output. Define @tfn, replace @t by @tfn throughout. 2005-02-09 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Add macro for LaTeX for info output. 2005-02-08 Kim F. Storm * texinfo.tex (LaTex): Add def. 2005-02-06 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (TeX Language Mode): Add mention of LaTeX mode, and change name to "TeX and LaTeX Language Modes." Mention LaTeX mode throughout manual. 2005-01-28 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi: Some edits based on comments from David Abrahams. 2005-01-24 Katsumi Yamaoka * gnus.texi (RSS): Fix the keystroke. 2005-01-24 David Kastrup * faq.texi: Update AUCTeX version info. 2005-01-16 Xavier Maillard (tiny change) * gnus-faq.texi ([4.1]): Typo. 2005-01-19 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Keep Arguments): Mention that keeping arguments doesn't work with keyboard macros. 2005-01-16 Richard M. Stallman * autotype.texi (Autoinserting): Fix small error. 2005-01-16 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.47. * tramp.texi (Compilation): New section, describing compilation of remote files. 2005-01-11 Kim F. Storm * widget.texi (Basic Types): Add :follow-link keyword. 2005-01-09 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Basic Commands): Describe new behavior of calc-reset. 2005-01-08 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Change throughout to reflect new default value of calc-settings-file. 2005-01-06 Katsumi Yamaoka * message.texi (Reply): `message-reply-to-function' should return a list. Suggested by ARISAWA Akihiro . 2005-01-06 Hiroshi Fujishima (tiny change) * faq.texi (Changing load-path): Fix typo. 2005-01-05 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Programming Tutorial): Replace kbd command by appropriate characters for a keyboard macro. 2005-01-04 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Basic Tutorial, Programming Tutorial): Remove caveats for Lucid Emacs. (Programming Tutorial): Mention that the user needs to be in the right mode to compute some functions. 2005-01-04 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Rewrite rules): Remove an exercise (on 0^0) which is no longer applicable. 2005-01-01 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Programming Tutorial): Change description of how to edit keyboard macros to match current behavior. 2004-12-31 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Mention C-cC-c as the way to finish editing throughout. 2004-12-20 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Types Tutorial): Emphasize that you can't divide by zero. 2004-12-17 Luc Teirlinck * cc-mode.texi (Text Filling and Line Breaking): Put period after @xref. (Font Locking): Avoid @strong{Note:}. 2004-12-17 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.46. * tramp.texi (bottom): Add arch-tag. It was lost, somehow. 2004-12-16 Luc Teirlinck * url.texi: Correct typos. (Retrieving URLs): @var{nil}->@code{nil}. (HTTP language/coding, mailto): Replace "GNU Emacs Manual" with the standard "The GNU Emacs Manual" in fifth argument of @xref's. (Dealing with HTTP documents): @inforef->@xref. 2004-12-15 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Consistently capitalized all mode names. (Answers to Exercises): Mention that an answer can be a fraction when in Fraction mode. 2004-12-13 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Fix some TeX definitions. 2004-12-09 Luc Teirlinck * reftex.texi (Imprint): Remove erroneous @value's. 2004-12-08 Luc Teirlinck * makefile.w32-in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, $(infodir)/org) (org.dvi, $(infodir)/url, url.dvi, clean): Add org and url manuals. 2004-12-08 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Starting Calc): Remove comment about installation. (Keypad Mode Overview): Remove comment about Emacs 19 support. 2004-12-08 Luc Teirlinck * url.texi: Update @setfilename. (Getting Started): No need to worry about Gnus versions. (Dealing with HTTP documents): Use @inforef. * org.texi: Fix @direntry file name. 2004-12-07 Stefan Monnier * url.texi: New file. * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS, ../info/url, url.dvi): Add it. 2004-12-06 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Using Calc): Remove paragraph about installation. 2004-12-06 Jay Belanger * calc.texi: Use more Texinfo macros and less TeX defs. Remove @refill's. 2004-12-06 Richard M. Stallman * org.texi: New file. 2004-12-05 Richard M. Stallman * Makefile.in (org.dvi, ../info/org): New targets. (INFO_TARGETS): Add ../info/org. (DVI_TARGETS): Add org.dvi. (maintainer-clean): Remove the info files in the info dir. 2004-11-26 Eli Zaretskii * idlwave.texi: Fix the setfilename directive to put the produced file in ../info. (Continued Statement Indentation): Resurrect Jan D.'s change from 2004-11-03 that was lost when a newer version of idlwave.texi was imported. 2004-12-08 Reiner Steib * gnus-faq.texi ([5.1]): Add missing bracket. * gnus.texi (Filtering Spam Using The Spam ELisp Package): Index `spam-initialize'. 2004-11-22 Reiner Steib * message.texi (Various Message Variables): Mention that all mail file variables are derived from `message-directory'. * gnus.texi (Splitting Mail): Clarify bogus group. 2004-11-02 Katsumi Yamaoka * emacs-mime.texi (Encoding Customization): Fix mm-coding-system-priorities entry. 2004-11-03 Jan Djärv * idlwave.texi (Continued Statement Indentation): * reftex.texi (Options (Index Support)): (Displaying and Editing the Index, Table of Contents): * speedbar.texi (Creating a display, Major Display Modes): Replace non-nil with non-@code{nil}. 2004-10-21 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Algebraic-Style Calculations): Remove a comment. 2004-10-18 Luc Teirlinck * calc.texi (Reporting Bugs): Double up `@'. 2004-10-18 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Reporting Bugs): Change the address that bugs should be sent to. 2004-10-15 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (New Features): Add 5.11. * message.texi (Resending): Remove wrong default value. * gnus.texi (Mail Source Specifiers): Describe possible problems of `pop3-leave-mail-on-server'. Add `pop3-movemail' and `pop3-leave-mail-on-server' to the index. 2004-10-15 Katsumi Yamaoka * message.texi (Canceling News): Add how to set a password. 2004-10-12 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Help Commands): Change the descriptions of calc-describe-function and calc-describe-variable to match their current behavior. 2004-10-12 Reiner Steib * gnus-faq.texi ([5.9]): Improve code for reply-in-news. 2004-10-12 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.45. * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Comment paragraph about plink link. The URL is outdated. Originator contacted for clarification. 2004-10-10 Juri Linkov * gnus.texi (Top, Marking Articles): Join two menus in one node because a node can have only one menu. 2004-10-09 Juri Linkov * gnus.texi (Fancy Mail Splitting): Remove backslash in the example of nnmail-split-fancy. 2004-10-06 Karl Berry * info.texi (@kbd{1}--@kbd{9}): No space around --, for consistency with other uses of dashes. 2004-10-05 Karl Berry * info.texi: Consistently use --- throughout, periods at end of menu descriptions, and a couple typos. 2004-09-26 Jesper Harder * sieve.texi (Manage Sieve API): nil -> @code{nil}. * pgg.texi (User Commands, Backend methods): Do. * gnus.texi: Markup fixes. (Setting Process Marks): Fix `M P a' entry. * emacs-mime.texi: Fixes. 2004-09-23 Reiner Steib * gnus-faq.texi ([5.12]): Fix code example for FQDN in Message-Ids again. Use 5.10 instead of 5.10.0. 2004-09-20 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi (Summary Mail Commands): S D e. 2004-09-20 Raymond Scholz (tiny change) * gnus.texi (Misc Article): Refer to `Summary Buffer Mode Line' in the gnus-article-mode-line-format section. 2004-09-20 Helmut Waitzmann (tiny change) * gnus.texi (Various Summary Stuff): Fix the documentation for gnus-newsgroup-variables. 2004-09-20 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (MIME Commands): Add gnus-mime-display-multipart-as-mixed, gnus-mime-display-multipart-alternative-as-mixed, gnus-mime-display-multipart-related-as-mixed. (Mail Source Customization): Clarify `mail-source-directory'. (Splitting Mail): Mention gnus-group-find-new-groups. (SpamOracle): Fix typo. * gnus-faq.texi: Untabify. ([6.3]): nnir.el is in contrib directory. * message.texi (News Headers): Clarify how a unique ID is created. * gnus.texi (Batching Agents): Fix typo in example. Reported by Hiroshi Fujishima . 2004-09-20 Andre Srinivasan (tiny change) * gnus.texi (Group Parameters): Add more on hooks. 2004-09-20 Florian Weimer * gnus.texi (Charsets): Point to relevant section in emacs-mime. 2004-09-22 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Vectors as Lists): Add a warning that the tutorial might be hidden during part of the session. 2004-09-20 Jay Belanger * calc.texi (Notations Used in This Manual): Put in an earlier mention that DEL could be called Backspace. 2004-09-10 Simon Josefsson * gnus.texi (IMAP): Add example. Suggested and partially written by Steinar Bang . 2004-09-10 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (IMAP): Add comments about imaps synonym to imap in netrc syntax. 2004-09-10 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Spam ELisp Package Sequence of Events): Some clarifications. (Spam ELisp Package Global Variables): More clarifications. 2004-09-10 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Spam ELisp Package Filtering of Incoming Mail): Mention spam-split does not modify incoming mail. 2004-09-10 Teodor Zlatanov * gnus.texi (Spam ELisp Package Sequence of Events): Fix typo. 2004-09-10 Eli Zaretskii * Makefile.in (../info/gnus, gnus.dvi): Depend on gnus-faq.texi. 2004-09-09 Reiner Steib * makefile.w32-in (sieve, pgg): Use $(infodir). 2004-09-08 Dhruva Krishnamurthy (tiny change) * makefile.w32-in: Fix PGG and Sieve entries. 2004-08-28 Eli Zaretskii * faq.texi (Emacs for MS-DOS): Update URLs for the MS-DOS port of Emacs and related programs. 2004-08-27 Richard M. Stallman * faq.texi: Fix texinfo usage, esp. doublequotes. (Difference between Emacs and XEmacs): Some clarification. * faq.texi (Difference between Emacs and XEmacs): Explain not to contrast XEmacs with GNU Emacs. 2004-08-26 Richard M. Stallman * faq.texi (Difference between Emacs and XEmacs): Rewrite. 2004-08-22 David Kastrup * reftex.texi (AUCTeX): Update links, section name. * faq.texi (Calc): Update availability (included in 22.1). (AUCTeX): Update availability, information, versions, description. 2004-08-14 Eli Zaretskii * Makefile.in (../info/tramp, tramp.dvi): Depend on trampver.texi. 2004-08-11 Martin Stjernholm * cc-mode.texi: Various updates for CC Mode 5.30.9. 2004-08-10 Michael Albinus Sync with Tramp 2.0.44. 2004-08-05 Lars Hansen * widget.texi (User Interface): Update how to separate the editable field of an editable-field widget from other widgets. (Programming Example): Add text after field. 2004-08-31 Katsumi Yamaoka * emacs-mime.texi (Encoding Customization): Add a note to the mm-content-transfer-encoding-defaults entry. (rfc2047): Update. * gnus.texi (Article Highlighting): Add gnus-cite-ignore-quoted-from. (POP before SMTP): New node. (Posting Styles): Addition. (Splitting Mail): Add nnmail-split-lowercase-expanded. (Fancy Mail Splitting): Ditto. (X-Face): Add gnus-x-face. 2004-08-30 Reiner Steib * emacs-mime.texi, gnus-faq.texi, gnus.texi, message.texi, * pgg.texi, sieve.texi: Use @copying and @insertcopying. 2004-08-22 Reiner Steib * gnus.texi (Mail Source Specifiers): Describe `pop3-leave-mail-on-server'. 2004-08-02 Reiner Steib * Makefile.in, makefile.w32-in: Added PGG and Sieve files. * pgg.texi, sieve.texi: Import from the v5_10 branch of the Gnus repository. Change setfilename. * emacs-mime.texi, gnus-faq.texi, gnus.texi, message.texi: Ditto. 2004-07-02 Juri Linkov * pcl-cvs.texi (Viewing differences): Add `d r'. 2004-06-29 Jesper Harder * ses.texi, viper.texi, flymake.texi, faq.texi: * eshell.texi, ediff.texi: Markup fixes. 2004-06-21 Karl Berry * info.texi (Top): Mention that only Emacs has mouse support. (Getting Started): Mention this in a few other places. 2004-06-13 Luc Teirlinck * autotype.texi (Copyrights, Timestamps): Recommend `before-save-hook' instead of `write-file-functions'. 2004-06-13 Lars Hansen * dired-x.texi (dired-mark-omitted): Update keybinding. 2004-06-10 Kim F. Storm * pcl-cvs.texi (Viewing differences): Add 'd y'. 2004-06-05 Lars Hansen * dired-x.texi (variable dired-omit-mode): Rename from dired-omit-files-p. (function dired-omit-mode): Rename from dired-omit-toggle. Call dired-omit-mode rather than set dired-omit-files-p. (dired-mark-omitted): Describe command. 2004-05-29 Michael Albinus Version 2.0.41 of Tramp released. 2004-05-29 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (../info/flymake, flymake.dvi): New targets. (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add Flymake. 2004-05-29 Richard M. Stallman * cl.texi (Top): Call this chapter `Introduction'. (Overview): In TeX, no section heading here. * cc-mode.texi: Put commas after i.e. and e.g. Minor cleanups. 2004-05-29 Eli Zaretskii * Makefile.in (../info/flymake, flymake.dvi): New targets. (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add Flymake. 2004-05-29 Pavel Kobiakov * flymake.texi: New file. 2004-05-28 Simon Josefsson * smtpmail.texi (Authentication): Improve STARTTLS discussion. 2004-05-07 Kai Großjohann Version 2.0.40 of Tramp released. 2004-04-25 Michael Albinus Complete rework, based on review by Karl Berry . * tramp.texi (Auto-save and Backup): Explain exploitation of new variables `tramp-backup-directory-alist' and `tramp-bkup-backup-directory-info'. (Overview, Connection types) (External transfer methods, Default Method) (Windows setup hints): Remove restriction of password entering with external methods. (Auto-save and Backup): Make file name example (X)Emacs neutral. In case of XEmacs, `bkup-backup-directory-info' and `auto-save-directory' must be used. (Frequently Asked Questions): Use "MS Windows NT/2000/XP" (not only "NT"). Remove doubled entry "What kinds of systems does @tramp{} work on". (tramp): Macro removed. (Obtaining Tramp): Flag removed from title. (all): "tramp-" and "-" removed from flag names. Flags `tramp' and `trampver' used properly. Flag `tramp-inst' replaced by `installchapter'. Installation related text adapted. 2004-04-28 Masatake YAMATO * widget.texi (Programming Example): Remove overlays. 2004-04-27 Jesper Harder * faq.texi, viper.texi, dired-x.texi, autotype.texi: lisp -> Lisp. 2004-04-23 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in: Add "-*- makefile -*-" mode tag. 2004-04-05 Jesper Harder * info.texi (Info Search): Add info-apropos. 2004-03-22 Juri Linkov * faq.texi: Fix help key bindings. 2004-03-17 Luc Teirlinck * info.texi (Advanced): Replace @unnumberedsubsec by @subheading (as suggested by Karl Berry). Update information about colored stars in menus. Add new subheading describing M-n. 2004-03-12 Richard M. Stallman * cl.texi (Top): Rename top node's title. 2004-03-08 Karl Berry * info.texi: \input texinfo.tex instead of just texinfo, to avoid problems making the texinfo distribution. 2004-02-29 Simon Josefsson * smtpmail.texi (Authentication): Change the list of supported authentication mechanisms from CRAM-MD5, PLAIN and LOGIN-MD5 to CRAM-MD5 and LOGIN, tiny patch from Andreas Voegele . 2004-02-29 Juanma Barranquero * makefile.w32-in (mostlyclean, clean, maintainer-clean): Use $(DEL) instead of rm, and ignore exit code. 2004-02-29 Kai Großjohann Tramp version 2.0.39 released. 2004-02-29 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Customizing Completion): Explain new functions `tramp-parse-shostkeys' and `tramp-parse-sknownhosts'. (all): Savannah URLs unified to "http://savannah.nongnu.org". (Top): Refer to Savannah mailing list as the major one. Mention older mailing lists in HTML mode only. (Auto-save and Backup): Add auto-save. Based on wording of Kai. (Frequently Asked Questions): Remote hosts must not be Unix-like for "smb" method. (Password caching): New node. (External transfer methods): Refer to password caching for "smb" method. 2004-02-17 Karl Berry * info.texi (Help-Int): Mention the new line number feature. 2004-02-14 Jonathan Yavner * ses.texi (Advanced Features): New functionality for ses-set-header-row (defaults to current row unless C-u used). (Acknowledgements): Add Stefan Monnier. 2003-12-29 Kevin Ryde * viper.texi (Vi Macros): Fix reference to the Emacs manual. 2003-11-30 Kai Großjohann Tramp version 2.0.38 released. * tramp.texi (Remote shell setup): Warn of environment variables FRUMPLE if user frumple exists. Suggested by Sven Gabriel . (Configuration): Tramp now chooses base64/uuencode automatically. Update wording accordingly. (Top): More description for the `Default Method' menu entry. (Default Method): Use @code, not @var, for Lisp variables. (Default Method): New subsection `Which method is the right one for me?' Suggested by Christian Kirsch. (Configuration): Pointer to new subsection added. (Default Method): Too many "use" in one sentence. Rephrase. Reported by Christian Kirsch. (Filename Syntax): Old `su' example is probably a left-over from the sm/su method naming. Replace with `ssh', instead. (External transfer methods, Auto-save and Backup): Typo fixes. 2003-11-02 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (all): Harmonize all occurrences of @tramp{}. (Top): Mention japanese manual only if flag `jamanual' is set. Insert section `Japanese manual' in menu. 2003-11-26 Thien-Thi Nguyen * eshell.texi (Known Problems): Add doc item. 2003-11-22 Martin Stjernholm * cc-mode.texi: Update for CC Mode 5.30. Note: Please refrain from doing purely cosmetic changes like removing trailing whitespace in this manual; it clobbers cvs merging for no good reason. 2003-11-02 Jesper Harder (tiny change) * man/ediff.texi, man/tramp.texi, man/vip.texi, man/viper.texi: * man/widget.texi, man/woman.texi: Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}. 2003-10-26 Karl Berry * info.texi (Info Search): Echo area, not echo are. From Debian diff. 2003-10-26 Per Abrahamsen * widget.texi (Defining New Widgets): Document new behavior of :buttons and :children keywords. 2003-10-22 Miles Bader * Makefile.in (info): Move before $(top_srcdir)/info. 2003-10-17 Thien-Thi Nguyen * tramp.texi (Inline methods): Small grammar fix. (External transfer methods): Likewise. 2003-10-08 Nick Roberts * speedbar.texi: Remove paragraph for GUD that is no longer true. 2003-10-06 Luc Teirlinck * texinfo.tex: Replace `%' in arch tagline by @ignore. 2003-09-30 Richard M. Stallman * dired-x.texi (Miscellaneous Commands): Delete M-g, w, T. * widget.texi (User Interface): Fix typos. * pcl-cvs.texi, cl.texi, woman.texi, ediff.texi: Fix @strong{Note:}. 2003-09-29 Thien-Thi Nguyen * pcl-cvs.texi (Selected Files): Fix typo. 2003-09-21 Karl Berry * info.texi (] and [ commands): No period at end of section title. 2003-09-04 Miles Bader * Makefile.in (top_srcdir): New variable. ($(top_srcdir)/info): New rule. (info): Depend on it. 2003-09-03 Peter Runestig * makefile.w32-in: New file. 2003-08-26 Per Abrahamsen * widget.texi (User Interface): Explain the need of static text around an editable field. 2003-08-19 Luc Teirlinck * widget.texi (Basic Types): The argument to `:help-echo' can now be a form that evaluates to a string. 2003-08-18 Kim F. Storm * calc.texi (Queries in Macros): Update xref to keyboard macro query. 2003-08-16 Richard M. Stallman * dired-x.texi (Shell Command Guessing): Explain *. 2003-08-16 Chunyu Wang (tiny change) * pcl-cvs.texi (Log Edit Mode): Fix key binding for log-edit-insert-changelog. 2003-08-03 Karl Berry * info.texi: Need @contents. 2003-07-20 Kai Großjohann Tramp version 2.0.36 released. * tramp.texi (Remote shell setup): Explain about problems with non-Bourne commands in ~/.profile and ~/.shrc. 2003-07-07 Luc Teirlinck * info.texi (Help-Inv, Help-M, Help-Xref): Update following renaming of `vis-mode' to `visible-mode'. 2003-07-04 Luc Teirlinck * info.texi (Top, Help-Small-Screen): Remove accidentally added next, prev and up pointers. 2003-07-02 Luc Teirlinck * info.texi (Help): Mention existence of Emacs and stand-alone Info at the very beginning of the tutorial. (Help-Inv): New node. (Help-]): New node. (Help-M): Systematically point out the differences between default Emacs and stand-alone versions. Delete second menu. (Help-Xref): Systematically point out the differences between default Emacs and stand-alone versions. (Help-Int): Change `l' example. (Expert Info): Fix typos. (Emacs Info Variables): Mention `Info-hide-note-references' and new default for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes'. 2003-06-17 Kai Großjohann Version 2.0.35 of Tramp released. * tramp.texi: From Michael Albinus : (Inline methods): Add methods `remsh' and `plink1'. (External transfer methods): Add method `remcp'. (Multi-hop Methods): Add method `remsh'. Small patch from Adrian Aichner : Fix minor typos. (Concept Index): Add to make manual searchable via `Info-index'. (Version Control): Add cindex entry. 2003-05-24 Kai Großjohann * trampver.texi: Version 2.0.34 released. 2003-05-03 Glenn Morris * faq.texi: Improve previous changes. 2003-05-02 Glenn Morris * faq.texi: Update copyright and maintenance details. Update some package URLs, versions, and maintainers. Remove many references to the Emacs Lisp Archive. 2003-04-23 Simon Josefsson * smtpmail.texi: Fix license (the invariant sections mentioned has never been part of the smtp manual). Align info dir entry with other emacs packages. 2003-04-08 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi: Version 2.0.33 released. Remove installation chapter. Remove XEmacs specifics. 2003-03-29 Richard M. Stallman * tramp.texi (Top): Undo the previous renaming. (emacs-other-name, emacs-other-dir, emacs-other-file-name): Delete. 2003-03-29 Kai Großjohann * Makefile.in (../info/tramp): Compile Emacs, instead of XEmacs, version of manual. * tramp.texi (Auto-save and Backup): New node. 2003-03-29 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Top): Include trampver.texi. Rename "Emacs" to "GNU Emacs" in order to have better differentiation to "XEmacs". `emacs-other-name', `emacs-other-dir' and `emacs-other-file-name' are new macros in order to point to the other Emacs flavor where appropriate. In info case, point to node `Installation' in order to explain how to generate the other way. In html case, make a link to the other html file. (Obtaining TRAMP): Add a paragraph saying to perform `autoconf' after CVS checkout/update. (Installation): Completely rewritten. (Installation parameters, Load paths): New sections under `Installation'. 2003-02-28 Kai Großjohann * tramp.texi: Version 2.0.30 released. Replace word "path" with "localname" where used as a component of a Tramp file name. 2003-02-28 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): `tramp-chunksize' introduced. (Installation): Explain what to do if files from the tramp/contrib directory are needed. 2003-02-23 Alex Schroeder * smtpmail.texi (How Mail Works): New. 2003-02-22 Alex Schroeder * smtpmail.texi: New file. * Makefile.in: Build SMTP manual. 2003-02-05 Kai Großjohann * tramp.texi: Version 2.0.29 released. (Installation): In Emacs, use M-x texinfo-format-buffer RET, not M-x makeinfo-buffer RET. Reported by gebser@ameritech.net. 2003-02-01 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Explain a workaround if another package loads accidentally Ange-FTP. 2003-01-24 Michael Albinus * tramp.texi (Customizing Completion): Add function `tramp-parse-sconfig'. Change example of `tramp-set-completion-function', because parsing of ssh config files looks more natural. 2003-01-15 ShengHuo ZHU * gnus.texi: Do not use `path' in several locations. 2002-12-26 Kai Großjohann * tramp.texi (External transfer methods): New method `smb'. From Michael Albinus. 2002-11-05 Karl Berry * info.texi (Info-fontify): Reorder face list to avoid bad line breaks. 2002-10-06 Kai Großjohann * tramp.texi: Move @copying to standard place. Use @insertcopying. 2002-10-02 Karl Berry * (ada-mode.texi autotype.texi calc.texi cc-mode.texi cl.texi dired-x.texi ebrowse.texi ediff.texi emacs-mime.texi eshell.texi eudc.texi faq.texi forms.texi idlwave.texi info.texi message.texi mh-e.texi pcl-cvs.texi reftex.texi sc.texi ses.texi speedbar.texi vip.texi viper.texi widget.texi woman.texi): Per rms, update all manuals to use @copying instead of @ifinfo. Also use @ifnottex instead of @ifinfo around the top node, where needed for the sake of the HTML output. (The Gnus manual is not fixed since it's not clear to me how it works; and the Tramp manual already uses @copying, although in an unusual way. All others were changed.) 2002-09-10 Jonathan Yavner * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add SES. (../info/ses, ses.dvi): New targets. * ses.texi: New file. 2002-09-06 Pavel Janík * texinfo.tex: Update to texinfo 4.2. 2002-08-27 Carsten Dominik * reftex.texi: Update to RefTeX 4.19. 2002-06-17 Kai Großjohann * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add Tramp. (../info/tramp, tramp.dvi): New targets. 2002-01-04 Eli Zaretskii * Makefile.in (DVI_TARGETS): Add calc.dvi. (calc.dvi): Uncomment. 2001-11-07 Eli Zaretskii * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS): Add ../info/calc. (../info/calc): New target. 2001-10-20 Gerd Moellmann * (Version 21.1 released.) 2001-10-05 Gerd Moellmann * Branch for 21.1. 2001-04-14 Eli Zaretskii * Makefile.in (../info/info): Use an explicit -o switch to makeinfo. 2001-03-05 Gerd Moellmann * Makefile.in (mostlyclean, maintainer-clean): Delete more files. 2000-12-20 Eli Zaretskii * Makefile.in (../info/idlwave): Use --no-split. 2000-12-14 Dave Love * Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove gnustmp.*. (gnus.dvi): Change rule to remove @latex stuff. 2000-10-19 Eric M. Ludlam * Makefile.in (Speedbar): Add build targets for speedbar.texi. 2000-10-13 John Wiegley * Makefile.in: Add build targets for eshell.texi. 2000-09-25 Gerd Moellmann * Makefile.in: Remove/comment speedbar stuff. 2000-09-22 Dave Love * Makefile.in: Add emacs-mime. 2000-08-08 Eli Zaretskii * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS): Add ../info/woman. (DVI_TARGETS): Add woman.dvi. (../info/woman, woman.dvi): New targets. 2000-05-31 Stefan Monnier * .cvsignore (*.tmp): New entry. Seems to be used for @macro. * pcl-cvs.texi: New file. * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS: Add pcl-cvs. (../info/pcl-cvs, pcl-cvs.dvi): New targets. 2000-05-11 Gerd Moellmann * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS): Add info/ebrowse. (../info/ebrowse, ebrowse.dvi): New targets. 2000-01-13 Gerd Moellmann * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS): Add eudc. (DVI_TARGETS): Add eudc.dvi. (../info/eudc, eudc.dvi): New targets. 2000-01-05 Eli Zaretskii * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS): Rename emacs-faq to efaq (for compatibility with 8+3 filesystems). (../info/efaq): Rename from emacs-faq. 2000-01-03 Eli Zaretskii * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add idlwave. (../info/idlwave, idlwave.dvi): New targets. 1999-10-23 Dave Love * Makefile.in: Use autotype.texi. 1999-10-12 Stefan Monnier * Makefile.in (faq): Use ../info/emacs-faq.info (as specified in the faq.texi file) rather than ../info/faq. 1999-10-07 Gerd Moellmann * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add ada-mode. (../info/ada-mode, ada-mode.dvi): New targets. 1999-09-01 Dave Love * Makefile.in: Add faq. 1999-07-12 Richard Stallman * Version 20.4 released. 1998-08-19 Richard Stallman * Version 20.3 released. 1998-04-06 Andreas Schwab * Makefile.in (ENVADD): Environment vars to pass to texi2dvi. Use it in dvi targets. (../etc/GNU): Change to $(srcdir) first. 1998-03-11 Carsten Dominik * reftex.texi: Update for RefTeX version 3.22. 1998-02-08 Richard Stallman * Makefile.in (reftex.dvi, ../info/reftex): New targets. (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add the new targets. 1997-09-23 Paul Eggert * Makefile.in: Merge changes mistakenly made to `Makefile'. (../info/viper, viper.dvi): Remove dependency on viper-cmd.texi. 1997-09-19 Richard Stallman * Version 20.2 released. 1997-09-15 Richard Stallman * Version 20.1 released. 1997-07-10 Richard Stallman * Makefile (../info/viper, viper.dvi): Delete viper-cmd.texi dep. 1996-08-11 Richard Stallman * Version 19.33 released. 1996-07-31 Richard Stallman * Version 19.32 released. 1996-06-27 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * Makefile.in: Add rules for the Message manual. 1996-06-26 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi: New version. * message.texi: New manual. 1996-06-20 Richard Stallman * Makefile.in (All info targets): cd $(srcdir) to do the work. 1996-06-19 Richard Stallman * Makefile.in (All info targets): Specify $(srcdir) in input files. Specify -I option. (All dvi targets): Set the TEXINPUTS variable. 1996-05-25 Karl Heuer * Version 19.31 released. 1996-01-07 Richard Stallman * Makefile.in (../info/ccmode): Rename from ../info/cc-mode. (INFO_TARGETS): Use new name. This avoids name conflict on MSDOS. 1995-11-29 Richard Stallman * Makefile.in (../info/cc-mode, cc-mode.dvi): New targets. (INFO_TARGETS): Add ../info/cc-mode. (DVI_TARGETS): Add cc-mode.dvi. 1995-11-24 Richard Stallman * Version 19.30 released. 1995-11-04 Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen * gnus.texi: New file. 1995-11-04 Erik Naggum * gnus.texi: File deleted. 1995-11-02 Stephen Gildea * mh-e.texi: "Function Index" -> "Command Index" to work with Emacs 19.30 C-h C-k support of separately-documented commands. 1995-06-26 Richard Stallman * Makefile.in (../info/ediff, ediff.dvi): New targets. (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add those new targets. 1995-04-24 Richard Stallman * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add viper targets. (../info/viper, viper.dvi): New targets. 1995-04-20 Kevin Rodgers * dired-x.texi (Installation): Change the example to set buffer-local variables like dired-omit-files-p in dired-mode-hook. 1995-04-17 Richard Stallman * Makefile.in (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add mh-e targets. (../info/mh-e, mh-e.dvi): New targets. 1995-02-07 Richard Stallman * Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): Rename from realclean. 1994-11-23 Richard Stallman * Makefile.in: New file. * Makefile: File deleted. 1994-11-19 Richard Stallman * Makefile (TEXINDEX_OBJS): Variable deleted. (texindex, texindex.o, getopt.o): Rules deleted. All deps on texindex deleted. (distclean): Don't delete texindex. (mostlyclean): Don't delete *.o. * texindex.c, getopt.c: Files deleted. 1994-09-07 Richard Stallman * Version 19.26 released. 1994-05-30 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.25 released. 1994-05-23 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.24 released. 1994-05-16 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.23 released. 1994-04-17 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Makefile: Delete spurious tab. 1994-02-16 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Makefile (.SUFFIXES): New rule. 1994-01-15 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Makefile (dired-x.dvi, ../info/dired-x): New targets. (INFO_TARGETS, DVI_TARGETS): Add the new targets. 1994-01-08 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Makefile (../info/sc): Rename from sc.info. (../info/cl): Likewise. (INFO_TARGETS): Use new names. 1993-12-04 Richard Stallman (rms@srarc2) * getopt.c: New file. * Makefile (TEXINDEX_OBJS): Use getopt.o in this dir, not ../lib-src. (getopt.o): New rule. (dvi): Don't depend on texindex. (cl.dvi, forms.dvi, vip.dvi, gnus.dvi, sc.dvi): Depend on texindex. 1993-12-03 Richard Stallman (rms@srarc2) * Makefile (../info/sc.info): Rename from ../info/sc. (TEXI2DVI): New variable. (cl.dvi forms.dvi, sc.dvi, vip.dvi, gnus.dvi, info.dvi): Add explicit commands. (TEXINDEX_OBJS): Delete duplicate getopt.o. 1993-11-27 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.22 released. 1993-11-18 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Makefile (TEXINDEX_OBJS): Delete spurious period. 1993-11-16 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.21 released. 1993-11-15 Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com) * man/Makefile (../info/cl.info): Rename from ../info/cl. 1993-11-15 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Makefile (../etc/GNU): New target. (EMACSSOURCES): Add gnu1.texi. 1993-11-14 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Makefile (realclean): Don't delete the Info files. 1993-10-25 Brian J. Fox (bfox@albert.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * forms.texi: Fix forms.texi so that it will format correctly. Add missing `@end iftex', fix bad reference. * info.texi, info-stn.texi: New files implement texinfo version of `info' file. 1993-10-20 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) * Makefile: Fix targets for texindex, new info.texi files. * info-stnd.texi: New file implements info for standalone info reader. * info.texi: Update to include recent changes to "../info/info". New source file for ../info/info; includes info-stnd.texi. * texindex.c: Include "../src/config.h" if building in emacs. * Makefile: Change all files to FILENAME.texi, force all targets to be FILENAME, not FILENAME.info. This changes sc.texinfo, vip.texinfo, forms.texinfo, cl.texinfo. Add target to build texindex.c, defining `emacs'. * forms.texi: Install new file to match version 2.3 of forms.el. 1993-08-14 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.19 released. 1993-08-10 Simon Leinen (simon@lia.di.epfl.ch) * sc.texinfo: Fix info file name. * Makefile (info): Add gnus and sc. (dvi): Add gnus.dvi and sc.dvi. (../info/sc, sc.dvi): New targets. 1993-08-08 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.18 released. 1993-07-20 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Makefile: Fix source file names of the separate manuals. (gnus.dvi, ../info/gnus): New targets. 1993-07-18 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.17 released. 1993-07-10 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * split-man: Fix typos in last change. 1993-07-06 Jim Blandy (jimb@geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.16 released. 1993-06-19 Jim Blandy (jimb@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * version 19.15 released. 1993-06-18 Jim Blandy (jimb@geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Makefile (distclean): It's rm, not rf. 1993-06-17 Jim Blandy (jimb@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.14 released. 1993-06-16 Jim Blandy (jimb@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Makefile: New file. 1993-06-08 Jim Blandy (jimb@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.13 released. 1993-05-27 Jim Blandy (jimb@geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.9 released. 1993-05-25 Jim Blandy (jimb@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.8 released. 1993-05-22 Jim Blandy (jimb@geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Version 19.7 released. 1990-08-30 David Lawrence (tale@pogo.ai.mit.edu) * gnus.texinfo: New file. Removed installation instructions. 1990-05-25 Richard Stallman (rms@sugar-bombs.ai.mit.edu) * texindex.tex: If USG, include sys/types.h and sys/fcntl.h. 1989-01-17 Robert J. Chassell (bob@rice-chex.ai.mit.edu) * texinfo.tex: Change spelling of `\sc' font to `\smallcaps' and then define `\sc' as the command for smallcaps in Texinfo. This means that the @sc command will produce small caps. bfox has made the corresponding change to makeinfo and texinfm.el. 1988-08-16 Robert J. Chassell (bob@frosted-flakes.ai.mit.edu) * vip.texinfo: Remove menu entry Adding Lisp Code in node Customization since the menu entry did not point to anything. Also add an @finalout command to remove overfull hboxes from the printed output. * cl.texinfo: Add @bye, \input line and @settitle to file. This file is clearly intended to be a chapter of some other work, but the other work does not yet exist. 1988-07-25 Robert J. Chassell (bob@frosted-flakes.ai.mit.edu) * texinfo.texinfo: Three typos corrected. ;; Local Variables: ;; coding: utf-8 ;; End: Copyright (C) 1993-1999, 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of GNU Emacs. GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with GNU Emacs. If not, see .